[RSArchive Icon]
 Version 2.5.4
 Table of Contents | Search ]
Rudolf Steiner Archive Home


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures (Alphabetically)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: feel
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: The Ahrimanic Deception
    Matching lines:
    • whole, we place the epoch in which we feel ourselves standing as
    • feeling. The actual inner nature of this wisdom can be judged only by
    • in their thinking and feeling with what had come from the impulse of
    • Greece, and how he feels since the beginning of the modern age, since
    • permeated by the Luciferic impulse in their thought, feeling and
  • Title: Lecture: The Ahrimanic Deception
    Matching lines:
    • whole, we place the epoch in which we feel ourselves standing as
    • feeling. The actual inner nature of this wisdom can be judged only by
    • in their thinking and feeling with what had come from the impulse of
    • Greece, and how he feels since the beginning of the modern age, since
    • permeated by the Luciferic impulse in their thought, feeling and
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • him by becoming the experiencer, the feeler of his own breathing, by
    • the inner experience, the inner feeling, the inner formation of
    • constellations of the Zodiac. You can follow them by feeling the
    • feeling and willing, and in the perception of the echo of the Zodiac.
    • the feeling that the geometrical, thought concretely, was the music of
    • development of his consciousness for then we can gain a feeling that
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • him by becoming the experiencer, the feeler of his own breathing, by
    • the inner experience, the inner feeling, the inner formation of
    • constellations of the Zodiac. You can follow them by feeling the
    • feeling and willing, and in the perception of the echo of the Zodiac.
    • the feeling that the geometrical, thought concretely, was the music of
    • development of his consciousness for then we can gain a feeling that
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Just before we fall asleep, we feel how the will forces in our limbs
    • vague talk of “spirit” in general. Many people today feel the
    • Another exercise we need to do is to intensify our feeling of devotion
    • feeling and will, just as in sleep he shuts out all awareness of
    • prophets and founding religions is over. And in future people who feel
    • deepening and enhancing our religious feeling to an unusual degree.
    • spiritual science feels to encompass what is most holy to it is simply
    • due to a feeling that is religious and deeply scientific at the same
    • and enkindling our human souls. Only a person whose religious feeling
    • discovery. But a person strong in his genuine feeling for the Christ
    • thinking and feeling cannot be endangered by research of any kind, but
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Just before we fall asleep, we feel how the will forces in our limbs
    • vague talk of “spirit” in general. Many people today feel the
    • Another exercise we need to do is to intensify our feeling of devotion
    • feeling and will, just as in sleep he shuts out all awareness of
    • prophets and founding religions is over. And in future people who feel
    • deepening and enhancing our religious feeling to an unusual degree.
    • spiritual science feels to encompass what is most holy to it is simply
    • due to a feeling that is religious and deeply scientific at the same
    • and enkindling our human souls. Only a person whose religious feeling
    • discovery. But a person strong in his genuine feeling for the Christ
    • thinking and feeling cannot be endangered by research of any kind, but
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy as a Substance of Life and Feeling
    Matching lines:
    • the human soul experiences in feelings between death and a new birth.
    • feel something concerning the super-sensible worlds.
    • Now I am longing to be back again, I feel how I miss everything and my
    • inkling of her presence and feel as if she were there, as if I were in
    • language in common is lacking, two souls feel separated.
    • knowledge and spiritual feelings: this is the link which connects the
    • the old religious feelings suffice to give soul something which may be
    • upon the knowledge of the super-sensible worlds feel that it is an
    • Thus they feel the necessity of proclaiming anthroposophical truths,
    • applying thought, by feeling what comes toward us from the world
    • and feelings escape our attention because we are unable to perceive
    • entirely different feelings. The seer discovers the following
    • wishes to speak within you. You may then think or feel: Whence do the
    • feelings come which now arise within my soul? This is not necessarily
    • begin to feel these things if they observe also the world of
    • life.“ This feeling will develop with the aid of anthroposophical
    • thoughts. We shall be able to feel that every point containing
    • develop this feeling, so that reverence and devotion for what lies
    • gradually develop this feeling they will discover quite independently
    • that have found their way into anthroposophical feelings — may
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy as a Substance of Life and Feeling
    Matching lines:
    • the human soul experiences in feelings between death and a new birth.
    • feel something concerning the super-sensible worlds.
    • Now I am longing to be back again, I feel how I miss everything and my
    • inkling of her presence and feel as if she were there, as if I were in
    • language in common is lacking, two souls feel separated.
    • knowledge and spiritual feelings: this is the link which connects the
    • the old religious feelings suffice to give soul something which may be
    • upon the knowledge of the super-sensible worlds feel that it is an
    • Thus they feel the necessity of proclaiming anthroposophical truths,
    • applying thought, by feeling what comes toward us from the world
    • and feelings escape our attention because we are unable to perceive
    • entirely different feelings. The seer discovers the following
    • wishes to speak within you. You may then think or feel: Whence do the
    • feelings come which now arise within my soul? This is not necessarily
    • begin to feel these things if they observe also the world of
    • life.“ This feeling will develop with the aid of anthroposophical
    • thoughts. We shall be able to feel that every point containing
    • develop this feeling, so that reverence and devotion for what lies
    • gradually develop this feeling they will discover quite independently
    • that have found their way into anthroposophical feelings — may
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture I: The uniform plan of World History. The Confluence of three spiritual streams in the Bhagavad Gita.
    Matching lines:
    • the fact that separate individuals now feel the need of taking part in
    • wisdom, Greek feeling, and Greek art slowly and gradually uniting
    • East which ever proclaim Eastern thoughts and feelings from this or
    • points of view of Eastern thought, feeling and perception. That is
    • satisfying feeling of unity with the universal Self powerfully weaving
    • these studies. He who devotes himself to the Vedas feels absolutely
    • disciples of the Sankhya philosophy to feel a religious devotion of
    • of as a warmth-substance, and you will feel the harmony between the
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture II: The basis of knowledge of the Gita, the Veda, Sankhya, Yoga.
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Science cannot help feeling doubts as to such an amount of
    • feel, we apply what is perceived by the one sense to the others. We
    • further. There are people, for instance, who feel, on entering one
    • connection with an external world, in order to feel pleasure and
    • longing for it. The soul sends, in a way, feelers out through the
    • of the senses, but also feels himself to be a separate being, an
    • and around thee and feel it one with thyself, thou must develop the
    • stage, in which it will feel itself uplifted beyond all that is
    • the religion of feeling, was not without a certain amount of
    • wisdom.” We feel this, when see we how the great teacher,
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture III: The union of the three streams in the Christ Impulse, the Teaching of Krishna.
    Matching lines:
    • own age, in so far as our destiny permits, we can still feel the
    • he feel in his soul? Well, that is a question which can really only be
    • one phenomenon to another. All that so many souls of our time feel
    • soul would feel devastated, uncertain of itself. It might say: What
    • of my own soul, if I could feel nothing, perceive nothing, experience
    • human soul in abstract words, yet we can feel that it all comes from
    • We feel chilled when we meet such a soul. Thus Sankhya philosophy may
    • may perhaps feel an inward glow, may often appear to us somewhat
    • manifestations and not understanding them he feels lonely, the
    • feel itself to be lost to the world; while to others it may appear
    • feel, on the other hand, that the human soul may, so to say, be thrown
    • from the mouths of Krishna and his pupil, Arjuna, we feel something
    • the Gita we feel our whole humanity raised to a higher stage. We feel,
    • to influence us, and we feel over and over again how what is wafted
    • Christianity that we feel he is personally interested; he gives the
    • feelings such as these, and then we can understand how this old
    • is wholly human, so intimately human that each soul feels it would be
    • ashamed if it did not feel within it the longing to listen to the
    • ordinary life feel enthusiasm for wisdom and virtue? Because he is
    • ordinary life feel joy and longing for the external life, feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture IV: The nature of the Bhagavad Gita and the significance of the Epistles of St. Paul. How the Christ Impulse surpasses the Krishna Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • Sankhya philosophy, he did not then feel as does the man of today,
    • He began to feel himself a member of the earth. On the one hand, he
    • understand what had to happen then, it would be well to try to feel
    • “The serpent is active within me,” said he. To perceive was therefore in the olden time something like this: “I rouse the serpent within me to a state of activity; I feel my serpent-nature.” What had to happen, so that the new age should come in, that the new method of
    • revenges itself by taking away from one the feeling of belonging to
    • does to such a man, it appears in such a way that one feels:
    • collected together up there in the brain. That produces the feeling:
    • distances of space and the branches extend downwards. One feels
    • objectified, one feels that it is like a tree which sends its roots
    • one feels that it goes in an opposite direction to the Paradise-tree.
    • sense of its relation to Rajas. If you feel the throbbing of many a
    • the world feel as to their connection with the spiritual. Therefore
    • in triumphant words as the manifestation of feeling through
    • something peeping out of the soul, so to say; we begin to feel that
    • itself, which must be so characterised that we say: “We feel how
    • completely Purusha has emancipated itself from Prakriti, we feel that
    • see and feel that, as a matter of fact, the relation between the great
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture V: The spiritual nature of Maya. Krishna - the Light-Halo of Christ. The Risen One.
    Matching lines:
    • perceptions and feelings expressed in the Gita are mere trivialities.
    • different soul-feeling; It is where St. Paul writes to the Corinthians
    • connection with the Christ-Impulse-feeling in the first place that
    • mystery for all men who feel drawn towards it. That, however, is
    • the right feeling altogether for the Christ-Being, as by trying to
    • perception and human feeling which is unwilling to raise itself to the
    • true heights of perception and feeling. The greatest of all must be so
    • efforts to attain the inner intensity of perception and feeling
    • Our first feelings will thus be raised higher still, if we do but
    • could only be removed by Him. This, transformed into a moral feeling,
    • mankind. It should be a feeling of the greatest modesty which impels a
    • One should feel that the Anthroposophical Society ought to be the
  • Title: Lecture: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • has extended to the life of feeling and also to the life of will. The
    • things, that the very arguments of men who to-day feel bound to attack the
    • by modern thought, feeling and perception, has for some time past changed
    • undervalue in any sense the standpoint of many modern thinking men who feel
    • to-day feel themselves compelled to attack the Bible because of their desire
    • inspiration and infused it with wisdom. This was a feeling of reverent
    • the same degree as from the Old Testament. Men who feel compelled to hold fast
    • feel united with what streamed into spiritual culture through those who
    • to investigate the spiritual world. Looking back to the past we feel
  • Title: Lecture: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • has extended to the life of feeling and also to the life of will. The
    • things, that the very arguments of men who to-day feel bound to attack the
    • by modern thought, feeling and perception, has for some time past changed
    • undervalue in any sense the standpoint of many modern thinking men who feel
    • to-day feel themselves compelled to attack the Bible because of their desire
    • inspiration and infused it with wisdom. This was a feeling of reverent
    • the same degree as from the Old Testament. Men who feel compelled to hold fast
    • feel united with what streamed into spiritual culture through those who
    • to investigate the spiritual world. Looking back to the past we feel
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • The astral body of man contains within it the forces of feeling. The
    • astral body brings these forces of feeling into physical operation in
    • he acts in the world as a being of will. The feelings experienced in
    • The astral body which comes to expression in feeling operates through
    • of feeling, is especially active in the air organism, and is in
    • asleep. It is different in the case of the astral body and feeling.
    • body is outside the human organism; the astral body and feeling do not
    • body and feeling, goes out of the body and passes into a world with
    • Astral body — Feeling — Air organism — Light Ether.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • perceptions with our intellect; we also have feelings in connection
    • this experience of the void is necessary in order that man shall feel
    • himself connected with his bodily nature. As an Ego he would feel no
    • between falling asleep and waking that he is able to feel himself
    • or whatever it may be. He may also feel enthusiasm for examples of the
    • life of ideas, and in so far as we feel a certain satisfaction in
    • what Spiritual Science feels it a duty to bring to mankind at the
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • feelings he lives within both these spheres. With his feeling he
    • the other side, feeling enters into his actions, his deeds. We need
    • accompanied by impulses of feeling, and we shall see that feeling
    • with the heart. This means of union is the life of feeling, which is
    • circulating blood), he is the bearer of the life of feeling; as
    • the feeling of love — devotion to something to which we are not
  • Title: Bridge Between: Contents of this Lecture Series
    Matching lines:
    • Man as a being of Thinking, Action and Feeling. — The connection of
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • When this being comes into proximity with the Christ being, he feels
    • This feeling dominates so essentially as to break this upper beings
    • perceives first as the soul world — and then as something that feels
    • feeling for the fact that the external preception must take into
    • hatred from Christ, but because he feels he cannot stand the forces
    • accompanied by a feeling of sensual pleasure, which is also present as
    • also perverts man's logic and dulls his feelings. We in Central Europe
    • overcome: we must feel the dead among us as if they were alive. We
    • to say a few words to you that are merely an expression of my feeling
    • With such feelings in our hearts we forever want to imbue ourselves
    • proper way as the motto for our doing, weaving and feeling. Not the
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • When this being comes into proximity with the Christ being, he feels
    • This feeling dominates so essentially as to break this upper beings
    • perceives first as the soul world — and then as something that feels
    • feeling for the fact that the external preception must take into
    • hatred from Christ, but because he feels he cannot stand the forces
    • accompanied by a feeling of sensual pleasure, which is also present as
    • also perverts man's logic and dulls his feelings. We in Central Europe
    • overcome: we must feel the dead among us as if they were alive. We
    • to say a few words to you that are merely an expression of my feeling
    • With such feelings in our hearts we forever want to imbue ourselves
    • proper way as the motto for our doing, weaving and feeling. Not the
  • Title: Lecture: The Concepts of Original Sin and Grace
    Matching lines:
    • divine-spiritual thoughts, feelings and will-impulses. Man was nearer
    • feelings, his emotions, his natural urges, his desires; he gets angry
  • Title: Lecture: The Concepts of Original Sin and Grace
    Matching lines:
    • divine-spiritual thoughts, feelings and will-impulses. Man was nearer
    • feelings, his emotions, his natural urges, his desires; he gets angry
  • Title: Lecture: Esoteric Studies: Cosmic Ego and Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • Hence, in the next, the sixth post-Atlantean epoch, we shall feel as
    • which will come to us only upon Jupiter as our very own, we shall feel
    • earlier stages ... So in the future the human being will feel that
    • have to feel Light and Love as belonging to his very self. The
    • when He appeared to the disciples, to feel the scars with his hands
    • thickened spots ... so that even Thomas could feel that he was
    • am too stupid for this.” He does not feel that he is so clever as the
  • Title: Lecture: Esoteric Studies: Cosmic Ego and Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • Hence, in the next, the sixth post-Atlantean epoch, we shall feel as
    • which will come to us only upon Jupiter as our very own, we shall feel
    • earlier stages ... So in the future the human being will feel that
    • have to feel Light and Love as belonging to his very self. The
    • when He appeared to the disciples, to feel the scars with his hands
    • thickened spots ... so that even Thomas could feel that he was
    • am too stupid for this.” He does not feel that he is so clever as the
  • Title: Lecture: Conscience and Wonder as Indications of Spiritual Vision in the Past and in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • feel himself suddenly beginning to fly up into the air through the
    • occurs in a dream, we take part in it without feeling any wonder at
    • man acts — and in the case of someone who has a finer feeling for
    • conscience may condemn it. When conscience is aroused, everyone feels
    • this is that in more ancient times men did not yet feel in this way.
    • feel wonder over things which the ordinary human being simply accepts,
    • more ancient Greeks. For in these earlier times man did not feel pangs
    • power to feel conscience as an inner experience, when he had done
    • actually happens in the ordinary feeling of amazement, as experienced,
    • If now a more developed human being feels the need to explain certain
    • not feel that he had seen it differently in former times. But the
    • with spiritual ears. And in the moment when, guided by a dim feeling,
    • physical world. He feels dimly that everything appeared differently
    • it lives nevertheless in his feelings. Only through initiation can it
    • through birth. When therefore we are seized with the feeling that we
    • amazement, with the wonder which we feel, knowledge descends to us.
    • We feel in them something which we did not
    • feel before in a waking condition; it is as if they were endowed with
    • these things — we should in reality feel that our legs with which we
    • heavy? Or our hand lifts and carries itself . . . why do we feel no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Conscience and Wonder as Indications of Spiritual Vision in the Past and in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • feel himself suddenly beginning to fly up into the air through the
    • occurs in a dream, we take part in it without feeling any wonder at
    • man acts — and in the case of someone who has a finer feeling for
    • conscience may condemn it. When conscience is aroused, everyone feels
    • this is that in more ancient times men did not yet feel in this way.
    • feel wonder over things which the ordinary human being simply accepts,
    • more ancient Greeks. For in these earlier times man did not feel pangs
    • power to feel conscience as an inner experience, when he had done
    • actually happens in the ordinary feeling of amazement, as experienced,
    • If now a more developed human being feels the need to explain certain
    • not feel that he had seen it differently in former times. But the
    • with spiritual ears. And in the moment when, guided by a dim feeling,
    • physical world. He feels dimly that everything appeared differently
    • it lives nevertheless in his feelings. Only through initiation can it
    • through birth. When therefore we are seized with the feeling that we
    • amazement, with the wonder which we feel, knowledge descends to us.
    • We feel in them something which we did not
    • feel before in a waking condition; it is as if they were endowed with
    • these things — we should in reality feel that our legs with which we
    • heavy? Or our hand lifts and carries itself . . . why do we feel no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Introductory Lecture. Winter Session, 1911-1912
    Matching lines:
    • greatly our age lacks true feeling for Art.) Inappropriate as it would
    • of thought and feeling, a widening of knowledge in the different
    • men are not, and have not been, interested in Christ. They do not feel
  • Title: Lecture: Evidences of Bygone Ages In Modern Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • kind, giving the feeling that there could be no more natural and
    • much more ancient Theosophy which did not feel called upon to derive
  • Title: Lecture: 'Chance' and Present-day Consciousness. An Easter Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • in relation to the life of feeling, our first question will be: How
    • such, are apparently quite inexplicable. Where feeling is concerned,
    • generally realised. Feeling does not always allow itself to be
    • of feeling a man is attracted or repelled, pleased or displeased by
    • the boy has a feeling of happiness, although he will probably not go
    • him; the reaction of his feelings, at any rate will be quite different
    • friend to his son, yet he too will feel glad about what happened.
    • That is what I mean when I say that when feeling rises out of hidden
    • makes us — as in this case — cleverer in our feelings than
    • in the depths of the soul and rises in the feelings from these depths,
    • in his life of feeling during the Old Moon period of evolution. Someone
    • may say at this point: “But I have observed that feelings
    • The reason for this is that our feelings as men of Earth are
    • influenced by the intellect which works down into the feelings. If our
    • feelings are stupid, they have become so only because they have been
    • influenced by the intellect. If the life of feeling had remained
    • incarnation and the general evolution of mankind, then the feelings
    • and feelings. They were in his power, in the sense that his influence
  • Title: Lecture: The Forces of the Human Soul and Their Inspirers. Kalewala: The Epic
    Matching lines:
    • We may well feel that the venerable Finnish epic,
    • not all feel that with Spiritual Science we are at home in the
  • Title: Lecture: The Idea of Reincarnation and Its Introduction Into Western Culture
    Matching lines:
    • Testament and read the Acts of the Apostles attentively, we feel that
    • Cross and has risen again!“ We feel the power of the message as
    • insignificance. We feel that Raphael was trying to depict the moment
    • force streams out of them; we feel that Christianity is living on in
    • feeling comes to us. It is as though their creator wanted to portray
    • aware of it, men have in their souls today the feeling of an
    • events and facts, but out of his feelings he is able to portray them
    • pictures, we feel that all those which portray events subsequent to
    • As we think of all this, another feeling, too, may arise in us. In a
    • Novalis, feeling that a stream of living Theosophy goes out from him,
    • inspired by the power of Christianity. We feel that here, too, is a
    • it, undefined intuitive feelings may arise here and there. A striking
    • there, expressing an entirely instinctive feeling: When we ponder on
    • human evolution and in their life of feeling have discerned the
    • and describes the feeling which the rhythmic return of Christ to the
    • feelings arise in him when the children unearth a Cross and set it up
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • as the human being can feel no wonder at the phenomena of life around
    • sees a train moving along, he will feel wonder and amazement at the
    • insight, is Compassion, Fellow-feeling (Of this, too, I have spoken.)
    • into the other being, feeling, not his own pain or joy but the pain or
    • joy of that other — if at that moment his feelings fade and die
    • Wonder and Amazement, Compassion or Fellow-feeling, Conscience —
    • in their souls something like a feeling of shame that certain
    • feeling for truth would in the end be driven out of the Theosophical
    • feel, the most intense responsibility to the holiest truth, we shall
    • life of feeling if, after the many attempts made through the
    • feeling will arise in greater and greater strength: — If you
  • Title: Lecture: The Signature of Human Evolution The Advancing Individuality
    Matching lines:
    • Impulse: Wonder into an Astral Body; feelings of love or Compassion
    • to be everywhere steeped in the Divine could feel all the depth of
    • him which he could not bring to expression. We feel that there was
  • Title: Lecture: Consciousness, Memory, Karma
    Matching lines:
    • all waking existence; in it your thoughts, perceptions, feelings and
    • has feelings, experiences, impulses of will. This whole content of
    • that when he thinks, feels or wills in this ordinary consciousness, he
    • something that is not, in the same sense as thinking, feeling and
    • and feelings arising from the store of memory and of remembrances, are
    • ordinary consciousness can unfold thinking, feeling and willing during
    • only unfold consciousness in acts of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • thinking, of feeling and of will, is due to the ether-body; and even
    • performed a deed of compassion or a deed born of fellow-feeling with
    • would possess the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing, but
    • would not connect his thoughts, experiences, feelings or impulses of
    • — the forms created by thoughts and feelings — go forth into the
    • karma; thirdly, the forms born of his thoughts and feelings. But
  • Title: Lecture: Form-creating Forces
    Matching lines:
    • “forces” begotten of thoughts or feelings — these
    • thoughts and feelings, that as they go forth from the “ I,”
    • of selfless thoughts and feelings, the more does a man develop
    • self-seeking thoughts and feelings, however, operate in him in such a
    • and feelings, will assume greater and greater importance. And in so
    • the forms begotten of selfless thoughts and feelings — especially
    • and feeling are brought into harmony with theosophical knowledge, and
    • thoughts and feelings, although they detach themselves from the human
    • it. The present age feels quite distinctly that the principle
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • presumably, out of all sorts of reactions and feelings that we have
    • for every thinking and feeling person, a life-aim that includes the
    • develops his inner feeling through rising above himself. Thereby we
    • numerous little angel-heads appear, we have a still deeper feeling, a
    • feeling that makes the whole picture more comprehensible to us. I know
    • then he has the feeling that this child was not born in the natural
    • onto the arm of the Madonna. That would be a healthy feeling. If we
    • make this feeling live within us, then our view will expand and free
    • again reminded of our feeling in contemplating the Madonna. We must
    • We must learn to recognize with our feelings the deep mysteries that
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • from the earth? Above all, one must feel the sun and its inhabitants
    • Looking at the third period, man feels the forces as a threefold
    • that had gone out with sun and moon he could feel himself as a son of
    • like an inner lighting-up, an inner repetition, in ideas and feelings,
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • feeling arose in him, merely through looking at it, that was like a
    • approached the pond had no alien feeling toward it. He felt himself as
    • Everything revealed something to him. He could feel himself into the
    • feel a soul in himself, but regards himself as a lump of wood. Feeling
    • Atlantean times. In those days the thoughts and feelings had a much
    • the impulses and feelings that were contained in it. Whether the pupil
    • This is the feeling that the pupil was to develop through this
    • Into this high ideal streamed the feelings that enlivened the pupil in
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing. This thought-picture had to become ever
    • within you is what you feel as a sort of extract, the
    • Out of precisely this fundamental feeling developed the sacred
    • feel Brahman, the primeval self, in the macrocosm. Then he is in
    • feel something of what flowed into this culture at that time. When the
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Could one have penetrated this with a feeling-sense, it would have
    • warmest, most ardent, feeling of love is invisibly present in the
    • wonderful phenomena of light and color. Had one been able to feel this
    • feeling himself one with the light-mantle of the earth. In this
    • plant-form, agile, but with a feeling of sadness because the light had
    • feel what streamed down in it as divine forces coming toward him. In
    • inside him. Feeling this, man had to say to himself, “Formerly I
    • annunciation that he had to learn to feel something entirely new. As
    • this only as the changing of a garment. He did not feel that he was
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • true feeling of the moon's wonderful influences upon man?”
    • — we would be convinced that the worst and basest feelings that
    • Osiris-influence from the sun. At this point he begins to feel that
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • feeling its presence as a chalice-shaped warmth-body. This was present
    • * Note 1: In classical antiquity this feeling of baffling importance was already present. See Plutarch, On Isis and Osiris.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • the sun, which is the reason for the feeling that every healthy person
    • antipathy one feels toward a frog, toad, or snake, although these
    • guiding Sun Spirits, was the Christ. We feel a deep reverence when we
    • evil forms. Hence the feeling that the naive and unspoiled person has
    • which does not assert that there is nothing ugly in nature, feels a
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • proportion, and the consciousness of self, the I-feeling, the
    • not exist in those times. Man did not yet rely on his own feeling of
    • body replenishment for the wear and tear of the day, so that it feels
    • lost almost entirely the feeling of being at home with the gods, and
    • unreal; the real is veiled.” The feeling grew ever keener that
    • When one feels so strongly the contrast between the spiritual and the
    • The initiate felt as we would feel if we had been long separated from
    • signs, and we observe the feelings of his heart expressed in them.
    • themselves for him in all that he saw externally. As we feel about the
    • letter from a friend, so did he feel in regard to the outer world.
    • Thus did he feel when he saw the world of the elements, the world of
    • experienced by one who has an artistic feeling for space, who feels
    • number of cosmic truths light up in the soul that can simply feel how
    • the column carries what is above it. One must be able to feel how all
    • space, and we have the feeling that the angels support each other.
    • Today little remains of this feeling for space. I shall make no
    • space-feeling is missing in him. Such a being as we find above his
    • feeling that at any minute it may fall on the group below it. This
    • an inkling can be conveyed today, such as the space-feeling of the
    • cathedral one feels at home only when it is filled by the believing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • physical, and after death the person feels a real lust for what
    • independent there. In the Devachanic life he feels like a limb, like
    • feel, would feel itself to be a member of the physical organism, so
    • man feels in his Devachanic consciousness that he is a limb of the
    • Egypto-Chaldean time, when man began to feel some affection for the
    • finds it impossible to feel its way into Buddhism, to identify itself
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • ego-feeling. What this caused in the etheric body was all that
    • ancient initiation. We feel this unique event entering into the world
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • every detail I can feel something of this spirit.” Thus it is
    • spiritual worlds with his whole feeling and his whole soul. Yet how
    • the feeling-life of the ancient Egyptians. Then we may ask how this
    • Cherusker, for example, still feels himself as a member of his clan.
    • group-soul feeling changed into something else in the following
    • then did he rightly feel himself as man within the line of ancestry.
    • underlying the expression: “To feel oneself sheltered in
    • incorporation of the folk-soul. If the single person thinks, feels,
    • and wills something, he radiates his feelings and thoughts into the
    • becomes permeated by the thoughts and feelings of the single persons.
    • If the Egyptian cherished such feelings, what would have to be his
    • connections. Life becomes great and powerful, and we feel our way into
    • who look today at the science of the spirit with a certain scorn feel
    • impression, a feeling, that can properly take the form of an impulse
    • No. We shall place a picture before our souls and arouse the feelings
    • strange feeling seizes us today when we walk through the catacombs,
    • the future. This we may feel confidently and without arrogance, firm
    • With such feelings let us try to give permanence to what has passed
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • permeates our organism from outside, and invigorates it. We feel
    • life of feeling. Feelings fall into two categories: those of pleasure
    • into our breast, as feelings of sympathy or antipathy for what is
    • beautiful or ugly, for what is good or evil. So that in our feelings
    • something good or bad. In so far as our soul feels constrained to give
    • moral impulses and feelings which are active within us and lead to the
    • impulses. Man will transform the earth by feeling with ever-increasing
    • knowledge becomes something that we actually feel, something towards
    • arouse in us the wish to become Anthroposophists, then our feeling is
    • cannot live. Only then are our feelings what they ought to be, only
    • Answer: Men will feel these words of consolation as though
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • permeates our organism from outside, and invigorates it. We feel
    • life of feeling. Feelings fall into two categories: those of pleasure
    • into our breast, as feelings of sympathy or antipathy for what is
    • beautiful or ugly, for what is good or evil. So that in our feelings
    • something good or bad. In so far as our soul feels constrained to give
    • moral impulses and feelings which are active within us and lead to the
    • impulses. Man will transform the earth by feeling with ever-increasing
    • knowledge becomes something that we actually feel, something towards
    • arouse in us the wish to become Anthroposophists, then our feeling is
    • cannot live. Only then are our feelings what they ought to be, only
    • Answer: Men will feel these words of consolation as though
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • immaturity of human facilities: the right powers of feeling for such
    • decades reveals very clearly, to anyone who has true feeling, that Art
    • approach him with the underlying feeling that everything outer
    • This underlying feeling must be gradually developed; this must be
    • feel in the other man the image of his eternal and spiritual being.
    • stranger feelings in the man of to-day, who has indeed no inclination
    • arise a faculty to feel and apprehend in man, even as we meet him, his
    • the important thing today. I always feel it with intense pain when
    • Anyone who discovers word-for-word agreements without feeling how the
    • speech, there will come over man a wonderful feeling of colour, and
    • through this feeling of colour in speech men will learn to understand
    • will call forth the same feeling as the sight of a blue colour, and
    • another sound the same feeling as the sight of a red colour. Thus,
    • themselves the expressions of and configurations of feeling in other
    • the state of feeling of the other in himself, in his own breathing. As
    • now refer, our breathing will attune itself to the life of feeling of
    • slowly we shall feel what kind of a man we are meeting. Think how the
    • of feeling, they will have to breathe one another. In the sphere of
    • understanding through speech, they will have to feel one another in
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • immaturity of human facilities: the right powers of feeling for such
    • decades reveals very clearly, to anyone who has true feeling, that Art
    • approach him with the underlying feeling that everything outer
    • This underlying feeling must be gradually developed; this must be
    • feel in the other man the image of his eternal and spiritual being.
    • stranger feelings in the man of to-day, who has indeed no inclination
    • arise a faculty to feel and apprehend in man, even as we meet him, his
    • the important thing today. I always feel it with intense pain when
    • Anyone who discovers word-for-word agreements without feeling how the
    • speech, there will come over man a wonderful feeling of colour, and
    • through this feeling of colour in speech men will learn to understand
    • will call forth the same feeling as the sight of a blue colour, and
    • another sound the same feeling as the sight of a red colour. Thus,
    • themselves the expressions of and configurations of feeling in other
    • the state of feeling of the other in himself, in his own breathing. As
    • now refer, our breathing will attune itself to the life of feeling of
    • slowly we shall feel what kind of a man we are meeting. Think how the
    • of feeling, they will have to breathe one another. In the sphere of
    • understanding through speech, they will have to feel one another in
  • Title: Lecture: Facing Karma
    Matching lines:
    • sufferings in such a way that I feel how the wise man in me has been attracted
    • shortcomings.” A feeling of blissful wisdom will overcome us that makes
    • us feel that even if the world appears to be filled with suffering, it is,
    • we used to experience as feelings of sadness and attitudes of depression
    • apply the same attitude to joy and happiness, we cannot but feel ashamed
    • of ourselves. A deep feeling of shame will be experienced. The only way to
    • overcome this feeling is to realize that we were not the ones who gave
    • cure as, otherwise, the feeling of shame can become so intense that it
    • this thought, one will feel that one hits the truth, because the feeling of
    • we consider them as grace, a feeling that one can only describe as being
    • continuous rebellion against the gods. It behooves us to feel pain as
    • can feel that the divine is descending to us.
    • A soul creating out of anthroposophy says, “In thy feeling cosmic forces
    • are weaving,” and adds in the same breath, “Feel thyself through
    • In thy feeling cosmic forces are weaving;
    • Feel thyself through cosmic forces.
  • Title: Lecture: Facing Karma
    Matching lines:
    • sufferings in such a way that I feel how the wise man in me has been attracted
    • shortcomings.” A feeling of blissful wisdom will overcome us that makes
    • us feel that even if the world appears to be filled with suffering, it is,
    • we used to experience as feelings of sadness and attitudes of depression
    • apply the same attitude to joy and happiness, we cannot but feel ashamed
    • of ourselves. A deep feeling of shame will be experienced. The only way to
    • overcome this feeling is to realize that we were not the ones who gave
    • cure as, otherwise, the feeling of shame can become so intense that it
    • this thought, one will feel that one hits the truth, because the feeling of
    • we consider them as grace, a feeling that one can only describe as being
    • continuous rebellion against the gods. It behooves us to feel pain as
    • can feel that the divine is descending to us.
    • A soul creating out of anthroposophy says, “In thy feeling cosmic forces
    • are weaving,” and adds in the same breath, “Feel thyself through
    • In thy feeling cosmic forces are weaving;
    • Feel thyself through cosmic forces.
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of it with all our feeling, we may acquire again, with our
    • they are selfless and we do not feel them. We see things through them,
    • themselves instead of letting it pass through, we should feel a sort of
    • of red in themselves, we should feel a sharp stab. If our eyes were self-
    • and religious feeling when he is confronted with the beauty of nature,
    • not feel that we have stomach, lungs, etc., but have them without feeling
    • confronting something that gave a burnt out feeling to one of his organs.
    • understanding of the spiritual world, a feeling of gratitude toward the
    • Thinking, feeling and willing were threatened with disorder through the
    • a different direction, and his feeling in still another. It was necessary for
    • human evolution that thinking, feeling and willing should become
    • Ahriman they could not have done this. Thought, feeling and will,
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Truly, as the rays of the physical sun must
    • brought thinking, feeling and willing into disorder. All who turn their
    • of man's thinking, feeling and willing. “Thou Sun Spirit,” so
    • archangels today; “Thou has brought thinking, feeling and willing,
    • then thought, feeling and will would rage madly within him. The Greeks
    • Atlantean era the soul organs, the organs that underlie thinking, feeling
    • feel Him vitally in every word that is uttered in discussions of spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of it with all our feeling, we may acquire again, with our
    • they are selfless and we do not feel them. We see things through them,
    • themselves instead of letting it pass through, we should feel a sort of
    • of red in themselves, we should feel a sharp stab. If our eyes were self-
    • and religious feeling when he is confronted with the beauty of nature,
    • not feel that we have stomach, lungs, etc., but have them without feeling
    • confronting something that gave a burnt out feeling to one of his organs.
    • understanding of the spiritual world, a feeling of gratitude toward the
    • Thinking, feeling and willing were threatened with disorder through the
    • a different direction, and his feeling in still another. It was necessary for
    • human evolution that thinking, feeling and willing should become
    • Ahriman they could not have done this. Thought, feeling and will,
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Truly, as the rays of the physical sun must
    • brought thinking, feeling and willing into disorder. All who turn their
    • of man's thinking, feeling and willing. “Thou Sun Spirit,” so
    • archangels today; “Thou has brought thinking, feeling and willing,
    • then thought, feeling and will would rage madly within him. The Greeks
    • Atlantean era the soul organs, the organs that underlie thinking, feeling
    • feel Him vitally in every word that is uttered in discussions of spiritual
  • Title: Good Fortune Its Reality and Its Semblance
    Matching lines:
    • comes to life. We feel that to be justified in speaking of good or bad
    • life may be directly hindered, frustrated, destroyed. We feel that we cannot
    • Giordano Bruno, for instance, who perished at the stake? We feel that here
    • Now when it comes to man himself, to what he feels with regard to fortune
    • feelings, his whole inner being, but to be in harmony with all that works
    • of knowledge. For acquiring knowledge evokes in us the feeling that in our
    • thinking, in our soul-life, we are in harmony with the world. We feel that
    • contact, definite connection, with it. And the unhappiness a gambler feels
    • gives him a feeling of being shut out from the world, as if the contact with
    • the stirrings of his feelings, becomes a power living its own life in his soul
    • man, tossed to and fro in his life between good and bad fortune, feels like a
  • Title: Good Fortune Its Reality and Its Semblance
    Matching lines:
    • comes to life. We feel that to be justified in speaking of good or bad
    • life may be directly hindered, frustrated, destroyed. We feel that we cannot
    • Giordano Bruno, for instance, who perished at the stake? We feel that here
    • Now when it comes to man himself, to what he feels with regard to fortune
    • feelings, his whole inner being, but to be in harmony with all that works
    • of knowledge. For acquiring knowledge evokes in us the feeling that in our
    • thinking, in our soul-life, we are in harmony with the world. We feel that
    • contact, definite connection, with it. And the unhappiness a gambler feels
    • gives him a feeling of being shut out from the world, as if the contact with
    • the stirrings of his feelings, becomes a power living its own life in his soul
    • man, tossed to and fro in his life between good and bad fortune, feels like a
  • Title: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • even in the forming of our thoughts and feelings, which the child
  • Title: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • even in the forming of our thoughts and feelings, which the child
  • Title: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • paralyzing effect on us. And the continual spread of this feeling of partial
    • Deubler as an individual we can well feel admiration. He became a
    • The feeling thus expressed by Herman Grimm, in an age when it was not
    • human feeling which urgently demands a solution of the great problems of
    • winter because of seeing the snow and feeling the cold does not know that
    • and contains answers desired by the individuals who feel, in the manner
    • faintest degree human religious feelings or religious life. On the
    • of spiritual research will feel some degree of consolation in face of the
    • considering such cases the right kind of feeling and attitude is aroused in
  • Title: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • paralyzing effect on us. And the continual spread of this feeling of partial
    • Deubler as an individual we can well feel admiration. He became a
    • The feeling thus expressed by Herman Grimm, in an age when it was not
    • human feeling which urgently demands a solution of the great problems of
    • winter because of seeing the snow and feeling the cold does not know that
    • and contains answers desired by the individuals who feel, in the manner
    • faintest degree human religious feelings or religious life. On the
    • of spiritual research will feel some degree of consolation in face of the
    • considering such cases the right kind of feeling and attitude is aroused in
  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling and acknowledging them as truth within certain limits, and
    • event, a sorrow or some mishap. You do need a mood, a certain feeling
    • feelings within himself in order to nurture these soul eyes. The
  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling and acknowledging them as truth within certain limits, and
    • event, a sorrow or some mishap. You do need a mood, a certain feeling
    • feelings within himself in order to nurture these soul eyes. The
  • Title: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • an understanding to arise in wider circles, a common feeling for how
  • Title: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • an understanding to arise in wider circles, a common feeling for how
  • Title: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • methods for sinking deeply into the world of his conceptions, feelings
    • have a confused feeling of inter-weaving, hovering form, just as
    • Let us try to experience in our feeling what clairvoyant consciousness
    • definite feeling of the deeper truth of the Madonna problem. Very
    • nevertheless we feel it to be there in his pictures. We can, however,
    • in the inmost depths of the being, a feeling nature and a wisdom
    • world in order to acquire human knowledge, human feeling, human will.
    • permeated with deep feeling, the soul partakes in certain knowledge of
    • Hence we can feel it as something born out of the cosmos when the hazy
    • instilling in him a feeling for the wisdom echoing down from ancient
    • behind it, can, free from all dogma and prejudice, again feel piety in
    • wisdom with art and give new birth to genuine free religious feeling
  • Title: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • methods for sinking deeply into the world of his conceptions, feelings
    • have a confused feeling of inter-weaving, hovering form, just as
    • Let us try to experience in our feeling what clairvoyant consciousness
    • definite feeling of the deeper truth of the Madonna problem. Very
    • nevertheless we feel it to be there in his pictures. We can, however,
    • in the inmost depths of the being, a feeling nature and a wisdom
    • world in order to acquire human knowledge, human feeling, human will.
    • permeated with deep feeling, the soul partakes in certain knowledge of
    • Hence we can feel it as something born out of the cosmos when the hazy
    • instilling in him a feeling for the wisdom echoing down from ancient
    • behind it, can, free from all dogma and prejudice, again feel piety in
    • wisdom with art and give new birth to genuine free religious feeling
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • God, the primeval source of his being. Within himself he could feel
    • earth grew cold, when its plant covering began to fade, he had to feel
    • consciousness, he could feel how God descended upon his soul, how his
    • through feeling, then this experience of Christ that we have gained
    • I, but Christ in me.” We then have the mystical experience of feeling
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • God, the primeval source of his being. Within himself he could feel
    • earth grew cold, when its plant covering began to fade, he had to feel
    • consciousness, he could feel how God descended upon his soul, how his
    • through feeling, then this experience of Christ that we have gained
    • I, but Christ in me.” We then have the mystical experience of feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Lord's Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. Originally, Christian prayer was not essentially different from
    • Through feeling, prayer accomplishes the same result.
    • of which man is capable today with his puny present feelings and will
    • your existence, your feeling and thought, your very being, to inject life
    • to a family or nation, stirring one to feel relationships with individual
    • upward to its God, attain expression in the seven different feelings of
  • Title: Lecture: The Lord's Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. Originally, Christian prayer was not essentially different from
    • Through feeling, prayer accomplishes the same result.
    • of which man is capable today with his puny present feelings and will
    • your existence, your feeling and thought, your very being, to inject life
    • to a family or nation, stirring one to feel relationships with individual
    • upward to its God, attain expression in the seven different feelings of
  • Title: Lecture: Love and Its Meaning in the World
    Matching lines:
    • in a half-sleeping state. He has gradually to learn to feel himself as
    • next life. A man who feels this may become a Mystic and mistake what
    • world. Men feel instinctively that they may expect nothing for their
    • weaves through the world? Contentions born of feeling must here be
    • those who have no feeling for super-sensible reality.
    • feel love pouring into the hearts of men:
  • Title: Lecture: Love and Its Meaning in the World
    Matching lines:
    • in a half-sleeping state. He has gradually to learn to feel himself as
    • next life. A man who feels this may become a Mystic and mistake what
    • world. Men feel instinctively that they may expect nothing for their
    • weaves through the world? Contentions born of feeling must here be
    • those who have no feeling for super-sensible reality.
    • feel love pouring into the hearts of men:
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • animal or yonder plant, so should we feel a longing to get to know the
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • animal or yonder plant, so should we feel a longing to get to know the
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • spontaneous warmth of this elementary feeling. Let me repeat that it is
    • images of such a play proceed from a knowledge based on feeling.
    • feelings, which could also give rise to something as simple as this play.
    • some people preserved a childlike innocence in their feelings and
    • All our knowledge has always lived deeply in the feelings of men. We see
    • possess the holy order of the sun's course. In spring and summer we feel
    • He who observes his inner life of thinking, feeling and willing, and the
    • disorderly way in which these impulses of thought, feeling and will arise,
    • can feel that the changing capriciousness of his thinking, feeling and
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
    • deeply you are related to my own inner being," is the feeling that lived in
    • earth. Then he was filled with strength and courage and could feel that
    • Child on Christmas Eve. Although we must acquire other feelings than those
    • necessary that we connect such knowledge with our most sacred feelings and
    • simple Christmas play. Indeed, we, too, feel just as happy when we see such
    • a play because we feel our relationship with those men of the past who
    • Mystery of Golgotha, even when the body grows old. The soul will then feel
    • experience as Christmas feeling arising from our anthroposophical world
    • Awake the feelings to His presence
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • spontaneous warmth of this elementary feeling. Let me repeat that it is
    • images of such a play proceed from a knowledge based on feeling.
    • feelings, which could also give rise to something as simple as this play.
    • some people preserved a childlike innocence in their feelings and
    • All our knowledge has always lived deeply in the feelings of men. We see
    • possess the holy order of the sun's course. In spring and summer we feel
    • He who observes his inner life of thinking, feeling and willing, and the
    • disorderly way in which these impulses of thought, feeling and will arise,
    • can feel that the changing capriciousness of his thinking, feeling and
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
    • deeply you are related to my own inner being," is the feeling that lived in
    • earth. Then he was filled with strength and courage and could feel that
    • Child on Christmas Eve. Although we must acquire other feelings than those
    • necessary that we connect such knowledge with our most sacred feelings and
    • simple Christmas play. Indeed, we, too, feel just as happy when we see such
    • a play because we feel our relationship with those men of the past who
    • Mystery of Golgotha, even when the body grows old. The soul will then feel
    • experience as Christmas feeling arising from our anthroposophical world
    • Awake the feelings to His presence
  • Title: Occult Significance of Blood
    Matching lines:
    • we have to consider not only the feelings due to a vague morality, but
    • plane of feeling, so that in the life-substance may move not only
    • A recent school of naturalists is of opinion that feeling, in its
    • condition cannot be described as “feeling.” In order that
    • feeling” may exist, an image must be formed within the
    • proof that the plant answers to the stimulus by a feeling, that is,
    • is capable of feeling? It feels only itself, its own life-processes;
  • Title: Occult Significance of Blood
    Matching lines:
    • we have to consider not only the feelings due to a vague morality, but
    • plane of feeling, so that in the life-substance may move not only
    • A recent school of naturalists is of opinion that feeling, in its
    • condition cannot be described as “feeling.” In order that
    • feeling” may exist, an image must be formed within the
    • proof that the plant answers to the stimulus by a feeling, that is,
    • is capable of feeling? It feels only itself, its own life-processes;
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the sixth post-Atlantean epoch. Her poems easily enable us to feel:
    • Here is a soul that feels that the knowledge which can be gained at
    • are poets or artists, and they may say: “I feel my genius within
    • of spiritual science, our meditative life will enable us to feel eternal,
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the sixth post-Atlantean epoch. Her poems easily enable us to feel:
    • Here is a soul that feels that the knowledge which can be gained at
    • are poets or artists, and they may say: “I feel my genius within
    • of spiritual science, our meditative life will enable us to feel eternal,
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • united with their work. They feel remote from it. Now there is nothing
    • worse than to feel remote in your heart from the things you have to do
    • you feel limp and weary, it would be better not to attempt to make a
    • the surrounding world. The anthroposophist, however, should not feel
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts, etc.,
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • united with their work. They feel remote from it. Now there is nothing
    • worse than to feel remote in your heart from the things you have to do
    • you feel limp and weary, it would be better not to attempt to make a
    • the surrounding world. The anthroposophist, however, should not feel
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts, etc.,
  • Title: Lecture: Practical Training In Thought
    Matching lines:
    • may seem strange that an anthroposophist should feel called upon to
    • transformed at any moment into sensation and feeling, enabling us to
    • True practice in thinking presupposes a right attitude and proper feeling
    • within his head or in his soul cannot have the right feeling for thought.
    • Whoever harbors this idea will be constantly diverted by a false feeling
    • demands on his thinking. He who would acquire the right feeling for
    • not arise. When a person feels the full truth of these words, it will be easy
    • actual facts of life take their course in obedience to thought if he feels
    • thinking. Instead, he must confidently feel that the things of outer reality
    • fact that we are growing together with things. We no longer feel that they
    • Instead we come to feel as if our own thinking occurred within the things
    • about some matters we feel it necessary to come to a conclusion. We
    • feelings and sensations, and when reasons are put
    • feelings and sensations. Not only is the wish often the father of the
    • thought, but it can also be said that all our feelings and mental habits are
    • comes to notice that he has acquired a new way of thinking and feeling.
    • feeling and sensation is also developed.
    • greater depths than are generally imagined. It is our feelings that
    • put forward are often a mere screen or mask for our deeper feelings and
  • Title: Lecture: Practical Training In Thought
    Matching lines:
    • may seem strange that an anthroposophist should feel called upon to
    • transformed at any moment into sensation and feeling, enabling us to
    • True practice in thinking presupposes a right attitude and proper feeling
    • within his head or in his soul cannot have the right feeling for thought.
    • Whoever harbors this idea will be constantly diverted by a false feeling
    • demands on his thinking. He who would acquire the right feeling for
    • not arise. When a person feels the full truth of these words, it will be easy
    • actual facts of life take their course in obedience to thought if he feels
    • thinking. Instead, he must confidently feel that the things of outer reality
    • fact that we are growing together with things. We no longer feel that they
    • Instead we come to feel as if our own thinking occurred within the things
    • about some matters we feel it necessary to come to a conclusion. We
    • feelings and sensations, and when reasons are put
    • feelings and sensations. Not only is the wish often the father of the
    • thought, but it can also be said that all our feelings and mental habits are
    • comes to notice that he has acquired a new way of thinking and feeling.
    • feeling and sensation is also developed.
    • greater depths than are generally imagined. It is our feelings that
    • put forward are often a mere screen or mask for our deeper feelings and
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • glimmerings of a feeling for Christ. Nor during the first few years
    • feelings. Such a feeling as can live in our souls when we see a little
    • acquired a feeling for our environment which we could not possess
    • interjections and words to express the feelings of his inner being; in
    • epoch. Through Spiritual Science we can enrich anew our inner feelings
    • chaotic and confused, but filled, permeated with inner feeling, if
    • us will feel it to be so if we learn to unite ourselves with the
    • feelings and perceptions. Our life of feeling and perception can be
    • perceive and feel within ourselves not only the fruits that come to us
    • to have the right understanding, the right feeling and perception for
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • glimmerings of a feeling for Christ. Nor during the first few years
    • feelings. Such a feeling as can live in our souls when we see a little
    • acquired a feeling for our environment which we could not possess
    • interjections and words to express the feelings of his inner being; in
    • epoch. Through Spiritual Science we can enrich anew our inner feelings
    • chaotic and confused, but filled, permeated with inner feeling, if
    • us will feel it to be so if we learn to unite ourselves with the
    • feelings and perceptions. Our life of feeling and perception can be
    • perceive and feel within ourselves not only the fruits that come to us
    • to have the right understanding, the right feeling and perception for
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • delicately organized for his soul to feel pain when he sees other
    • is true that more delicately organized natures feel pain at the
    • the most highly cultured will not only feel pain such as is caused
    • as their own suffering. If they see a hungry man they will feel the
    • feels the health of the whole body, the individual will feel the
    • will feel that complete freedom of thought in the domain of religion
    • Eastern Europe feels instinctively, but often with perverted instinct,
    • feels that spirit self is to descend, but that it can only descend
    • the personal element, through which every single man feels himself an
    • are, accuse Western and Central Europe of having lost all feeling for
    • genuine community of life among men, a life where everyone feels
    • the instinctive feeling that the spirit self can only manifest in a
    • With power to feel and to enjoy it. Thou
    • science, feeling the good spirit of brotherhood hovering over and
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • delicately organized for his soul to feel pain when he sees other
    • is true that more delicately organized natures feel pain at the
    • the most highly cultured will not only feel pain such as is caused
    • as their own suffering. If they see a hungry man they will feel the
    • feels the health of the whole body, the individual will feel the
    • will feel that complete freedom of thought in the domain of religion
    • Eastern Europe feels instinctively, but often with perverted instinct,
    • feels that spirit self is to descend, but that it can only descend
    • the personal element, through which every single man feels himself an
    • are, accuse Western and Central Europe of having lost all feeling for
    • genuine community of life among men, a life where everyone feels
    • the instinctive feeling that the spirit self can only manifest in a
    • With power to feel and to enjoy it. Thou
    • science, feeling the good spirit of brotherhood hovering over and
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • “when you feel the same disgust for meat, you should stop
    • Through it are expressed the instinctive feelings and in certain
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts,
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • “when you feel the same disgust for meat, you should stop
    • Through it are expressed the instinctive feelings and in certain
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts,
  • Title: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling that his solar and planetary system was repeating, of course in a
    • If in this our community, we could acquire the right feelings for
    • feelings could enable us to find the impulses needed for the renewals that
    • souls feeling and sensing the true significance of the event. Are we really
    • worthiest feelings to pass through our souls. Such a festival celebration
    • Ask yourselves whether the feelings in your hearts and souls when you stand
    • whether feelings are living in you that can raise humankind to an
    • new content must [be]come content which can give us entirely new feelings that
    • Oh, the soul will attain to altogether new feelings if it feels committed
    • united in love because they feel the need, common to them all, to search.
    • this evening. Then each one of you would feel that my words contain a
  • Title: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling that his solar and planetary system was repeating, of course in a
    • If in this our community, we could acquire the right feelings for
    • feelings could enable us to find the impulses needed for the renewals that
    • souls feeling and sensing the true significance of the event. Are we really
    • worthiest feelings to pass through our souls. Such a festival celebration
    • Ask yourselves whether the feelings in your hearts and souls when you stand
    • whether feelings are living in you that can raise humankind to an
    • new content must [be]come content which can give us entirely new feelings that
    • Oh, the soul will attain to altogether new feelings if it feels committed
    • united in love because they feel the need, common to them all, to search.
    • this evening. Then each one of you would feel that my words contain a
  • Title: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • to a particular grade of knowledge, of feeling, and willing. Then, when they
    • have advanced in knowledge, in higher feeling, and higher willing, they
    • not even feel that he was man in the fullest sense. He felt that he was more a
    • should realize how, in his passions, emotions, feelings and sensibilities, he
    • at a particular point in his life he feels something flowering and coming
    • and feels there the flowing, living presence of the Christ, he will receive
    • age. This we must learn in these days to join our feeling to our
  • Title: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • to a particular grade of knowledge, of feeling, and willing. Then, when they
    • have advanced in knowledge, in higher feeling, and higher willing, they
    • not even feel that he was man in the fullest sense. He felt that he was more a
    • should realize how, in his passions, emotions, feelings and sensibilities, he
    • at a particular point in his life he feels something flowering and coming
    • and feels there the flowing, living presence of the Christ, he will receive
    • age. This we must learn in these days to join our feeling to our
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of Spiritual Research For Moral Action
    Matching lines:
    • to feel that they themselves want to find everything that is to be
    • acknowledged as correct in this sphere. They will feel that it should
    • The science of the spirit shows us how we can feel ourselves to be a part
    • Christ-feeling, Christ-knowing into their souls. They are not mature.
    • knowledge, their feelings, their whole soul, the earth will fall away from
    • truth says to them they will feel, “You are lying.” Then there
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of Spiritual Research For Moral Action
    Matching lines:
    • to feel that they themselves want to find everything that is to be
    • acknowledged as correct in this sphere. They will feel that it should
    • The science of the spirit shows us how we can feel ourselves to be a part
    • Christ-feeling, Christ-knowing into their souls. They are not mature.
    • knowledge, their feelings, their whole soul, the earth will fall away from
    • truth says to them they will feel, “You are lying.” Then there
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • apply to the conditions and activities of these times those feelings
    • indifference, not even in mere thoughts and feelings, even though we
    • ideas or feelings), certain words have certain values. The word
    • But when we approach the very nerve of Spiritual Science, we feel that
    • should be permeated with this feeling. If we do not get rid of the
    • so that he can then feel nice and warm with the thought, “You are
    • nearest to hand, thereby enhancing our self-love, but to feel it our
    • way of feeling. It is exactly this which we must try to combat. We
    • merely to feel sympathy or antipathy towards the people we meet, not
    • Perhaps you will not feel that what I am saying now is extremely
    • thoughts and feelings of many working men. Karl Marx was able to
    • these things, the necessities of the case alone do so. One may feel
    • religious orientation toward initiation, a feeling of one's own
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • apply to the conditions and activities of these times those feelings
    • indifference, not even in mere thoughts and feelings, even though we
    • ideas or feelings), certain words have certain values. The word
    • But when we approach the very nerve of Spiritual Science, we feel that
    • should be permeated with this feeling. If we do not get rid of the
    • so that he can then feel nice and warm with the thought, “You are
    • nearest to hand, thereby enhancing our self-love, but to feel it our
    • way of feeling. It is exactly this which we must try to combat. We
    • merely to feel sympathy or antipathy towards the people we meet, not
    • Perhaps you will not feel that what I am saying now is extremely
    • thoughts and feelings of many working men. Karl Marx was able to
    • these things, the necessities of the case alone do so. One may feel
    • religious orientation toward initiation, a feeling of one's own
  • Title: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • monograph on Goethe — what is our experience then? We feel: this is
    • or feeling for it? Men such as Troxler, and
    • which may well up as a feeling of tragedy from contemplation of this
    • feels all the time as though so many worms were crawling through the
    • influence of human thinking and feeling, to take the form that is
    • hewing wood. Do modern men feel that thinking tires them? They do not,
    • that they were capable of feeling and experiencing in regard to the
    • very few of them would — to use a trivial expression — feel
    • deep feeling and perception when in my Mystery Play,
    • your feeling, from your hearing, the earth shines out into the cosmos.
    • from the earth. You cannot perceive, hear, see, smell or feel without
  • Title: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • monograph on Goethe — what is our experience then? We feel: this is
    • or feeling for it? Men such as Troxler, and
    • which may well up as a feeling of tragedy from contemplation of this
    • feels all the time as though so many worms were crawling through the
    • influence of human thinking and feeling, to take the form that is
    • hewing wood. Do modern men feel that thinking tires them? They do not,
    • that they were capable of feeling and experiencing in regard to the
    • very few of them would — to use a trivial expression — feel
    • deep feeling and perception when in my Mystery Play,
    • your feeling, from your hearing, the earth shines out into the cosmos.
    • from the earth. You cannot perceive, hear, see, smell or feel without
  • Title: Lecture: The Structure of the Lord's Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • concentrate upon these formulae they feel that divine spiritual life
    • feeling part of man. The Christian merges with the all-pervasive
    • divine Being more through his emotions and feelings.
  • Title: Lecture: The Structure of the Lord's Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • concentrate upon these formulae they feel that divine spiritual life
    • feeling part of man. The Christian merges with the all-pervasive
    • divine Being more through his emotions and feelings.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • to expression in the form of feeling, surge upwards. We know that
    • feeling is a dimly apprehended experience, that so far as actual
    • being. Feeling brings a certain light into, intensifies,
    • Thus we distinguish two kinds of feeling, as we did in the case of the
    • state. One kind of feeling surges upwards from the will that is
    • connected with man's sleeping condition. This kind of feeling lives
    • — unfolded by the human being. This is feeling which tends towards
    • experiences of feeling which have in them the quality of sympathy. The
    • dreamlike experience of feeling which comes to expression in
    • activity, feeling in activity of the soul.
    • He wants to isolate himself, to feel enclosed within his own being.
    • unfolds the element of antipathy in his life of feeling so strongly
    • like an abnormal aura. It may then happen that he begins to feel
    • give rise to persecution mania in all its forms. When feelings of
    • life, the mental life. The sleeping will lights up in feeling, and
    • the same time denuded qualitatively — it becomes abstract. In feeling
    • this element of antipathetic feeling surges into the conceptual life,
    • antipathetic feeling, or of the inner will, into the conceptual life.
    • And when sympathetic feeling — which has its origin in the will of
    • you see, lives in us as abstraction only. In feeling, inasmuch as we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • to expression in the form of feeling, surge upwards. We know that
    • feeling is a dimly apprehended experience, that so far as actual
    • being. Feeling brings a certain light into, intensifies,
    • Thus we distinguish two kinds of feeling, as we did in the case of the
    • state. One kind of feeling surges upwards from the will that is
    • connected with man's sleeping condition. This kind of feeling lives
    • — unfolded by the human being. This is feeling which tends towards
    • experiences of feeling which have in them the quality of sympathy. The
    • dreamlike experience of feeling which comes to expression in
    • activity, feeling in activity of the soul.
    • He wants to isolate himself, to feel enclosed within his own being.
    • unfolds the element of antipathy in his life of feeling so strongly
    • like an abnormal aura. It may then happen that he begins to feel
    • give rise to persecution mania in all its forms. When feelings of
    • life, the mental life. The sleeping will lights up in feeling, and
    • the same time denuded qualitatively — it becomes abstract. In feeling
    • this element of antipathetic feeling surges into the conceptual life,
    • antipathetic feeling, or of the inner will, into the conceptual life.
    • And when sympathetic feeling — which has its origin in the will of
    • you see, lives in us as abstraction only. In feeling, inasmuch as we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • contemplate without on the one hand feeling an intense longing awaken
    • In his knowledge man feels himself outside Nature. What would induce
    • knowledge, that man feels separated from the inner being of Nature.
    • his search. We have at the same time the feeling that whatever in the
    • a demand which the conscientious seeker after knowledge will feel is
    • of his own being. They described how man feels the ground sink away
    • feeling of standing on firm ground; he sees himself being hurled
    • the feeling of freedom, that sense of freedom which is in reality a
    • with our word “freedom,” the feeling we associate with the word
    • feeling of life and vitality within him. Although in our age we have
    • immediately has a feeling of uncertainty. If he has been sufficiently
    • inner being, should feel himself united there with the inner being of
    • thought and the feeling of freedom and a stronger selfconsciousness,
    • Out of an instinctive feeling that was conscious and yet at the same
    • receive a certain colouring from the life of feeling; and there is
    • darkness; our feelings vanish and our will is inactive. The ordinary
    • prejudice, we try to observe inwardly what we experience when we feel,
    • We discover that our feeling life is by no means so illumined with the
    • the life of feeling is undoubtedly every bit as real as — even
    • always something undefined about the life of feeling. Indeed, if we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • contemplate without on the one hand feeling an intense longing awaken
    • In his knowledge man feels himself outside Nature. What would induce
    • knowledge, that man feels separated from the inner being of Nature.
    • his search. We have at the same time the feeling that whatever in the
    • a demand which the conscientious seeker after knowledge will feel is
    • of his own being. They described how man feels the ground sink away
    • feeling of standing on firm ground; he sees himself being hurled
    • the feeling of freedom, that sense of freedom which is in reality a
    • with our word “freedom,” the feeling we associate with the word
    • feeling of life and vitality within him. Although in our age we have
    • immediately has a feeling of uncertainty. If he has been sufficiently
    • inner being, should feel himself united there with the inner being of
    • thought and the feeling of freedom and a stronger selfconsciousness,
    • Out of an instinctive feeling that was conscious and yet at the same
    • receive a certain colouring from the life of feeling; and there is
    • darkness; our feelings vanish and our will is inactive. The ordinary
    • prejudice, we try to observe inwardly what we experience when we feel,
    • We discover that our feeling life is by no means so illumined with the
    • the life of feeling is undoubtedly every bit as real as — even
    • always something undefined about the life of feeling. Indeed, if we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth, Beauty, and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • is to exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling
    • that a feeling for truth is connected with our consciousness of the
    • truth, he is in harmony with the feeling he has of his physical body,
    • the nervous system. The feeling he has of his physical body gives him
    • it to be this copy of reality. It behooves us, however, to feel the
    • feeling for truth and truthfulness. To feel himself in duty bound
    • instead of feeling the reality of the etheric body, he is nowadays apt
    • An intense feeling for beauty — as it was then conceived — existed
    • “Never do I feel the peripheral structure of my hands and fingers so
    • warmed and irradiated — god-inspired — thus did the Greek feel in
    • In the presence of ugliness the Greek's feeling was quite different
    • abstract feelings in regard to ugliness by his features-he makes a
    • unconscious depths of his soul at any rate — a feeling for
    • pre-earthly existence. An epoch of civilization in which this feeling
    • A genuine feeling for beauty forges a link that binds us here, in
    • own astral body feels pain at the sight of suffering in others. For
    • a man can quicken his etheric body into life through his feeling for beauty.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • is to exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling
    • that a feeling for truth is connected with our consciousness of the
    • truth, he is in harmony with the feeling he has of his physical body,
    • the nervous system. The feeling he has of his physical body gives him
    • it to be this copy of reality. It behooves us, however, to feel the
    • feeling for truth and truthfulness. To feel himself in duty bound
    • instead of feeling the reality of the etheric body, he is nowadays apt
    • An intense feeling for beauty — as it was then conceived — existed
    • “Never do I feel the peripheral structure of my hands and fingers so
    • warmed and irradiated — god-inspired — thus did the Greek feel in
    • In the presence of ugliness the Greek's feeling was quite different
    • abstract feelings in regard to ugliness by his features-he makes a
    • unconscious depths of his soul at any rate — a feeling for
    • pre-earthly existence. An epoch of civilization in which this feeling
    • A genuine feeling for beauty forges a link that binds us here, in
    • own astral body feels pain at the sight of suffering in others. For
    • a man can quicken his etheric body into life through his feeling for beauty.
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • our feeling.
    • appeals more to the feeling and in a certain sense is the most popular
    • feeling-life, and because it is the most readily approachable for the
    • consciousness in profane feeling.
    • content of feeling and the human fullness of which Novalis still
    • to such grasping of the world, permeated as it was with feeling, but
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
    • back, as it were, into our bodies. We feel what is of the earth in our
    • In the shepherds' wisdom we learn to know the earth by feeling our way
    • The forces of knowledge, faith and feeling that live in man to-day can
    • with idle talk about the Christmas festival and our own feelings, but
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • our feeling.
    • appeals more to the feeling and in a certain sense is the most popular
    • feeling-life, and because it is the most readily approachable for the
    • consciousness in profane feeling.
    • content of feeling and the human fullness of which Novalis still
    • to such grasping of the world, permeated as it was with feeling, but
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
    • back, as it were, into our bodies. We feel what is of the earth in our
    • In the shepherds' wisdom we learn to know the earth by feeling our way
    • The forces of knowledge, faith and feeling that live in man to-day can
    • with idle talk about the Christmas festival and our own feelings, but
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • such a reproach without feeling uneasy, and can remember other
    • her emotional character is the feeling of submissiveness, the feeling
    • view of the relation between intellect, feelings and passion in men
    • the intellect belongs primarily to Woman, and feelings and passion to
    • last century. It was necessary that old religious feelings and
    • when people will feel that the wellsprings of the spirit in life must
    • lay here. Where the soul begins to feel the divine in itself, where
    • the human soul. For this reason tremendously powerful feelings and
    • feel in themselves the other side of the human being, and who, in a
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • such a reproach without feeling uneasy, and can remember other
    • her emotional character is the feeling of submissiveness, the feeling
    • view of the relation between intellect, feelings and passion in men
    • the intellect belongs primarily to Woman, and feelings and passion to
    • last century. It was necessary that old religious feelings and
    • when people will feel that the wellsprings of the spirit in life must
    • lay here. Where the soul begins to feel the divine in itself, where
    • the human soul. For this reason tremendously powerful feelings and
    • feel in themselves the other side of the human being, and who, in a
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of the Angels In Man's Astral Body
    Matching lines:
    • basis of all free religious feeling that will unfold in humanity in
    • level and we shall feel ourselves transported to this wonderful site
    • If a feeling has been acquired of how Spiritual Science penetrates
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of the Angels In Man's Astral Body
    Matching lines:
    • basis of all free religious feeling that will unfold in humanity in
    • level and we shall feel ourselves transported to this wonderful site
    • If a feeling has been acquired of how Spiritual Science penetrates
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • entangled in death, and out of man's feelings arose the question:
    • feeling. Men on earth had to come to this feeling, for it was
    • face the feeling that through death, i.e. through the intellect, we
    • a particular feeling in connection with esoteric Christianity:
    • is active, we do not really live. We must feel that when we are
    • feels how difficult it is to clothe these experiences in the words of
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • entangled in death, and out of man's feelings arose the question:
    • feeling. Men on earth had to come to this feeling, for it was
    • face the feeling that through death, i.e. through the intellect, we
    • a particular feeling in connection with esoteric Christianity:
    • is active, we do not really live. We must feel that when we are
    • feels how difficult it is to clothe these experiences in the words of
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness; then we shall feel something of the abounding power
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness; then we shall feel something of the abounding power
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • unfolds its thoughts and feelings.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • unfolds its thoughts and feelings.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • and feelings in the presentation of an individual
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • and feelings in the presentation of an individual
  • Title: Man as a Being: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
  • Title: Man as a Being: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
    • metabolic-limb organisation; relation to world of feeling. The images
  • Title: Man as a Being: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
    • matters, but one has to be capable of an inner feeling for these
    • inner experience. You do not feel this chalk; roughly speaking, what
    • you feel is the impact of the chalk on your skin ... the process can
    • sight, taste and smell has to do with feeling. That is not
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
    • does not get as far as feeling, still less as far as
    • find that feeling is nothing more than a feeling-stress of the idea,
    • and that will is entirely lacking. The fact is that feeling and will
    • formed, already been given shape. Feeling is connected with the
    • the feeling and willing organisations. You see we are now coupling
    • together the feeling world of the soul and the world of
    • connection between the capacity for feeling and the faculty of memory.
    • feeling ourselves all the time actually at variance with external
    • nature. It seems as if we are powerless, as if we must feel ourselves
    • at variance with ourselves. To-day we can feel the presence of these
    • feeling that this contradiction in life, which is absolutely real, can
    • natural necessity deludes us by strange methods with a feeling of
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Michael Thoughts, of which today men have no more than a dim feeling, has
    • souls who in full sincerity feel themselves drawn to the Michael stream.
    • Michael may feel when, clothed in the light rays of the Sun, Michael appears
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Michael Thoughts, of which today men have no more than a dim feeling, has
    • souls who in full sincerity feel themselves drawn to the Michael stream.
    • Michael may feel when, clothed in the light rays of the Sun, Michael appears
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • inclined to feel it all rather remote from everyday life. But this is
    • namely, as realms devoid of feeling. The first kingdom of those we
    • finger, head or ear — we feel ourselves within the other soul.
    • with them consists in feeling at one with them, being within them. To
    • and so on. The higher the kingdom, the more intensely does a man feel
    • bound to them after death; he feels as though they were bearing him,
    • the element in which the dead live. For consider: what we here feel as
    • being in the physical world is quite unfamiliar. He feels that what he
    • delicate, sensitive feelings for these moments of waking and going to
    • that we unite the life of feeling with our thoughts and ideas.
    • feeling and with will. Your relationship with the dead must be one of
    • something to him — if you develop the feeling in purity and let
    • to a feeling of reverence and piety towards the spiritual world in
    • die, we mourn and feel pain. When good friends in the Society have
    • their pain to our souls; we feel their pain — that they would
    • child feels in us. It is good when a child can share his feeling with
    • On the other hand, the pain we feel at the death of older people
    • and the feeling he has is therefore different from the feeling present
    • We here in life feel that we have lost him — the pain is
    • share his feeling as we do in the case of children, we feel the pain
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • inclined to feel it all rather remote from everyday life. But this is
    • namely, as realms devoid of feeling. The first kingdom of those we
    • finger, head or ear — we feel ourselves within the other soul.
    • with them consists in feeling at one with them, being within them. To
    • and so on. The higher the kingdom, the more intensely does a man feel
    • bound to them after death; he feels as though they were bearing him,
    • the element in which the dead live. For consider: what we here feel as
    • being in the physical world is quite unfamiliar. He feels that what he
    • delicate, sensitive feelings for these moments of waking and going to
    • that we unite the life of feeling with our thoughts and ideas.
    • feeling and with will. Your relationship with the dead must be one of
    • something to him — if you develop the feeling in purity and let
    • to a feeling of reverence and piety towards the spiritual world in
    • die, we mourn and feel pain. When good friends in the Society have
    • their pain to our souls; we feel their pain — that they would
    • child feels in us. It is good when a child can share his feeling with
    • On the other hand, the pain we feel at the death of older people
    • and the feeling he has is therefore different from the feeling present
    • We here in life feel that we have lost him — the pain is
    • share his feeling as we do in the case of children, we feel the pain
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture I: The Egyptian period, and the present time.
    Matching lines:
    • Our feelings are borne into the farthest distance of the cosmos when,
    • is indeed more than a mere outer dress. What do we feel with regard to
    • belonging to the Roman Republic that one feels as if the ideal forms
    • compare that which developed in ancient Rome with the feeling, the
    • — that of a Spartan or an Athenian, for example. We feel what
    • upon the centre of his own human nature. With this feeling of
    • a crowd of angelic forms. Let us now allow our feeling to be
    • emotion is sufficiently deep for him to be able to do this will feel
    • Gothic cathedral pervaded the powers of perception, and of feeling, of
    • in order to arouse in it a feeling of permanence, so that it may
    • temple will only be understood by those who are able to feel that
    • there are forces in space. The Greek possessed this feeling. Anyone
    • penetrated with feeling. He who has such a feeling for space knows why
    • preserved the living feeling for space has the sensation that those
    • pious congregation within, it is incomplete. If we wish to feel it as
    • the upward-streaming feelings they express; not such feelings as are
    • preserved, but victorious feelings, such as the soul perceives who
    • building, which is incomplete if it is not filled with such feelings.
    • material, physical part of the world; he feels it to be real, that it
    • Thus we see how thoughts and feelings work from one incarnation to
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture III: The Kingdoms of Nature. Group-egos. The Centre of Man. The Kingdoms of Higher Spiritual Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • other hand one should not think that the earth feels pain when a
    • feeling of well-being pass over the earth. Objections to this from the
    • feels pain; if a plant is cut the earth feels pleasure. For the earth
    • When a mineral is broken up it does not feel pain, on the contrary it
    • feels pleasure, it has a sensation of well-being. Great currents of
    • pleasurable feeling stream forth from a quarry where stones are broken
    • not only does the substance dissolve, but feelings of well-being fill
    • the warm water, feelings of pleasure on the part of the mineral at
    • crystallizes, the process is connected with a feeling of pain.
    • feeling. They must not be only comprehended intellectually, but must
    • be embodied in feeling if they are to become true knowledge.
    • body. In the case of plants it is desire, feeling, and will that play
    • We have seen how sensation and feeling alter when man acquires true
    • Thus we can now consider the world with entirely different feelings;
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture IV: The Outer Manifestations of Spiritual Beings in the Elements. Their connection with Man. Cosmic partitions. The Myth of Osiris.
    Matching lines:
    • he only then began to feel himself as a separate being; with this came
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VI: The Spirits of Form as regents of earthly existence. Participation of the Luciferic beings. The formation of race.
    Matching lines:
    • hence the feeling of belonging one to another. Jehovah produced order
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VII: Animal forms -- the physiognomical expression of human passions. The religion of Egypt -- a remembrance of Lemurian times. Fish and serpent symbols. The remembrance of Atlantis in Europe. The Light of Christ.
    Matching lines:
    • kind of feeling of personality, no feeling of selfhood, had as yet
    • occult perception on his environment can express his feeling
    • evolution. It is quite natural for a person to experience a feeling of
    • chaste watery element; it gives him a feeling of peace; just as to
    • those of a pure disposition it gives a feeling of horror to see a
    • creeping snake. Such feelings are by no means meaningless memories of
    • man is unaffected by culture, when we realize that the feelings we
    • fear of snakes, but this is by culture; but the fundamental feeling of
    • during the first half of that epoch; only then did man begin to feel
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VIII: Mans connection with the various planetary bodies. The earth's mission.
    Matching lines:
    • form, a feeling of “belonging to each other” which,
    • ringing within him he feels strengthened and refreshed anew when
    • inspirational consciousness lead him? It leads him to where he feels
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture XI: The progress of man. His conquest of the physical plane in the post-Atlantean civilizations. The beginning and up-building of the 'I am.' The chosen people.
    Matching lines:
    • these bodies, and what we feel as fatigue is nothing more than the
    • the soul of the needy individual; this feeling of gratitude is at the
    • not first given. He is the originator of the feeling of gratitude,
    • although he does not himself feel it, and is only acquainted with it
    • they are able to kindle love in man so that he feels it, but they only
    • reach down into the ozone of humanity and feel the warmth of love. We
    • enter into the feelings of these ancient Europeans. They said: “I
    • sense of freedom. We must picture this state of feeling vividly, for
    • possessed of this feeling, particularly among the ancient Etruscans.
    • sense of freedom, or a feeling for personality, sprang from the causes
    • was overwhelmingly strong; we find this feeling in the souls of those
    • We see the feeling developed in them which they might have expressed
    • physical plane is valuable.” Thus a feeling of the worthlessness
    • of the physical plane was developed, a feeling of the need to flee
    • from it in order to attain that which was spiritual. A feeling evolved
    • these mingled with others who had gained a stronger feeling of
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture X: The reflection in the fourth epoch of mans experiences with the ancient Gods and their way of the Cross. The Christ-Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • When a man died at that time he had the feeling that only when he
    • rulership over it. This feeling gave rise to the conception of the
    • towards a spiritual life should feel it their duty to do all that is
    • because of their individual self-consciousness and feeling for
    • preserved a feeling for the nothingness of the physical plane, of its
    • the shades,” it exactly expresses the feeling of that period.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture XI: The reversing of Egyptian remembrance into material forms by way of Arabism. The harmonizing of Egyptian remembrance. The Christian impulse of power in Rosicrucianism.
    Matching lines:
    • Europeans may feel strong objections to the caste system, but it was
    • such a way that no one will feel forced into any caste, but each will
    • and feeling; I do not mean the outwardly visible sun; it was regarded
    • him merely as a lump of wood does, but certain feelings were
    • the right feeling, experienced by the clairvoyant during the ancient
    • feeling and our impulses of will and give us wings; for they show us
    • pictorially is filled with religious feeling.
    • separate ways, but already in our age men feel that they must again
    • feeling which rises in our souls from such thoughts as these should
    • our feeling, our perception, and our actions may be full of power.
    • stimulated, but our feelings of joy and of security in life have also
    • certainty in life, must be the feeling that pervades all
    • something living — into impulses of feeling and of certainty as
  • Title: Jesuit and Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • sensation or feeling, Cognition always signifies a
    • contrast to the elements of ideations and feeling.
    • feelings into the life of ideas, we see quite
    • feeling, which belong to conscious life, but feeling
    • unpleasant to a healthy soul-life is the feeling
    • consciousness, attuned to our epoch, must feel if it
    • punishments, together with the feeling: ‘That am I,
    • vividly as a feeling of contempt for the forsaking
    • soul of the Jesuit pupil, so must a feeling of
    • When these 2 feelings have been called forth in the
    • soul must learn to feel that the greatest danger to
    • Jesuit element, because the Jesuits feel that true
  • Title: Jesuit and Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • sensation or feeling, Cognition always signifies a
    • contrast to the elements of ideations and feeling.
    • feelings into the life of ideas, we see quite
    • feeling, which belong to conscious life, but feeling
    • unpleasant to a healthy soul-life is the feeling
    • consciousness, attuned to our epoch, must feel if it
    • punishments, together with the feeling: ‘That am I,
    • vividly as a feeling of contempt for the forsaking
    • soul of the Jesuit pupil, so must a feeling of
    • When these 2 feelings have been called forth in the
    • soul must learn to feel that the greatest danger to
    • Jesuit element, because the Jesuits feel that true
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • of the experience and the feelings of the present and of the immediate
    • feel themselves to be true children of such times. One felt something
    • did feel like this during the last few decades. To be distinguished
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • any sort of clarity in one's feelings for the life between death and a
    • feeling for things of the earth and a certain feeling for the things
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • beautiful is related to the life of feeling, and what one calls good
    • feelings. All matters of truth are related to the life of thought.
    • find botocudian attitudes in many circles. The feeling for beauty is
    • kinds of nerves: the so-called sensory nerves that serve feeling and
    • to be involved when I touch something and feel that it is warm or
    • the truth is just as dependent on deeply-rooted feelings of sympathy
    • the subjective life. It manifests itself in the fact that the feeling
    • responsibility toward the truth. Instead, they cease to feel
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • over his desires by thinking about them, feeling his way into them and
    • that surrounds the head. A person who feels and responds a little to
    • are to feel truth — and we must feel truth — it has to work
    • — just feel the words! They scatter doubts, banish them as wisdom
    • One really has to call on the assistance of the feelings if one is to
    • Thanks to what could be called their natural gifts they feel it surge
    • most various ways. There are men who feel the depths of humanity in a
    • And those who have a deeper experience feel how morality connects with
    • humanity, one must certainly call on the help of the feelings. That is
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • someone with clear ideas and a feeling for knowledge considers the
    • Here we arrive at a point where you will feel how important it is that
    • with the feeling that knowledge should be in the service of the gods,
    • mankind has not yet developed much feeling for knowledge as a divine
    • if we use it with the proper feeling, as I have just characterised it,
    • of this mood. Through our feeling, knowledge will acquire the measure
    • healthy development of humanity that such feelings be developed.
    • atavistic feelings. Today, it is necessary for mankind to achieve this
    • this will only happen when mankind is reunited with the feeling of
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. The last of these is often called the sense of touch and is
    • to be filled with a certain feeling of well-being, with the feeling of
    • being alive. If our feeling of alive-ness is diminished, we try to
    • recover a little so that our feeling of life is refreshed again. This
    • generally we are too accustomed to the feeling of being alive to be
    • in its own right. Through it we feel the life in us, precisely as we
    • physically inward, more bodily inward. Through feelings of well-being
    • and fall, or if we feel faint, it is because the sense of balance has
    • and to right and left so that we feel upright, we are employing our
    • you will have the feeling that smell does not take you very far
    • that enables you to feel another being as yourself and that makes it
    • breathing, nor did he feel a need for it to be otherwise. The human
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • But the man says, ‘Yes, but I can already feel blood poisoning in
    • at its height. Those who are not so musical will not feel this
    • Then he asks himself, ‘How it would feel to be confronted with
    • old habits of thought. He can go no further. He feels that a world
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • engendering the kind of feelings, activities and acts that were
    • thinking, feeling and willing: here is another triad of soul
    • faculties. The new faculties differ from thinking, feeling and willing
    • feeling of responsibility and the conscientiousness necessary for
    • begin to feel what immeasurable significance the results of a
    • yesterday. Yes, my dear friends, this is something we must feel; just
    • “I took all those things, but I do not feel that I am
    • will concede that he took all those things; but he need not feel
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • find something to replace the old concepts of truth, the feeling for
    • a method of associating sensations. It is the method we feel is the
    • feeling for one's capacity to produce the truth have been lost.
    • feeling that one is powerless to find any original, self-sufficient
    • they live in a real world, men feel it is necessary to make
    • or, better said, the feeling for such a criterion has been lost. The
    • spiritual life, and so on. And yet anyone who has a feeling for what
    • order to develop a feeling for what might overcome these things.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eleven
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and experiences of will, is rolled up within the physical
    • that the people of the Middle Ages were not mistaken in feeling that
    • can feel Ahriman at work in man's development. In our time it is not
    • feeling for the interconnections between the spiritual world and the
    • kind of lambs. We would feel the impulse to think of things exactly in
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Twelve
    Matching lines:
    • this includes all the feelings and impulses of will about which he
    • oneself. ‘Yes, I must feel a terrifying responsibility towards
    • years hence, it will be crucial that we human beings acquire a feeling
    • feeling that every thought must be formulated immediately. But the
    • we feel and will. It is urgent that mankind become strongly enough
    • developed this feeling for the truth of what has been experienced in
    • feel a moral responsibility towards the truth. And morality will take
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Thirteen
    Matching lines:
    • emotions, passions, feelings, and so on, as the revelations of
    • Lucifer had to act in order to influence Eve so that she would feel
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fourteen
    Matching lines:
    • possessed. Our original gift enabled us to feel another's thoughts
    • touch really gave us, originally, was an inner feeling for our own
    •  I , an inner feeling of the  I .
    • to experience the internal condition of the body in feelings of
    • well-being or feelings of being ill has been intermixed with it. A
    • been linked to the feelings of well-being or illness that show the
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fifteen
    Matching lines:
    • consumption as a kind of feeling of well-being. It is a fact that,
    • of illness, we experience them as a kind of underlying feeling of
    • organic well-being. We only cease to experience it as a feeling of
    • feel how this leads to a knowing and a knowledge that is much more
    • subconscious feeling for it, knowing that human beings do not really
    • poured into the mould of such verses. The feeling of holiness which
    • these verses conveyed countered ahrimanic influences with a feeling
    • comes from without was held in balance from within by a feeling, a
    • feeling of holiness. This led to the extraordinary attitudes toward
    • materialism and into materialistic thinking, feeling and experiencing.
    • feeling that language can contain the spirit. He referred to all
    • Bacon believes to be the most dangerous, for one feels especially
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • origin. Hence the writer of St. Luke's Gospel feels impelled to say:
    • experience which enables him to say: ‘I now feel something within me,
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Europe) would not to any great extent excite feelings of respect. But
    • is reborn. Two things are now possible. He may feel impelled to seek a
    • early age reawakens the feeling of freedom and independence. As a rule
    • conquest of thought and intellect in the life of the higher feeling
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • these marvels will feel himself aesthetically and morally elevated
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • with matured ideas, feelings, and finally with love. By taking from
    • common welfare of humanity. He develops feelings and emotions which
    • become transmuted into love; and when he brings these feelings and
    • of feeling it to be his highest bliss when he gives forth what he has
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of self-dependence, and passion for the higher world would
    • have associated normal feelings with every single object; but now the
    • to them all. When this feeling had died out, those who had come from
    • more does the individual feel his independence, being impelled to
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • more to feel his own existence. We indicated yesterday the moment at
    • which a distinct feeling of the Ego came to the fore. We said that the
    • acts of the teacher, and by the impression made on their feelings and
    • of instruction in thinking and feeling, not merely with regard to the
    • thoughts, ideas, sensations, and feelings relating to the spiritual
    • through certain feelings and emotions evoked by that learning, that
    • spiritual culture, and his feelings were fired by the declarations to
    • thus prepared his disciples by baptism. He had aroused this feeling in
    • inmost thoughts, opinions, and feelings are steeped in Christianity.
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • two phenomena in this connection: the feeling of shame and the feeling
    • is unacquainted with these hypotheses. With regard to the feeling of
    • shame, we may say that when a person feels ashamed, it is as if he
    • seen by those around him; what takes place in a person who feels shame
    • the influence of a psychic-spiritual experience, such as the feeling
    • presses out the tears, and that the individual, feeling the tears
    • spiritual science will feel how everything is explained by it.
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • and express in words, all our feelings and sensations depend upon our
    • that when Christ used images of thought and vented His feeling, He
    • thoughts and feelings were coloured by the thoughts and feelings which
    • initiations had rendered them ripe to feel the Christ-impulse and
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • inwardly feel or know what was meant, when the other was at all
    • vivacious or intensive in thought and feeling. Love, though certainly
    • feeling very difficult for modern man to share. A man saw that his
    • I can remember, depends upon my feeling myself a member of a great
    • hand. In the same way I am bereft of significance unless I feel myself
    • stretching back to Father Abraham, is not transient. When I feel
    • new. The feeling was still alive in them, expressed in the words: ‘Our
    • think that no person of refined feelings could fail to be repelled
    • left to the feelings. But these words are not there at all! Look at
    • and a kindly feeling prevails among men) and clothed His injunction in
    • spring from a Christian feeling? Here is a man born blind. Neither the
    • Christ feels Himself to be the representative of the I AM. Inasmuch as
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • right kind of feelings with regard to everything that happens in our
    • show that Christ feels that He and the Father are One and that He will
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world have always had a true feeling for this; but the
    • thoughts, sensations, and feelings; it lives in the etheric body. Now
    • will therefore feel that the force permeating his etheric and astral
    • beings cannot avert from themselves the war of opinions, feelings, and
    • would rise up against opinion, feeling against feeling, will against
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • were cut off. Just as your finger would feel, so too the Atlantean
    • uncertainty affecting the will, the actions, and the feelings of men.
    • to develop his own feelings and his will — each for himself
    • the thoughts of his fellow; and since their feelings would not be
    • and feel in mutual opposition, and humanity will be finally cleft
    • degraded man's passions and feelings, while the Ahrimanic beings
    • concerned, it still exists; as regards feeling and willing, it is
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • universe. Let us feel this event, this growing delusion of death; let
    • us feel that the Death on the Cross is the seed from which a new Sun
    • bursts forth, then we shall also truly feel how mankind on earth must
    • and it was this common feeling of all mankind which burst from the
    • from which life in abundance flows!’ They had acquired a true feeling
    • Let us feel that the moment was at hand when He desired to speak to
  • Title: Gospel of St. John: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, can rise into the spiritual world which has been illuminated
    • approach the plant and feel that the plant is the support of its
    • the pupil has so steeped himself in the feeling of a universal
    • within him, out of that inner contemplation, the feeling of the
    • carried about with him; when this feeling and sensation have become so
    • they could not feel free from participation in the woman's sin and
    • desired anything but to feel the power issuing from the mighty etheric
    • hearts, grow into a feeling for the cause, into emotions, and even
    • within the soul — a living force in our feelings and emotions.
    • lecture-cycle with feelings such as these; and spiritual science will
    • contribute, even in a slight degree, to enable you to feel spiritual
    • knowledge as an elevation of life, as vital warmth in your feeling,
    • With these words I would beg you to lay to heart the feelings which
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • feelings.
    • activities of the blood and the air, our feelings come about. Now we
    • imitating out of their feelings the way other people move their lips.
    • not feel warm or cold. These sensations have to do with the nerves.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • feelings.
    • activities of the blood and the air, our feelings come about. Now we
    • imitating out of their feelings the way other people move their lips.
    • not feel warm or cold. These sensations have to do with the nerves.
  • Title: The Occult Basis of Music
    Matching lines:
    • something puzzling about it; for simple human feeling it is a direct
    • The savage feels this less than does the genius, who experiences the
    • reflects the feeling of it; that is why music is so deeply satisfying.
    • on a much more orderly character; on waking, he feels as though he
    • rhythms, and this gives feelings of pleasure both to a listener and to
    • body; and the painful feeling that ensues gives rise to the most
    • image of his spiritual home. It naturally elevates the soul to feel
    • simplest souls are so receptive to music. A man then feels himself
    • In music, man feels the echo of the inmost life of things, a life
    • related to his own. Because feelings are the most inward part of the
    • music, lives in the pleasure of feeling himself in harmony with its
  • Title: The Occult Basis of Music
    Matching lines:
    • something puzzling about it; for simple human feeling it is a direct
    • The savage feels this less than does the genius, who experiences the
    • reflects the feeling of it; that is why music is so deeply satisfying.
    • on a much more orderly character; on waking, he feels as though he
    • rhythms, and this gives feelings of pleasure both to a listener and to
    • body; and the painful feeling that ensues gives rise to the most
    • image of his spiritual home. It naturally elevates the soul to feel
    • simplest souls are so receptive to music. A man then feels himself
    • In music, man feels the echo of the inmost life of things, a life
    • related to his own. Because feelings are the most inward part of the
    • music, lives in the pleasure of feeling himself in harmony with its
  • Title: Youth in an Age of Light
    Matching lines:
    • and feelings which young people today regard as characteristic of
    • feel themselves strangers; they are met by what they have to regard as
    • within these institutions as something masked. The young feel their
    • feeling that we are standing at a turning-point of time, as mankind
    • the world around us, we feel it all has something in common. To
    • followed. Young people feel this. They do not want documentary proof
    • concerns that arise in the feelings of young people in a most sincere
    • a glimpse of what is living in people's feelings.
    • young mind to think its way into something which it feels
    • today in the feelings of young people.
    • sitting here today, the wish that all of you, whatever you may feel
    • differences of feeling. This will perhaps be the finest achievement,
    • differences in feeling. It is a fact that what young people miss most
    • spiritually, each one said to himself: “But I feel, all the same,
    • You can be sure it must be right to feel a connection of destiny
    • For youthful life is certainly there, and one will be able to feel it;
  • Title: Youth in an Age of Light
    Matching lines:
    • and feelings which young people today regard as characteristic of
    • feel themselves strangers; they are met by what they have to regard as
    • within these institutions as something masked. The young feel their
    • feeling that we are standing at a turning-point of time, as mankind
    • the world around us, we feel it all has something in common. To
    • followed. Young people feel this. They do not want documentary proof
    • concerns that arise in the feelings of young people in a most sincere
    • a glimpse of what is living in people's feelings.
    • young mind to think its way into something which it feels
    • today in the feelings of young people.
    • sitting here today, the wish that all of you, whatever you may feel
    • differences of feeling. This will perhaps be the finest achievement,
    • differences in feeling. It is a fact that what young people miss most
    • spiritually, each one said to himself: “But I feel, all the same,
    • You can be sure it must be right to feel a connection of destiny
    • For youthful life is certainly there, and one will be able to feel it;
  • Title: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • become so personal and really want to let personal feelings cloud
    • feeling, an activity, a deed which would have been appropriate on the
    • sees the colour red; it feels sympathy or antipathy for the colour.
    • feeling and willing; again three. But they are different; not
    • thinking, feeling and willing as they normally are on earth, but
    • occurrences in human life by which feelings of fear and compassion
    • are aroused; but through the arousing of these feelings, and the
    • you read more of his Poetics you will feel in it something
    • before the feelings that lead us to love or not to love something; so
    • needs to be cultivated. If there is no feeling of responsibility
    • present world, with its stamp of materialism, what feeling is there
  • Title: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • become so personal and really want to let personal feelings cloud
    • feeling, an activity, a deed which would have been appropriate on the
    • sees the colour red; it feels sympathy or antipathy for the colour.
    • feeling and willing; again three. But they are different; not
    • thinking, feeling and willing as they normally are on earth, but
    • occurrences in human life by which feelings of fear and compassion
    • are aroused; but through the arousing of these feelings, and the
    • you read more of his Poetics you will feel in it something
    • before the feelings that lead us to love or not to love something; so
    • needs to be cultivated. If there is no feeling of responsibility
    • present world, with its stamp of materialism, what feeling is there
  • Title: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • one cannot help feeling oppressed if one remembers a saying by Herman
    • feeling for the culture of middle Europe. Herman Grimm once said that
    • he feels unsupported and alone among the nations of the world.
    • feeling of oppression. For one must admit: Luther does not live on
    • already in which a German would have to feel unsupported and alone
    • among the nations of the world. People do not feel deeply enough to
    • will always feel that Schiller might just as well have written, if he
    • “Tale” with inner understanding, we can feel the presence in
    • reading the “Aesthetic Letters” should feel: in the very way
    • In a short time the whole way of feeling about this has turned round.
    • able to feel in man himself the universally human qualities that
    • in this age of consciousness, and people feel that everything proceeds
    • when such things were founded, from an atavistic feeling originating
  • Title: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • one cannot help feeling oppressed if one remembers a saying by Herman
    • feeling for the culture of middle Europe. Herman Grimm once said that
    • he feels unsupported and alone among the nations of the world.
    • feeling of oppression. For one must admit: Luther does not live on
    • already in which a German would have to feel unsupported and alone
    • among the nations of the world. People do not feel deeply enough to
    • will always feel that Schiller might just as well have written, if he
    • “Tale” with inner understanding, we can feel the presence in
    • reading the “Aesthetic Letters” should feel: in the very way
    • In a short time the whole way of feeling about this has turned round.
    • able to feel in man himself the universally human qualities that
    • in this age of consciousness, and people feel that everything proceeds
    • when such things were founded, from an atavistic feeling originating
  • Title: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • sphere of feeling; and finally the sphere of the will, which
    • Similarly, the life of ideas, the life of feeling and the life of will
    • thinking and ideas. Everything connected with the life of feeling
    • is a dream-life. Even in daytime the life of feeling pervades our
    • feeling we know indirectly through ideas, but we can never know it
    • directly through the feelings themselves. The life of will is in still
    • lie beneath the life of feeling; and still more deeply unconscious
    • contains within it thinking, feeling and willing. In the head system
    • or the system of thought, a life of feeling and a life of will are
    • ideas. Similarly, thoughts are present in the sphere of feeling, more
    • feeling, are by no means our own individual property. They take place
    • world-processes. This means that when you feel, you have of course an
    • behind our life of feeling.
    • life of feeling. Suppose the event happens between the change of teeth
    • made upon your feeling is there, and then gradually the vibrations of
    • in upon our feeling life and are the reaction of the world to an
    • experience we had in the sphere of feeling during the previous
    • seven-year period. An event that stirs and moves our feelings resounds
    • himself in life, if you can feel what is in between the words he says
    • stimulation of the feelings. When we understand these things rightly,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • sphere of feeling; and finally the sphere of the will, which
    • Similarly, the life of ideas, the life of feeling and the life of will
    • thinking and ideas. Everything connected with the life of feeling
    • is a dream-life. Even in daytime the life of feeling pervades our
    • feeling we know indirectly through ideas, but we can never know it
    • directly through the feelings themselves. The life of will is in still
    • lie beneath the life of feeling; and still more deeply unconscious
    • contains within it thinking, feeling and willing. In the head system
    • or the system of thought, a life of feeling and a life of will are
    • ideas. Similarly, thoughts are present in the sphere of feeling, more
    • feeling, are by no means our own individual property. They take place
    • world-processes. This means that when you feel, you have of course an
    • behind our life of feeling.
    • life of feeling. Suppose the event happens between the change of teeth
    • made upon your feeling is there, and then gradually the vibrations of
    • in upon our feeling life and are the reaction of the world to an
    • experience we had in the sphere of feeling during the previous
    • seven-year period. An event that stirs and moves our feelings resounds
    • himself in life, if you can feel what is in between the words he says
    • stimulation of the feelings. When we understand these things rightly,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries, began to feel that their power to perceive the spiritual
    • deeper feeling for Nature. The experience is not nearly as vivid as it
    • springtime. There are people here and there who feel that the Ego is
  • Title: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries, began to feel that their power to perceive the spiritual
    • deeper feeling for Nature. The experience is not nearly as vivid as it
    • springtime. There are people here and there who feel that the Ego is
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • upon the drum. Just as you touch and feel the ground with your feet,
    • so do you touch and feel the drum of the ear with the foot of this
    • formed. Coarsely you feel the ground with the sole of your foot, while
    • touch and feel the delicate vibration of the drum.
    • ‘foot’ touches and feels upon the drum has to be transmitted
    • himself unless he were able, in turn, to extinguish this feeling of
    • at it in the right way — we can still feel that we possess in our
    • presents to us. Anyone who has a feeling for it will feel the one
    • feeling of wonder or astonishment. Likewise in the O there is
    • whose life of feeling would not be stirred by this, who would not feel
    • the wonder of it, who would not really feel with such a
    • at such a description one did not feel wonder and reverence for the
    • of the Heavenly spheres. And yet the heart, the life of feeling is
    • will certainly not be kindled in you — the feeling of
    • discover this, your science is accompanied by a feeling of
    • Will. Not only our life of Feeling but our life of Will is called into
    • of Feeling and into the man of Will. Anthroposophical science speaks
    • to the head, it leaves the Feeling cold and does not in any way call
    • is to the whole man. Then too we feel there is infinitely more in the
    • world than is perceptible to the outer senses. And above all, we feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • upon the drum. Just as you touch and feel the ground with your feet,
    • so do you touch and feel the drum of the ear with the foot of this
    • formed. Coarsely you feel the ground with the sole of your foot, while
    • touch and feel the delicate vibration of the drum.
    • ‘foot’ touches and feels upon the drum has to be transmitted
    • himself unless he were able, in turn, to extinguish this feeling of
    • at it in the right way — we can still feel that we possess in our
    • presents to us. Anyone who has a feeling for it will feel the one
    • feeling of wonder or astonishment. Likewise in the O there is
    • whose life of feeling would not be stirred by this, who would not feel
    • the wonder of it, who would not really feel with such a
    • at such a description one did not feel wonder and reverence for the
    • of the Heavenly spheres. And yet the heart, the life of feeling is
    • will certainly not be kindled in you — the feeling of
    • discover this, your science is accompanied by a feeling of
    • Will. Not only our life of Feeling but our life of Will is called into
    • of Feeling and into the man of Will. Anthroposophical science speaks
    • to the head, it leaves the Feeling cold and does not in any way call
    • is to the whole man. Then too we feel there is infinitely more in the
    • world than is perceptible to the outer senses. And above all, we feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • concern for the world but busy themselves with how they feel and what
    • feelings are concerned, pain only becomes greater the more we think
    • The feeling for the teacher's authority will flag perhaps for a while,
    • satisfy the feeling that then arises in the students when the question
    • be avoided if the feeling is not aroused in the students: “Now
    • that occur when the children have the feeling: “The teacher just
    • And when they feel the most intensive interest in particular world
    • if, just at this age, young people feel cleverer than the teacher
    • detrimental feelings out into the country and are really permeated by
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • concern for the world but busy themselves with how they feel and what
    • feelings are concerned, pain only becomes greater the more we think
    • The feeling for the teacher's authority will flag perhaps for a while,
    • satisfy the feeling that then arises in the students when the question
    • be avoided if the feeling is not aroused in the students: “Now
    • that occur when the children have the feeling: “The teacher just
    • And when they feel the most intensive interest in particular world
    • if, just at this age, young people feel cleverer than the teacher
    • detrimental feelings out into the country and are really permeated by
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • real experience, to have the feeling that one belongs in very truth to the
    • feeling of survival but to impart a clear, fully conscious knowledge of
    • comforting feeling. Charity very often springs from selfish motives. If a
    • poor man living among us has no meat at Christmas and we feel bound to give
    • him some in order that we may feel justified in eating our own Christmas
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • real experience, to have the feeling that one belongs in very truth to the
    • feeling of survival but to impart a clear, fully conscious knowledge of
    • comforting feeling. Charity very often springs from selfish motives. If a
    • poor man living among us has no meat at Christmas and we feel bound to give
    • him some in order that we may feel justified in eating our own Christmas
  • Title: Lecture: Concealed Aspects of Human Existence: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • becomes an outer object; a feeling of anxiety before the abyss and a
  • Title: Lecture: Concealed Aspects of Human Existence
    Matching lines:
    • feel himself poured out into an etheric realm. He would feel himself
    • feels that he has lost the firm support of the body, as though he
    • this feeling, the feeling of having lost that support which the
    • As I stated, this feeling of anxiety does not exist for the ordinary
    • different from what they are when he feels no anxiety. Something
    • occurs objectively besides what the human being feels as anxiety,
    • portal of sleep into the sleep state. But with the feeling of anxiety
    • something else is connected: a feeling of deep longing for a
    • the Divine. The fact that we feel religiously inclined at all during
    • the waking life depends first of all upon the fact that this feeling
    • feelings during the waking hours of the day.
    • certain religious instructions which evoked feelings during their
    • our sleep life the feeling of our unity with the divine-spiritual
    • the human being can now appropriate inwardly to himself as a feeling,
    • a sentiment, a soul life, and a soul mood, when he really feels
    • individual who truly feels his unity with the Christ and the Mystery
    • in his feeling which has its after-effect in sleep, so that he now has
    • longing for the Divine, then a planetary state, as he feels the
    • feels — or would feel if he were conscious — that he
    • life between death and a new birth we feel ourselves as spirit-soul
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Nature and Origin of the Arts
    Matching lines:
    • their inmost feelings and experiences.
    • is utterly heedless of her own feelings, utterly oblivious to
    • her physical suffering from the cold. We feel warmth
    • compared with the impressions and feelings of the soul. But a
    • feeling of selfhood and dissolve thyself in my form —
    • feelings which cause human language to shrivel up, or which
  • Title: The Nature and Origin of the Arts
    Matching lines:
    • their inmost feelings and experiences.
    • is utterly heedless of her own feelings, utterly oblivious to
    • her physical suffering from the cold. We feel warmth
    • compared with the impressions and feelings of the soul. But a
    • feeling of selfhood and dissolve thyself in my form —
    • feelings which cause human language to shrivel up, or which
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • form, and he himself feels that it is impossible to penetrate into
    • is also filled with the warmest feeling for the life of the soul, for
    • dogma but in the life of feeling. This conception of the soul
    • Death has become a blessing in life. a dying man feels the
    • soul, at the very core of his thinking and feeling. He strove to
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • form, and he himself feels that it is impossible to penetrate into
    • is also filled with the warmest feeling for the life of the soul, for
    • dogma but in the life of feeling. This conception of the soul
    • Death has become a blessing in life. a dying man feels the
    • soul, at the very core of his thinking and feeling. He strove to
  • Title: Lecture: Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that proves to him that, even when everything of the
    • he feels sure that it can be fanned to a mighty flame that
    • inmost feelings that are stirred in prayer teach even the
    • life of the soul will feel that there are two streams
    • tomorrow. Is that not a sort of feeling or perception that we
    • feelings that it reckons not only with the effects of the
    • us the legacy of our past doing, feeling and thinking. We are
    • transformed into a feeling, we shall be able to observe what
    • present. In short, we shall feel something projecting beyond
    • glimmer of the inner feeling of God within us, a feeling that
    • transformed into feeling and perception.
    • future, when we transform it into feeling and perception?
    • looking back over the past, our feelings assert themselves in
    • deal at once with the feelings of fear and anxiety, hope and
    • joy, but the actual events to which these feelings refer are
    • feeling, something the soul does of itself. As it can, in
    • relation to the future, give no more than the feeling of
    • reality, these feelings exist as something born from an
    • transform into a right feeling what comes so surely to us
    • above all, we feel how our souls can become richer and more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that proves to him that, even when everything of the
    • he feels sure that it can be fanned to a mighty flame that
    • inmost feelings that are stirred in prayer teach even the
    • life of the soul will feel that there are two streams
    • tomorrow. Is that not a sort of feeling or perception that we
    • feelings that it reckons not only with the effects of the
    • us the legacy of our past doing, feeling and thinking. We are
    • transformed into a feeling, we shall be able to observe what
    • present. In short, we shall feel something projecting beyond
    • glimmer of the inner feeling of God within us, a feeling that
    • transformed into feeling and perception.
    • future, when we transform it into feeling and perception?
    • looking back over the past, our feelings assert themselves in
    • deal at once with the feelings of fear and anxiety, hope and
    • joy, but the actual events to which these feelings refer are
    • feeling, something the soul does of itself. As it can, in
    • relation to the future, give no more than the feeling of
    • reality, these feelings exist as something born from an
    • transform into a right feeling what comes so surely to us
    • above all, we feel how our souls can become richer and more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • with the powers of Cosmic Love. In the Sun sphere he feels the
    • side, he feels himself one with the Earth and with the whole Cosmos.
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of religious tradition, that the thinking, feeling and willing of man
    • soul' Or what sense is there again in allowing intuitive feelings or
    • the eye of the spirit. One has the feeling that the Spirits of the
    • have the feeling: This outline represents the form of the
    • it the nervous system, we have the feeling that we have been literally
    • we shall feel impelled to stop, we can go no further; we must now
    • blue-red, suddenly becomes melody. We feel we must paint in this form
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling is toward his fellow-man, is faithfully expressed in the
    • to us by destiny. We know exactly what feelings they have harboured
    • feeling for how relationships that have been begun in earthly life may
    • We feel ourselves one with the whole wide Universe. And what we were
    • before, on Earth — that we feel as something outside us.
    • we feel ourselves one with the destinies we have experienced, both in
    • our own Sun existence has made us feel one with the whole Cosmos, we
    • antipathy which one human being feels when he encounters another. The
    • feeling of sympathy or antipathy is a reflection of the intercourse
    • reflection of it in the feeling we experience when we find one another
    • hear in that an echo, in the life of feeling, of what we ourselves
    • certain other things. You experience within you, albeit in feelings
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • through a kind of “feeling” perception — almost a kind
    • a saintly man, in order that he might perceive and feel what the
    • judgements passed upon him. For man really feels the experience as a
    • humanity. But now he cannot help feeling that a mysterious connection
    • man feels that a judgement has been passed upon him. For the thought
    • feeling. What the Sun shows us, when we look up to it with our
    • There you begin to feel that it is all familiar to you. Consider for a
    • time indicates that we have passed out of the region where men feel
    • themselves related, on Earth, to the feeling they had of being in the
    • blood. If we were beings with no iron in our blood, the feeling and
    • freedom, but also to feel in our body the power to make the body
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • cosmic harmony and cosmic melody. It is chiefly the life of feeling
    • itself at all to expression in words. What we need is to feel
    • with a universal feeling that fills our being through and through
    • still feel the last remnants of speech. At this stage of
    • signify forms; vowel sounds express feelings, the inner
    • house in which I feel wonder, in which I sit.” In reality speech
    • tongues, speech was born from perception of feeling and of form —
    • feeling in the vowel, form in the consonant. To-day these elements are
    • never have a true feeling or perception of the nature of man until we
    • this is indeed what we feel, when we measure the significance of being
    • Very faintly the feeling dawns that he is becoming separate from the
    • moral being of spirit and soul — which man now feels living
    • feeling resembles a feeling he can have in physical existence. For
    • just as in physical existence he feels that he is bound up with his
    • Macrocosm, through his macrocosmic spiritual heart, he feels himself
    • with this heart-beat. Just as on Earth we feel in the heart-beat the
    • beating of our spiritual, macrocosmic heart, it feels to us as though
    • being feels himself living in very truth within the spiritual heart of
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • into the super-sensible world. In the physical world he feels his
    • the life of the senses, making us feel that it is, after all, of
    • still in earthly life. Such a feeling can never be the final
    • silicious rock appears to us with the transparency of glass. We feel
    • to feel ourselves one with the whole Earth. When we have this
    • experience, beginning at the same time to feel ourselves one with the
    • This is a first feeling that can come over us. Many an ancient song,
    • insight into the real mood and feeling of the Bhagavad Gita, for
    • in which the whole feeling-content of the human soul is united with
    • clothed in words without making will and feeling one with the thoughts
    • ago. You feel as if you were living through past experiences, as if
    • Living thus in the Earth's memories, we feel for the first time the
    • the Earth's memories, we feel how our thinking is bound up with the
    • connections between the metals and the being of man. A feeling of holy
    • the deepened feeling and insight which can come to him in
    • — unless we are quite devoid of poetic feeling — to
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of anxiety, of joy, of compulsion. The meaning of the
    • or the like. He may then wake up in this feeling of terror, for
    • place of an impulse — how this passed over into feelings
    • consciousness they can distinguish between thinking, feeling
    • consciousness. A person is awake when thinking or feeling or
    • life the human being not only thinks, but feels and wills.
    • something over into consciousness; we can feel that we have had
    • feeling that they have died down. Then they rise up again, and
    • feeling is the second element of waking consciousness. Thus
    • familiar with this feeling in the morning, where one knows that
    • feeling and willing, so during sleep we either flow with the
    • while feeling is darker and really a kind of dreaming, and
    • but we must feel fully within it, in the way I have described
    • this feeling was there, and it was very definitely there with
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of anxiety, of joy, of compulsion. The meaning of the
    • or the like. He may then wake up in this feeling of terror, for
    • place of an impulse — how this passed over into feelings
    • consciousness they can distinguish between thinking, feeling
    • consciousness. A person is awake when thinking or feeling or
    • life the human being not only thinks, but feels and wills.
    • something over into consciousness; we can feel that we have had
    • feeling that they have died down. Then they rise up again, and
    • feeling is the second element of waking consciousness. Thus
    • familiar with this feeling in the morning, where one knows that
    • feeling and willing, so during sleep we either flow with the
    • while feeling is darker and really a kind of dreaming, and
    • but we must feel fully within it, in the way I have described
    • this feeling was there, and it was very definitely there with
  • Title: The Theory of Categories / Kategorienlehre
    Matching lines:
    • unequivocal feeling of the slovenliness of the concepts in
  • Title: The Theory of Categories / Kategorienlehre
    Matching lines:
    • unequivocal feeling of the slovenliness of the concepts in
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • previous evening, one may wake up with the feeling that the soul has
    • after death. Then he feels himself in his astral body. But again it is
    • feeling: Yes, there are such realities, everything else is not real
    • take hold of Thinking, Feeling, and Willing in the astral body, as
    • In our human speech, which springs from Feeling, there lives for man
    • human being in Willing, Feeling, and Thinking — these must be
    • speech — the Cherubim bring the human life of Feeling into
    • into accord with Thinking and Feeling by the Cherubim.
    • its inner activity, when man in waking life moves, speaks, feels, and
    • Vulcan. The Anthroposophical Society must unite human beings who feel
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • previous evening, one may wake up with the feeling that the soul has
    • after death. Then he feels himself in his astral body. But again it is
    • feeling: Yes, there are such realities, everything else is not real
    • take hold of Thinking, Feeling, and Willing in the astral body, as
    • In our human speech, which springs from Feeling, there lives for man
    • human being in Willing, Feeling, and Thinking — these must be
    • speech — the Cherubim bring the human life of Feeling into
    • into accord with Thinking and Feeling by the Cherubim.
    • its inner activity, when man in waking life moves, speaks, feels, and
    • Vulcan. The Anthroposophical Society must unite human beings who feel
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • practical and noble sense able to lead us to feel that there is within
    • can, if we permeate them with feeling, fill us with awe, with a holy
    • as time went on feel ourselves increasingly estranged from everything
    • bodies which forms the head becomes the expression of every feeling of
    • sympathy and antipathy which the two persons feel for each other; and
    • other, and that this feeling of antipathy is mutual. It can then be
    • man. For all the feelings that gladden the soul with respect to its
    • one's genius during sleep. The feeling, which we may have in our
    • spiritualised his life of impression and feeling, then, just as he can
    • At this point I feel obliged to make an interpolation which is of
    • stimulating the soul, it will soon feel a longing — a real
    • true religious feelings is driven by these feelings to seek knowledge.
    • For Spiritual consciousness is acquired through religious feeling and
    • right feeling for what the various religions mean by ‘the
    • years of education, a strong feeling of the glory of the world, of its
    • the young with thoughts connecting the feelings of their hearts with
    • really been taken into people's feelings and thoughts, there will be
    • possible which force themselves into our feelings, concepts that so
    • time from this standpoint and try to arouse the same feeling of
    • premature deaths now occurring in the light of feeling or abstract
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • practical and noble sense able to lead us to feel that there is within
    • can, if we permeate them with feeling, fill us with awe, with a holy
    • as time went on feel ourselves increasingly estranged from everything
    • bodies which forms the head becomes the expression of every feeling of
    • sympathy and antipathy which the two persons feel for each other; and
    • other, and that this feeling of antipathy is mutual. It can then be
    • man. For all the feelings that gladden the soul with respect to its
    • one's genius during sleep. The feeling, which we may have in our
    • spiritualised his life of impression and feeling, then, just as he can
    • At this point I feel obliged to make an interpolation which is of
    • stimulating the soul, it will soon feel a longing — a real
    • true religious feelings is driven by these feelings to seek knowledge.
    • For Spiritual consciousness is acquired through religious feeling and
    • right feeling for what the various religions mean by ‘the
    • years of education, a strong feeling of the glory of the world, of its
    • the young with thoughts connecting the feelings of their hearts with
    • really been taken into people's feelings and thoughts, there will be
    • possible which force themselves into our feelings, concepts that so
    • time from this standpoint and try to arouse the same feeling of
    • premature deaths now occurring in the light of feeling or abstract
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Preface: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • human being, as a being of willing, feeling and thinking. A
    • tempests, and will know itself as a being of feeling which
    • heart's unsullied feeling, the union of the higher self with the I of
    • in the limbs and in the throb of heart and lungs (will and feeling),
  • Title: Meditation: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • Into the feeling of your own soul's being:
    • And you will feel truly
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • And you will truly feel
    • “toned-down”, but made available to everyone who feels
  • Title: Lecture: The Tasks and Aims of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • feel fear of an inexact examination; but it could never fear
    • a small degree of clairvoyant vision. Such a feeling would, however be
    • are then apt to feel themselves superior to the thinkers, whilst the
  • Title: Lecture: The Tasks and Aims of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • feel fear of an inexact examination; but it could never fear
    • a small degree of clairvoyant vision. Such a feeling would, however be
    • are then apt to feel themselves superior to the thinkers, whilst the
  • Title: Lecture: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing can be so trained that he can set out on
    • sense-perception, he still feels, even to-day, that there is within
    • in Initiation, the senses — feeling, hearing and so on —
    • another the power of feeling, a third the power of will. Sub-divisions
    • faculties live within his soul: thinking, feeling and willing. He has
    • of man is interwoven with thinking feeling and willing because before
    • feelings, impulses and instincts in the astral body. Out of the
    • definite element of feeling so that each thought may be said to have
    • of the transformed ether-body (it is a transformation of feeling),
    • thinking, feeling and willing, man changes his astral body into
    • feeling and willing are not clearly separated, when a man sets out on
    • are not immediately tinged with feeling but are permeated with the
    • Ego. Feeling does not immediately attach itself to a thought, but the
    • man divides, as it were, into three: he is a man of feeling, a man of
    • men. He feels that by way of his astral body he experiences all those
    • as the element of feeling; through his physical body he experiences
  • Title: Lecture: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing can be so trained that he can set out on
    • sense-perception, he still feels, even to-day, that there is within
    • in Initiation, the senses — feeling, hearing and so on —
    • another the power of feeling, a third the power of will. Sub-divisions
    • faculties live within his soul: thinking, feeling and willing. He has
    • of man is interwoven with thinking feeling and willing because before
    • feelings, impulses and instincts in the astral body. Out of the
    • definite element of feeling so that each thought may be said to have
    • of the transformed ether-body (it is a transformation of feeling),
    • thinking, feeling and willing, man changes his astral body into
    • feeling and willing are not clearly separated, when a man sets out on
    • are not immediately tinged with feeling but are permeated with the
    • Ego. Feeling does not immediately attach itself to a thought, but the
    • man divides, as it were, into three: he is a man of feeling, a man of
    • men. He feels that by way of his astral body he experiences all those
    • as the element of feeling; through his physical body he experiences
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ (single lecture)
    Matching lines:
    • difficulties. It is unusual in our age for the feelings to be so attuned
    • point of all thought and feeling, and moreover that He has called forth
    • Something more is needed if we are to feel the whole magic charm of the
    • Truth, that it is independent of mood and feeling. For the pupil of
    • was transformed in his feelings and impressions. What to-day appears
    • to feel His Presence, and I was in a state between waking and
    • Then the disciple had to go through all the feelings and
    • into the depths of his soul;” to learn that a fundamental feeling
    • could be formed, and that that feeling was a deep egoism — the
    • which we have to-day only an abstract expression, i.e., the feeling of
    • of the world of feeling, it could draw out from the depths of his soul
    • the stronger this feeling grew until in the end he was led to doubt
    • point he must then overcome this feeling of emptiness in his soul
    • affected by a deep feeling of reverence, to the Mithraic disciple
    • being was gained, and with it a feeling for truth and fidelity; the
    • feelings and sensations were more lively and intense than those of the
    • individual man to the understanding of his own history; as he feels
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ (single lecture)
    Matching lines:
    • difficulties. It is unusual in our age for the feelings to be so attuned
    • point of all thought and feeling, and moreover that He has called forth
    • Something more is needed if we are to feel the whole magic charm of the
    • Truth, that it is independent of mood and feeling. For the pupil of
    • was transformed in his feelings and impressions. What to-day appears
    • to feel His Presence, and I was in a state between waking and
    • Then the disciple had to go through all the feelings and
    • into the depths of his soul;” to learn that a fundamental feeling
    • could be formed, and that that feeling was a deep egoism — the
    • which we have to-day only an abstract expression, i.e., the feeling of
    • of the world of feeling, it could draw out from the depths of his soul
    • the stronger this feeling grew until in the end he was led to doubt
    • point he must then overcome this feeling of emptiness in his soul
    • affected by a deep feeling of reverence, to the Mithraic disciple
    • being was gained, and with it a feeling for truth and fidelity; the
    • feelings and sensations were more lively and intense than those of the
    • individual man to the understanding of his own history; as he feels
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • the like, in the light of those habits of thought, feeling and
    • point of time when the soul of a chosen human being was able to feel
    • moments when such men feel themselves at a turning-point of their
    • feelings that have arisen among men towards this loving Saviour,
    • senses as a kind of ‘Natural Law.’ Science did not feel
    • the feeling of the Jew: ‘When I, as an individual member of the
    • rings forth the word of Christianity: All such feeling of the Divine,
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • the like, in the light of those habits of thought, feeling and
    • point of time when the soul of a chosen human being was able to feel
    • moments when such men feel themselves at a turning-point of their
    • feelings that have arisen among men towards this loving Saviour,
    • senses as a kind of ‘Natural Law.’ Science did not feel
    • the feeling of the Jew: ‘When I, as an individual member of the
    • rings forth the word of Christianity: All such feeling of the Divine,
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • blindly among the secrets of Nature with vague feelings, and Mysticism
    • the sun. And when people speak of obscure feelings and premonitions
    • within him and he expresses in action what he feels and experiences in
    • into this kind of dramatic art. Again, when human feeling would fain
    • direction, and out of this feeling was born his idea of a
    • he feels it necessary to express much more than the physical part of
    • one of Wagner's earliest works. Do we not feel that something is
    • evolution we feel how the new Gods who rule over mankind have come
    • the long E flat on the organ? Do we not feel here that individual
    • intervening period but the feeling remained in him and out of it he
    • sublimated to feeling, the figure who having suffered for others,
    • feeling and let the ideas in their totality stand before our souls.
    • full of mystical feeling was his realisation of his mission that he
    • feeling which though mystical in essence is yet clear as daylight and
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • blindly among the secrets of Nature with vague feelings, and Mysticism
    • the sun. And when people speak of obscure feelings and premonitions
    • within him and he expresses in action what he feels and experiences in
    • into this kind of dramatic art. Again, when human feeling would fain
    • direction, and out of this feeling was born his idea of a
    • he feels it necessary to express much more than the physical part of
    • one of Wagner's earliest works. Do we not feel that something is
    • evolution we feel how the new Gods who rule over mankind have come
    • the long E flat on the organ? Do we not feel here that individual
    • intervening period but the feeling remained in him and out of it he
    • sublimated to feeling, the figure who having suffered for others,
    • feeling and let the ideas in their totality stand before our souls.
    • full of mystical feeling was his realisation of his mission that he
    • feeling which though mystical in essence is yet clear as daylight and
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • themselves; the forces of thought, feeling and of the will become
    • activity of thought, feeling and will within man, will in future take
    • spheres of thought, feeling and will become separated. This imposes
    • upon which feeling can develop independently, and also a
    • anthroposophical feelings and from a knowledge of the events which
    • Anthroposophy, should feel that they are a KERNEL from which the
    • this feeling, will he be able to make the right decisions and
    • curiosity. Man should instead be pervaded with the feeling that
    • beings been pervaded by the feeling: “Whatever you do, is in
    • throughout his life the human being should be able to feel the
    • feeling: “Whatever you do, from morning, to night, has been
    • should turn to these kinds of feelings, which are far more real in
    • the face of the spiritual world than the more abstract feelings of
    • to-day pertaining to religious beliefs; they should turn to feelings
    • Feelings of this kind can give rise to the connection which we need
    • beings. Man's attitude and feelings towards the spiritual world
    • hierarchy, for to-day they feel averse to seek a connection with the
    • that the human beings may rise in their feelings from their
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • themselves; the forces of thought, feeling and of the will become
    • activity of thought, feeling and will within man, will in future take
    • spheres of thought, feeling and will become separated. This imposes
    • upon which feeling can develop independently, and also a
    • anthroposophical feelings and from a knowledge of the events which
    • Anthroposophy, should feel that they are a KERNEL from which the
    • this feeling, will he be able to make the right decisions and
    • curiosity. Man should instead be pervaded with the feeling that
    • beings been pervaded by the feeling: “Whatever you do, is in
    • throughout his life the human being should be able to feel the
    • feeling: “Whatever you do, from morning, to night, has been
    • should turn to these kinds of feelings, which are far more real in
    • the face of the spiritual world than the more abstract feelings of
    • to-day pertaining to religious beliefs; they should turn to feelings
    • Feelings of this kind can give rise to the connection which we need
    • beings. Man's attitude and feelings towards the spiritual world
    • hierarchy, for to-day they feel averse to seek a connection with the
    • that the human beings may rise in their feelings from their
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • marvellous conception, so that he could feel the single parts of the
    • man’s feelings in regard to his relationship with the
    • certain feelings, that may, indeed, endanger souls filled with pride
    • Capesius, conversing with Benedictus, feels the approach of truths
    • foster the feeling showing us how little of all that wisdom which
    • feeling that such beliefs are not based upon truth. For this
    • strive to build up feelings in the way in which we endeavour to do
    • it, will have an uncomfortable feeling when they read the frequently
    • may feel throughout: there is something behind all that! In fact,
    • Towards all these things we feel that in the case of Dostojevski we
    • the right kind of feeling, the right kind of idea in regard to what
    • different feelings than those of a soul that has never passed through
    • and if we are able to feel it. In that case, we shall understand
    • feelings with what has arisen spiritually through the
    • significance and you will be able to feel the words with which I once
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • marvellous conception, so that he could feel the single parts of the
    • man’s feelings in regard to his relationship with the
    • certain feelings, that may, indeed, endanger souls filled with pride
    • Capesius, conversing with Benedictus, feels the approach of truths
    • foster the feeling showing us how little of all that wisdom which
    • feeling that such beliefs are not based upon truth. For this
    • strive to build up feelings in the way in which we endeavour to do
    • it, will have an uncomfortable feeling when they read the frequently
    • may feel throughout: there is something behind all that! In fact,
    • Towards all these things we feel that in the case of Dostojevski we
    • the right kind of feeling, the right kind of idea in regard to what
    • different feelings than those of a soul that has never passed through
    • and if we are able to feel it. In that case, we shall understand
    • feelings with what has arisen spiritually through the
    • significance and you will be able to feel the words with which I once
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • arch arose, of course, from a deep feeling for the dynamic
    • symbolic expression of what we may feel at the sight of a human being
    • sight of a Greek Temple “makes us feel the very marrow of our
    • feel a kind of fear, a kind of dread of spiritual knowledge,
    • feels: ‘When I try to formulate in concepts or ideas something
    • that I feel to be a living work of art, or at least a fertile
    • repulsion that an artist must feel when he finds one of his own works
    • feeling that we have wronged it, fundamentally wronged it. There is
    • nevertheless in a certain respect we must feel it to be a skeleton in
    • We must feel that Theosophy is for us a Cross and a Sacrifice,
    • feel that we have in us one of the divine impulses of its mission —
    • feel and know the creative power inherent in the mysteries of the
    • who suffers a kind of death in Theosophy, will feel in his own life a
    • Anthroposophists one of those things which the heart feels to be a
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • arch arose, of course, from a deep feeling for the dynamic
    • symbolic expression of what we may feel at the sight of a human being
    • sight of a Greek Temple “makes us feel the very marrow of our
    • feel a kind of fear, a kind of dread of spiritual knowledge,
    • feels: ‘When I try to formulate in concepts or ideas something
    • that I feel to be a living work of art, or at least a fertile
    • repulsion that an artist must feel when he finds one of his own works
    • feeling that we have wronged it, fundamentally wronged it. There is
    • nevertheless in a certain respect we must feel it to be a skeleton in
    • We must feel that Theosophy is for us a Cross and a Sacrifice,
    • feel that we have in us one of the divine impulses of its mission —
    • feel and know the creative power inherent in the mysteries of the
    • who suffers a kind of death in Theosophy, will feel in his own life a
    • Anthroposophists one of those things which the heart feels to be a
  • Title: Lecture: Christianity in Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • their moods and feelings and fervor was grand and exalted.
    • of his feelings and for all that he did. He was one of those who had
    • that enabled one to feel all that was contained in the words, “This
  • Title: Lecture: Christianity in Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • their moods and feelings and fervor was grand and exalted.
    • of his feelings and for all that he did. He was one of those who had
    • that enabled one to feel all that was contained in the words, “This
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • intellectual abstraction. We can no longer feel our way into the
    • Now in this feeling two experiences were joined together
    • Thus did man feel the Spirit from whom he had departed,
    • we must find our way to it again, for only when we can feel His
    • Such was the deep-seated feeling in human souls before
    • learned to feel the estrangement of their being from the world of
    • that time, who had a certain feeling for what was taking place,
    • you will feel the Son as Him with whom you can die and yet remain
    • the Mystery of Golgotha drew near, did men begin to feel the real
    • consciousness, feel the greatest satisfaction) he finds himself
    • feels it as a slow process of Death. A sphere of existence higher
    • Science, the more he feels his soul to die within him. For the modern
    • he feels himself bound up, even in life, with Death. Again and again
    • he feels this Death deeply and intensely. Then he may well seek the
    • dies. Why is it, he asks himself, that he has a feeling comparable
    • not uttered out of any sentimental feeling: on the contrary, it
    • Truly we should feel that we are sick and ill as we go
    • dead thoughts into the world. We should feel that we are sick, and
    • that we have hitherto experienced as Death we feel ourselves called
    • to Life again. We feel the living and healing Spirit speaking to us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • intellectual abstraction. We can no longer feel our way into the
    • Now in this feeling two experiences were joined together
    • Thus did man feel the Spirit from whom he had departed,
    • we must find our way to it again, for only when we can feel His
    • Such was the deep-seated feeling in human souls before
    • learned to feel the estrangement of their being from the world of
    • that time, who had a certain feeling for what was taking place,
    • you will feel the Son as Him with whom you can die and yet remain
    • the Mystery of Golgotha drew near, did men begin to feel the real
    • consciousness, feel the greatest satisfaction) he finds himself
    • feels it as a slow process of Death. A sphere of existence higher
    • Science, the more he feels his soul to die within him. For the modern
    • he feels himself bound up, even in life, with Death. Again and again
    • he feels this Death deeply and intensely. Then he may well seek the
    • dies. Why is it, he asks himself, that he has a feeling comparable
    • not uttered out of any sentimental feeling: on the contrary, it
    • Truly we should feel that we are sick and ill as we go
    • dead thoughts into the world. We should feel that we are sick, and
    • that we have hitherto experienced as Death we feel ourselves called
    • to Life again. We feel the living and healing Spirit speaking to us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • of thought causes him to feel the worthlessness and unreality of
    • about these things, there are souls who, feeling sympathy with
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • of thought causes him to feel the worthlessness and unreality of
    • about these things, there are souls who, feeling sympathy with
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science and Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and will-impulses flow out from us, linking us to our
    • the inner life of some great individuality may feel that human speech
    • speech can only inadequately express the feelings, the thoughts, and
    • expressed in some way when we ‘feel again’ its tone in
    • and suffering, of all ebbing and flowing ideas, feelings and
    • life of consciousness, intelligence and feeling, and look back
    • the stage of thinking, feeling and willing as he does to-day. These
    • organ its own functions of intelligence, consciousness and feeling. A
    • child begins to translate something it feels into sound. When
    • feels satisfaction when the mother comes, occurs in innumerable
    • and so on, — can shed light on a work of art. Artistic feeling
    • living feeling for speech. To-day, if a man can speak at all, he
    • the artistic feeling for speech and language is necessary in every
    • artistic feeling for language. Nothing else is of any use. The
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science and Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and will-impulses flow out from us, linking us to our
    • the inner life of some great individuality may feel that human speech
    • speech can only inadequately express the feelings, the thoughts, and
    • expressed in some way when we ‘feel again’ its tone in
    • and suffering, of all ebbing and flowing ideas, feelings and
    • life of consciousness, intelligence and feeling, and look back
    • the stage of thinking, feeling and willing as he does to-day. These
    • organ its own functions of intelligence, consciousness and feeling. A
    • child begins to translate something it feels into sound. When
    • feels satisfaction when the mother comes, occurs in innumerable
    • and so on, — can shed light on a work of art. Artistic feeling
    • living feeling for speech. To-day, if a man can speak at all, he
    • the artistic feeling for speech and language is necessary in every
    • artistic feeling for language. Nothing else is of any use. The
  • Title: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feeling is present in him that he belongs to a spiritual world and
    • object. In our day however there is hardly any feeling left for this;
    • indicated. Who is there who still feels, when the word Blitz
    • parts of Europe. The feeling a man had when he was ploughing was
    • similar to the feeling he had when he heard the word which in those
    • experience as his feeling.
    • was not yet so interested in the feelings aroused in him at the
    • weather. These feelings interested him, it is true, in another
    • and antipathy, of every shade of human feeling. Instead of a language
    • of will, as in former times, we have now a language of feeling. We
    • have come to a stage where this feeling, which is called forth in man
    • gives rise to the language of feeling.
    • the Roman we can still feel ourselves near; then comes a great gulf.
    • speech or language, then we find that the language of feeling
    • region, men still feel how the word pulsates in them as the blood
    • pulsates in the body; they feel it in the power of the breath. In the
    • feel the presence of the Archangel, who is himself subject to
    • the language of will to the language of feeling and thence to the
    • of thought, through the language of feeling, to the
  • Title: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feeling is present in him that he belongs to a spiritual world and
    • object. In our day however there is hardly any feeling left for this;
    • indicated. Who is there who still feels, when the word Blitz
    • parts of Europe. The feeling a man had when he was ploughing was
    • similar to the feeling he had when he heard the word which in those
    • experience as his feeling.
    • was not yet so interested in the feelings aroused in him at the
    • weather. These feelings interested him, it is true, in another
    • and antipathy, of every shade of human feeling. Instead of a language
    • of will, as in former times, we have now a language of feeling. We
    • have come to a stage where this feeling, which is called forth in man
    • gives rise to the language of feeling.
    • the Roman we can still feel ourselves near; then comes a great gulf.
    • speech or language, then we find that the language of feeling
    • region, men still feel how the word pulsates in them as the blood
    • pulsates in the body; they feel it in the power of the breath. In the
    • feel the presence of the Archangel, who is himself subject to
    • the language of will to the language of feeling and thence to the
    • of thought, through the language of feeling, to the
  • Title: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • emancipate ourselves from what is solid in us, the moment we feel
    • ourselves. Not only does our feeling, our condition, depend on the
    • borrowed from the surrounding world, into our feelings and
    • meets us just in ordinary life. His feeling and condition as a whole
    • threshold of consciousness. There comes a man, feeling in a depressed
    • psychoanalysts — if feelings of love were there, while the
    • I have tried to call forth in you a feeling for the way in which the
    • the gate of death 60, 70 or 80 years ago, or even earlier. He feels
    • distinctly a certain inner experience. When you feel hunger in the
    • you’. Or again, take the case when you feel pain in this or
    • surrounding sphere; you feel that at a certain place there is
    • but world perception, or even world feeling. Then will Spiritual
    • period between death and a new birth man must have the inner Feeling
    • the most appalling arrogance, which would live as a dim feeling in
    • which words are endowed with real spiritual feeling when we say ‘Out
    • If we learn this in all its depths, through the feeling which can
    • feeling: ‘Into Christ we die’, and gazing in from the
    • have this feeling after we have passed through the gate of death is
    • of infinite importance. Only if we can have this feeling towards our
    • incarnation. And there is no other way of having this feeling; we can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • emancipate ourselves from what is solid in us, the moment we feel
    • ourselves. Not only does our feeling, our condition, depend on the
    • borrowed from the surrounding world, into our feelings and
    • meets us just in ordinary life. His feeling and condition as a whole
    • threshold of consciousness. There comes a man, feeling in a depressed
    • psychoanalysts — if feelings of love were there, while the
    • I have tried to call forth in you a feeling for the way in which the
    • the gate of death 60, 70 or 80 years ago, or even earlier. He feels
    • distinctly a certain inner experience. When you feel hunger in the
    • you’. Or again, take the case when you feel pain in this or
    • surrounding sphere; you feel that at a certain place there is
    • but world perception, or even world feeling. Then will Spiritual
    • period between death and a new birth man must have the inner Feeling
    • the most appalling arrogance, which would live as a dim feeling in
    • which words are endowed with real spiritual feeling when we say ‘Out
    • If we learn this in all its depths, through the feeling which can
    • feeling: ‘Into Christ we die’, and gazing in from the
    • have this feeling after we have passed through the gate of death is
    • of infinite importance. Only if we can have this feeling towards our
    • incarnation. And there is no other way of having this feeling; we can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ancient Myths: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • puberty. Forces underlying the feelings of nationalism. Development
    • overcome so that child may feel himself to be a member of whole
    • enable child to feel how he is built up out of Cosmos. Value of myth
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • spirit-dog and the spirit-bull; he describes what he feels about
    • puberty that which in the case of boys merely emerged in the feeling
    • different when they had the feeling: it is the sexual essences which
    • puberty. Afterwards he had the feeling that they had entered into
    • feeling to nationality, the clinging to the national, the
    • longing? When man develops to excess this national feeling, this
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of the old Egyptians she was not only a mysterious deity,
    • with the sensations and feelings which were in the soul, in the
    • But, a feeling should
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • we wish to give the right colouring, the right nuance of feeling to
    • feeling of relationship between the word and the object,
    • through this present time and feels itself very, very well in so
    • interests, who, while they feel themselves too weak or too lazy,
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • blooming of soul qualities, which man can feel no longer. Yes,
    • with them, as they do not feel strong enough really to permeate
    • observed, the religious life to the feelings. Both are to be nicely
    • feelings. On the one hand, one says: From what lofty standpoints,
    • with mixed feelings that one leaves off reading. For in the first
    • with sorrowful feelings can one now behold such a motto: ‘For
    • Europe? One can admit that he had a feeling for the greatness, the
    • significance of the Christ-Impulse. And hence he also had the feeling
    • grasped it. That he knows; a feeling of that is present in him. But,
    • nevertheless, with this feeling he finds support in the already
    • friends, the customary thought and feeling of today are not aiming at
    • things. One only needs to transpose oneself in feeling into those
    • one's whole feeling, and to grow up under this impression. It is of
    • now, do I feel really fitted to say something to people ... As for
    • soul. We must absorb in another way, we must really have the feeling
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and feeling flow into such currents as are necessary
    • of soul. One must only develop a feeling that this human form is a
    • reach everyone, is not fitted to call forth a feeling of what a
    • man can produce by way of human thoughts, human feelings. The head,
    • feelings, that the head as apparatus can supply, we should never be
    • feel the rejuvenation of their etheric body so that the
    • has but a slight feeling for what is taking place at the present
    • linked with feeling, what we can pour into the hearts of the youngest
    • children. Then these hearts of young children will feel: here upon
    • in me. It will be possible to train the human being to feel himself a
    • being of man. The human being will feel as regards his education: To
    • and by this I mean all that any European could feel in the course of
    • is concerned, it comes to expression in feelings of sympathy and
    • powerful feelings of hatred. It will no longer be possible to
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • can show a likeness to the ancestors. If one has a feeling for such
    • spiritual science so fruitful that the human being comes to feel how
    • for that is not of much use — to feel-through, thoroughly to
    • feel-through something. Here too, you see, is a point where modern
    • feeling and experience — with the conception: ‘I stand here on
    • really fruitful with feeling and warmth, instead of all the stupid
    • brought to youth! Then think what a feeling towards the universe
    • frame of mind of modern men. The feelings of modern men lie along
    • fact that there is no feeling for this relation of head-life and
  • Title: Contents: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic and the spiritual tendencies in thought and feeling.
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic and the spiritual tendencies in thought and feeling.
    • feeling, into our willing, and into those forces which we need in
    • collision two divergent tendencies in man's thought and feeling
    • and perception. One is a direction in thought and feeling which has
    • one and on the other side; my aim was merely to call forth a feeling
    • contemplates with deep feeling the power and the warmth of the sun's
    • are led at last to the feeling that all the glory that lies open to
    • feel that he confronts the external sense world as a being in which
    • this whole sense world is contained; he feels himself as a confluence
    • attains to seeing this, the feeling can come over him which has been
    • whole. And then, as we develop this feeling towards the great world,
    • feel how it is really as though the deeds and purposes of the Gods
    • arouse this feeling, it is only because we have not learned to know
    • develop a feeling for the majesty and power, for the overwhelming
    • develop in us with regard to the moral ideals within a feeling that
    • works just as overpoweringly in the soul as the feeling inspired by
    • the moral ideals and purposes of man. A great warmth of feeling can
    • ideals thou canst set before thee! And not to feel so, dear friends,
    • not to feel oneself small in comparison with one's ideals can
    • precisely as his mind and soul grow that a man comes to feel more and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling oneself in wisdom-filled harmony with reality and finally to
    • has developed this feeling, this attitude of surrender, in a rather
    • degree of development, will perforce feel within him at the sight of
    • feel this mood of balance — a balance that is not dead but
    • sense-perception; they inevitably call up in his soul a feeling of
    • way that he feels bound to give answer with inner movement and
    • small measure of this quality of surrender, feels pain if he suddenly
    • sensible of will in everything and he feels united with the whole
    • while other-wise we only feel it as spread out around us, this world
    • impressions in the first place through his senses; and then he feels
    • he feels as if he were swimming, together with the objects, in a sea
    • of ruling will. And when a man has come to this point and feels the
    • the stages we have called feeling oneself in harmony with the wisdom
    • feel the ruling will streaming into us through our eyes and ears, we
    • feel ourselves in true correspondence with the objects. But behind
    • moment he beholds it he feels that it grows out beyond itself, he
    • feels how it has in it the possibility to become something quite
    • stimulates him to feel within him something of a budding and
    • with the green leaf, feeling in himself, too, a budding and a
    • cannot do otherwise than be overcome with a feeling of death. In the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • but feel and experience his own eye. He should become
    • activity of the eye — this is what he ought to feel.
    • directly to perceive our eye and feel its connection with the ruling
    • the physical over the etheric body, man would not feel himself to be
    • impressions and sensations. For man's whole general feeling of
    • the senses and through the fact that in the whole feeling he has of
    • have described under the names of wonder, reverence, feeling in
    • intimately interwoven with his thinking, feeling and willing. It is
    • is merely in his ego and not interwoven with thinking, feeling and
    • think this thought of the I apart from all thinking, feeling and
    • separating it in reality from thinking, feeling and willing. In the
    • and feelings and impulses of will, as well as with desires. His ego
    • is never for a moment separated from thinking, feeling and willing.
    • thinking, feeling and willing, and to look upon these as something
    • feeling and willing. If one reflects a little one is bound to admit
    • mixed up with his thinking, feeling and willing that it is an
    • who is like a kind of double. All my thinking, feeling and willing go
    • on alongside of me. I am not that which thinks and feels and wills, I
    • feeling and one with my willing. But until we have come to a
    • stand in relation to thinking, feeling and willing if all were as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • would think of ascribing occupation of space to feeling, thought or
    • sees at once that this feeling of space, this extension in space,
    • course in time. Although we cannot say that a feeling or an
    • we must admit that what we think or feel, in short all soul
    • thoughts and feelings which are directly given to him. Suppose you
    • little what must live therein. Therein live your feelings, thoughts,
    • the whole. We said: Thoughts live therein, conceptions, feelings,
    • can bring the thoughts and feelings into quicker flow; if the will is
    • Will; then, all that lives in feelings and conceptions, all that is
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • system. These Imaginations are the cause of that unpleasant feeling
    • before by an uncongenial person. The feeling is due, in the main, to
    • not far behind the clairvoyant, for he has an uncomfortable feeling
    • himself in an Imaginative picture what the other only feels more
    • in thought, what is beautiful in feeling and what is morally good and
    • feeling and whatever is morally evil — a man must himself erase
    • through the necessary thoughts and feelings or will impulses or
    • not feeling to himself: “I am in that being,” but: “I
    • perception, but that he should feel his astral body, too, as his ego,
    • feeling and willing. The ego was thus no longer pure, something else
    • feeling makes Lucifer-Ahriman look upon blood as his earthly
    • originally was to have had, he would feel in him the seven Elohim;
    • that is to say, he would feel his ego in him as seven-membered. One
    • man. This seven-foldness that man would feel in his ego, as it were,
    • ego that is single and unitary in character, he has come to feel and
    • together, so that they might feel themselves to be one common race of
    • beginning. Lucifer's gift to man has meant that man feels
    • to feel himself a member and part of the whole of humanity.
  • Title: World of the Senses and the World of the Spirit: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • the power of thinking and feeling — it can easily happen that
    • Spiritual Science there in the world. When a man feels drawn to
    • man must feel that it is unsubstantial and unreal, and moreover that
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • acquires a strong feeling of responsibility, because he is compelled
    • means of his intellectual life, his feeling life, his will, that is,
    • feel ourselves as participants in the creation of the world.
    • makes the ego feel attracted to just this particular returning astral
    • through the ego's feeling itself linked with the earth, feeling
    • birth feels attracted to a particular spot on earth. So we can say
    • will from the earth. Between the two lies feeling, which is given to
    • system, stands our feeling life, which can develop on the foundation
    • what is ours from the earth. Between the two stands our feeling life
    • anticipated in his thoughts, he might not feel so strong a
    • American Indians had, for instance, remarkable pantheistic feelings.
    • feeling-life of these people, these souls were predestined to go
    • feeling, once experienced for the Great Spirit, reacted with that
    • lineal descent, and which we take up with the first feelings of love
    • inherited as feelings, they had not in their former lives in America,
    • But at the same time the European feels something in Tagore that
    • born in America in bodies in which, if I may say so, they do not feel
    • denied, they do not wish to look at matter. One feels that these
    • concept of the ego. Because the soul was once accustomed to feel
    • materialistic feeling, out of materialistic impulses. Humanity will
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • acquires a strong feeling of responsibility, because he is compelled
    • means of his intellectual life, his feeling life, his will, that is,
    • feel ourselves as participants in the creation of the world.
    • makes the ego feel attracted to just this particular returning astral
    • through the ego's feeling itself linked with the earth, feeling
    • birth feels attracted to a particular spot on earth. So we can say
    • will from the earth. Between the two lies feeling, which is given to
    • system, stands our feeling life, which can develop on the foundation
    • what is ours from the earth. Between the two stands our feeling life
    • anticipated in his thoughts, he might not feel so strong a
    • American Indians had, for instance, remarkable pantheistic feelings.
    • feeling-life of these people, these souls were predestined to go
    • feeling, once experienced for the Great Spirit, reacted with that
    • lineal descent, and which we take up with the first feelings of love
    • inherited as feelings, they had not in their former lives in America,
    • But at the same time the European feels something in Tagore that
    • born in America in bodies in which, if I may say so, they do not feel
    • denied, they do not wish to look at matter. One feels that these
    • concept of the ego. Because the soul was once accustomed to feel
    • materialistic feeling, out of materialistic impulses. Humanity will
  • Title: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • the nuances of feeling in the spoken word — these it is above
    • The Archangel Beings feel an affinity with what is carried out into
    • oxygen, and consequently feel oxygen to be something beneficial, so
    • This means that in a previous life feelings of strong antipathy or
    • woven out of feelings of hatred for our fellowmen. Love and hatred —
    • The whole feeling and attitude of soul that must emerge from a true
    • physical world we can make our thought free. Feeling
    • more than “feeling,” for it includes also the perception
    • freedom — the power that leads to freedom in feeling and in
    • of free or unfree thoughts; karma weaves at feeling and will. Karma
    • feeling and the ‘sleeping’ will. Into this we can pour,
    • mere comprehension of theories is the feeling, the attitude of soul
  • Title: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • the nuances of feeling in the spoken word — these it is above
    • The Archangel Beings feel an affinity with what is carried out into
    • oxygen, and consequently feel oxygen to be something beneficial, so
    • This means that in a previous life feelings of strong antipathy or
    • woven out of feelings of hatred for our fellowmen. Love and hatred —
    • The whole feeling and attitude of soul that must emerge from a true
    • physical world we can make our thought free. Feeling
    • more than “feeling,” for it includes also the perception
    • freedom — the power that leads to freedom in feeling and in
    • of free or unfree thoughts; karma weaves at feeling and will. Karma
    • feeling and the ‘sleeping’ will. Into this we can pour,
    • mere comprehension of theories is the feeling, the attitude of soul
  • Title: Address: The Spiritual-Scientific Basis of Goethe's Work
    Matching lines:
    • When the sound, healthy nature of man works as a whole, when he feels
    • when this harmonious feeling of well-being gives him a pure free
    • delight, then might the Universe, could it consciously feel, deeming
    • hearts through which she feels and speaks ... Her crown is love,
    • Paris, he feels he is casting a searching glance into the
    • looks beneath the surface may feel quite certain of the
  • Title: Address: The Spiritual-Scientific Basis of Goethe's Work
    Matching lines:
    • When the sound, healthy nature of man works as a whole, when he feels
    • when this harmonious feeling of well-being gives him a pure free
    • delight, then might the Universe, could it consciously feel, deeming
    • hearts through which she feels and speaks ... Her crown is love,
    • Paris, he feels he is casting a searching glance into the
    • looks beneath the surface may feel quite certain of the
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • They feel that one thing at least remains constant, namely, man's
    • the affairs of human beings. But he really did not feel at home in
    • feels at home. And, if we study all that he produced after that time,
    • Goethe did not feel at home either with the principles of measure,
    • And now, by way of contrast, look at the Greek cosmogonies. One feels
    • Even to-day there are still a few who feel that speech has proceeded
    • feeling of other sentient beings. There is every justification for
    • among the Greeks. He shares in the life of feeling of other beings
    • that from which feeling itself arises. When we thus begin to realise
    • of feeling in other beings, through the age of sharing in the
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • They feel that one thing at least remains constant, namely, man's
    • the affairs of human beings. But he really did not feel at home in
    • feels at home. And, if we study all that he produced after that time,
    • Goethe did not feel at home either with the principles of measure,
    • And now, by way of contrast, look at the Greek cosmogonies. One feels
    • Even to-day there are still a few who feel that speech has proceeded
    • feeling of other sentient beings. There is every justification for
    • among the Greeks. He shares in the life of feeling of other beings
    • that from which feeling itself arises. When we thus begin to realise
    • of feeling in other beings, through the age of sharing in the
  • Title: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • reach into a void. The intellect feels that it is dependent upon what
    • Men of deep feeling, who try to justify their needs of soul and
    • feel that the powers of our soul are being strengthened and enhanced.
    • within us is being worked upon, elaborated. But we feel, too, that
    • in the child — we feel that this is something super-sensible,
    • which transcends the physical body. After a time we feel that the
    • one also feels that little by little these boundaries of knowledge
    • When a man has reached this stage, when he actually feels: now I no
    • subjective. The object is outside. A man feels that his thoughts are
    • into the very tissue of which the tableau is woven; he feels himself
    • to be in and part of it. He feels: now for the first time I am
    • To begin with, this tableau of life causes us to feel our innermost
    • in other circumstances, thoughts, ideas, feelings, impulses of will,
    • wishes and the like, arise, seems to have departed and we feel our
    • fashion but the oppression makes us feel the reality — because
    • speculation or nebulous, mystical feeling, but through a strictly
    • within the life of thought, of feeling, of will. In laying hold of
    • super-sensible assumes the form of indefinite, inchoate feelings and
    • involved, including his feeling and willing, this pain is an
    • manhood to quickening in the soul all his faculties of good feeling,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • reach into a void. The intellect feels that it is dependent upon what
    • Men of deep feeling, who try to justify their needs of soul and
    • feel that the powers of our soul are being strengthened and enhanced.
    • within us is being worked upon, elaborated. But we feel, too, that
    • in the child — we feel that this is something super-sensible,
    • which transcends the physical body. After a time we feel that the
    • one also feels that little by little these boundaries of knowledge
    • When a man has reached this stage, when he actually feels: now I no
    • subjective. The object is outside. A man feels that his thoughts are
    • into the very tissue of which the tableau is woven; he feels himself
    • to be in and part of it. He feels: now for the first time I am
    • To begin with, this tableau of life causes us to feel our innermost
    • in other circumstances, thoughts, ideas, feelings, impulses of will,
    • wishes and the like, arise, seems to have departed and we feel our
    • fashion but the oppression makes us feel the reality — because
    • speculation or nebulous, mystical feeling, but through a strictly
    • within the life of thought, of feeling, of will. In laying hold of
    • super-sensible assumes the form of indefinite, inchoate feelings and
    • involved, including his feeling and willing, this pain is an
    • manhood to quickening in the soul all his faculties of good feeling,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Prophecy -- Its Nature and Meaning
    Matching lines:
    • surely feel surprise when he hears the following. Keeping to
    • self, with no feeling of his own personality, his soul knew the truth
  • Title: Prophecy -- Its Nature and Meaning
    Matching lines:
    • surely feel surprise when he hears the following. Keeping to
    • self, with no feeling of his own personality, his soul knew the truth
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • make us feel perhaps he blinded himself voluntarily — I am, of
    • of the breathing. To have this feeling about the sculptured heads that
    • Goethe always had a feeling of horror at the thought that Homer had
    • feeling for art each Song is built on the preceding one. Hermann Grimm
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • are present there. Thus we can say: These Beings feel especially
    • conditions. They feel constantly repelled, most of all by the brains of
    • air out-breathed by men, feel isolated, cut off by what intellectualism
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • not exactly awe, but a feeling of uneasiness perhaps, when he comes
    • across these mummified procedures in his civilisation. He feels them to
    • the soul may be present in such a Lodge and, through their feelings,
    • ceremonies. Such men feel the reality of the spiritual world and can,
    • the biography of Goethe which strikes anyone who has a feeling for such
    • then receives through his feelings and which can pervade his whole
    • the style in which such men wrote. Anyone who has a feeling for
    • on the contrary, has a quality which makes us feel that elementary
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • waking life. Observation of the etheric body gives the feeling that
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • says, one feels the onset of an icy coldness. And it is so indeed.
    • table with the indifference begotten by materialism, but will feel the
    • day, must feel that we have a veritable death of soul within us if our
    • thoughts are purely abstract and intellectualistic. We must feel that
    • For when one reads Spengler with feeling, above all with artistic
    • feeling, it is impossible for his ideas to kindle inner enthusiasm,
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • The feeling
    • denounced as heresy. The feeling also prevailed that the esotericism
    • feelings, and in so far as these feelings had not been utterly
    • Turks — over in the East men had a dim feeling that the sublimely
    • to cult and ritual, clinging with greatest intensity of feeling to what
    • all those trends of feeling and knowledge in the East, which poured
    • counterpart, the Round Table of King Arthur. There men did feel the
    • sermons of Bernard of Clairvaux can feel to this very day how on the
  • Title: Occultism and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • the form of thoughts, representations, feelings, and impulses of the
    • dissatisfaction which makes us feel as if we were standing before a
    • creative processes, to penetrate into what we feel to be life's
    • we no longer feel the deep significance, the greatness and power
    • feelings, sensations, impulses, passions, thoughts and ideals,
    • because, if our feelings are of a moral nature, our consciousness
    • comes to us from a world — we can feel and experience this —
    • without feeling dazed, conscience is a phenomenon that speaks to the
    • initiation. In regard to thinking, feeling, and willing, these
    • through these thoughts, and even through their feelings and
    • indeed even our feelings and will-impulses, must become quite
    • ideas, and even our feelings and sensations work in our soul in such
    • generally do not experience, and we obtain the immediate feeling, the
    • follows them never for a moment loses the feeling that the world of
    • when we feel compassion or love — the decision, or the effort
    • satisfy religious feeling through knowledge. But this constitutes a
  • Title: Occultism and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • the form of thoughts, representations, feelings, and impulses of the
    • dissatisfaction which makes us feel as if we were standing before a
    • creative processes, to penetrate into what we feel to be life's
    • we no longer feel the deep significance, the greatness and power
    • feelings, sensations, impulses, passions, thoughts and ideals,
    • because, if our feelings are of a moral nature, our consciousness
    • comes to us from a world — we can feel and experience this —
    • without feeling dazed, conscience is a phenomenon that speaks to the
    • initiation. In regard to thinking, feeling, and willing, these
    • through these thoughts, and even through their feelings and
    • indeed even our feelings and will-impulses, must become quite
    • ideas, and even our feelings and sensations work in our soul in such
    • generally do not experience, and we obtain the immediate feeling, the
    • follows them never for a moment loses the feeling that the world of
    • when we feel compassion or love — the decision, or the effort
    • satisfy religious feeling through knowledge. But this constitutes a
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • gives us, as such, a feeling of well-being, in comparison with what
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • gives us, as such, a feeling of well-being, in comparison with what
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • life of thoughts, the rhythmical part, with the life of feeling, and
    • may feel the anxiety for the future of human civilisation which lies
    • beliefs in regard to the feelings connected with a world-conception.
    • impulses of feeling throughout the civilised international world.
    • might say: These impulses of feeling appear in the most
    • life of feeling. The life of feeling is inwardly equivalent to the
    • life of feelings, in feelings. But the inner substantial side is that
    • which experiences feelings within the human life of feeling. Thus we
    • feelings. What we experience in the form of feelings, is permeated by
    • of feelings for a world-conception. Human life is constantly
    • within man's entire soul-life, so the world of feelings, and
    • into human life. We dream through the fact that we feel; we sleep
    • occurs within the dreaming, feeling part of the human being, within
    • dreaming life of feeling, nor our sleeping life of the will. These
    • also have within them the feeling part of man; it reckons with
    • demands; he is not led to social instincts, to social feelings, and
    • standpoint of the earth-being. Try to feel how this standpoint is,
    • unsocial feelings in the human beings. Just as those who speak a
    • feel something which has really always existed where people have
    • see, an older and more instinctive form of wisdom could feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • life of thoughts, the rhythmical part, with the life of feeling, and
    • may feel the anxiety for the future of human civilisation which lies
    • beliefs in regard to the feelings connected with a world-conception.
    • impulses of feeling throughout the civilised international world.
    • might say: These impulses of feeling appear in the most
    • life of feeling. The life of feeling is inwardly equivalent to the
    • life of feelings, in feelings. But the inner substantial side is that
    • which experiences feelings within the human life of feeling. Thus we
    • feelings. What we experience in the form of feelings, is permeated by
    • of feelings for a world-conception. Human life is constantly
    • within man's entire soul-life, so the world of feelings, and
    • into human life. We dream through the fact that we feel; we sleep
    • occurs within the dreaming, feeling part of the human being, within
    • dreaming life of feeling, nor our sleeping life of the will. These
    • also have within them the feeling part of man; it reckons with
    • demands; he is not led to social instincts, to social feelings, and
    • standpoint of the earth-being. Try to feel how this standpoint is,
    • unsocial feelings in the human beings. Just as those who speak a
    • feel something which has really always existed where people have
    • see, an older and more instinctive form of wisdom could feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Earth's Passage Through Its Former Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • may give you a feeling for what took place upon Saturn; for example,
    • feeling of independence, of Ego-consciousness and of Ego-feeling. You
    • the Ego-feeling. There have always been Beings who followed an evil
  • Title: Lecture: The Earth's Passage Through Its Former Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • may give you a feeling for what took place upon Saturn; for example,
    • feeling of independence, of Ego-consciousness and of Ego-feeling. You
    • the Ego-feeling. There have always been Beings who followed an evil
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the midst of events that arouse every feeling of the human soul in
    • connected with feelings that come to the surface in these stormy and
    • feel in the manifold events of the present time, is the fact that
    • know the feelings voiced in the first dialogue of my second Mystery
    • culture, knowledge and forces of the will and of feeling, is all
    • a portion of what everyone can feel, if he is filled with
    • near future, and who genuinely feel this, will be filled by the
    • everything in spiritual science that tends towards human feeling
    • not WHAT we think, but HOW we think, feel and will. The smallest or
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the midst of events that arouse every feeling of the human soul in
    • connected with feelings that come to the surface in these stormy and
    • feel in the manifold events of the present time, is the fact that
    • know the feelings voiced in the first dialogue of my second Mystery
    • culture, knowledge and forces of the will and of feeling, is all
    • a portion of what everyone can feel, if he is filled with
    • near future, and who genuinely feel this, will be filled by the
    • everything in spiritual science that tends towards human feeling
    • not WHAT we think, but HOW we think, feel and will. The smallest or
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • Boehme. We feel how they wrestled within themselves to understand
    • spectre the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing also come into
    • Giordano Bruno there was a feeling that man must learn to understand
    • feeling and willing they would have felt rather like frogs in a
    • made the wise men of old feel like frogs exhausted by lack of air.
    • of people when they speak of thinking, feeling and willing, consider
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • Boehme. We feel how they wrestled within themselves to understand
    • spectre the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing also come into
    • Giordano Bruno there was a feeling that man must learn to understand
    • feeling and willing they would have felt rather like frogs in a
    • made the wise men of old feel like frogs exhausted by lack of air.
    • of people when they speak of thinking, feeling and willing, consider
  • Title: Lecture: Entry of the Michael Forces
    Matching lines:
    • of the depths of their subconscious life feel impelled towards the
    • carry him up on to a spiritual height, where he feels the earthly
    • feel the penetration of the Michael-forces into the world. In those
    • Above all their karma was such that they had a strong feeling —
    • though they did not understand it clearly — a strong feeling of
  • Title: Lecture: Entry of the Michael Forces
    Matching lines:
    • of the depths of their subconscious life feel impelled towards the
    • carry him up on to a spiritual height, where he feels the earthly
    • feel the penetration of the Michael-forces into the world. In those
    • Above all their karma was such that they had a strong feeling —
    • though they did not understand it clearly — a strong feeling of
  • Title: Lecture: The Dedication of an Anthroposophical Group
    Matching lines:
    • Such a feeling, such
    • adverse criticism of our time, for the diminishing of this feeling
    • feel something divine and spiritual in the stars”. To-day,
    • beings, filled with a spiritual power, and it feels the need of
    • it can be only a childish point of view to feel something divine in
    • certain feeling for the spiritual. He who does not regard everything
    • frame of mind of man tended towards materialistic feeling and
    • constant active flow. No one would have been able to feel for anyone
    • suppose that there were a person who could neither see nor feel water
    • thus far to-day, so that you might feel what it signifies that such a
    • to feel united with the Christ, the Spirit of the Sun, Who is also
    • do so, not with a feeling of pride, but with humility. And if you
    • yourselves in humility only. If you take this feeling with you and
  • Title: Lecture: The Dedication of an Anthroposophical Group
    Matching lines:
    • Such a feeling, such
    • adverse criticism of our time, for the diminishing of this feeling
    • feel something divine and spiritual in the stars”. To-day,
    • beings, filled with a spiritual power, and it feels the need of
    • it can be only a childish point of view to feel something divine in
    • certain feeling for the spiritual. He who does not regard everything
    • frame of mind of man tended towards materialistic feeling and
    • constant active flow. No one would have been able to feel for anyone
    • suppose that there were a person who could neither see nor feel water
    • thus far to-day, so that you might feel what it signifies that such a
    • to feel united with the Christ, the Spirit of the Sun, Who is also
    • do so, not with a feeling of pride, but with humility. And if you
    • yourselves in humility only. If you take this feeling with you and
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • himself a real feeling of freedom. This feeling of freedom is
    • Anthroposophy must enable us to take in fully the feeling of freedom,
    • now existing mature ego-feeling, mature ego-consciousness —
    • time a feeling that he was drawing in something etheric, that the
    • whole way of identifying ourselves feelingly with the whole of Nature
    • human being, the less they feel induced to pursue Christological
    • Father. Harnack's theology was intended to do away with our feelings
    • mankind seeks after a new knowledge of the spirit! Let us feel this
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • himself a real feeling of freedom. This feeling of freedom is
    • Anthroposophy must enable us to take in fully the feeling of freedom,
    • now existing mature ego-feeling, mature ego-consciousness —
    • time a feeling that he was drawing in something etheric, that the
    • whole way of identifying ourselves feelingly with the whole of Nature
    • human being, the less they feel induced to pursue Christological
    • Father. Harnack's theology was intended to do away with our feelings
    • mankind seeks after a new knowledge of the spirit! Let us feel this
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • acquire any real self-knowledge or feeling of his own being without
    • personal feeling. It must at all times be realised that the
    • feels himself to be a part of the earth, as the finger feels itself
    • They must learn not only to think differently but to feel differently
    • respect our whole life of perception and feeling must change if
    • in materialism? Our orientation is such that we feel ourselves as
    • feelings and impulses of will, is mirrored by the body. Behind this
    • We ray forth this ego from the spiritual world. We must learn to feel
    • this ego, to feel that we have within us the ego behind which stand
    • sense. We must learn to feel that our real ego is brought into being
    • out of the spiritual world. And then we also learn to feel that the
    • This is a reversal of the usual feeling, and to this reversal we must
    • reversal of feeling has been experienced. Then, when thinking is
    • feeling and with the earnestness that is their due. Especially to the
    • Men should feel that here, through these forms, something different
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • acquire any real self-knowledge or feeling of his own being without
    • personal feeling. It must at all times be realised that the
    • feels himself to be a part of the earth, as the finger feels itself
    • They must learn not only to think differently but to feel differently
    • respect our whole life of perception and feeling must change if
    • in materialism? Our orientation is such that we feel ourselves as
    • feelings and impulses of will, is mirrored by the body. Behind this
    • We ray forth this ego from the spiritual world. We must learn to feel
    • this ego, to feel that we have within us the ego behind which stand
    • sense. We must learn to feel that our real ego is brought into being
    • out of the spiritual world. And then we also learn to feel that the
    • This is a reversal of the usual feeling, and to this reversal we must
    • reversal of feeling has been experienced. Then, when thinking is
    • feeling and with the earnestness that is their due. Especially to the
    • Men should feel that here, through these forms, something different
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • of the world, not merely in thought, nor merely in feeling as happens
    • through art, but in such a way that thoughts, feelings and also the
    • fulfill its real nature when it feels itself as the kernel of the
    • to him at the universities, he feels at last as if he had no firm
    • that in the souls of those who came to me there was the feeling that
    • thinking, feeling, and will. I remarked first of all to those who
    • isolated striving; rather was it the case that they were feeling in
    • countless human beings of the present day are also feeling; and I
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • of the world, not merely in thought, nor merely in feeling as happens
    • through art, but in such a way that thoughts, feelings and also the
    • fulfill its real nature when it feels itself as the kernel of the
    • to him at the universities, he feels at last as if he had no firm
    • that in the souls of those who came to me there was the feeling that
    • thinking, feeling, and will. I remarked first of all to those who
    • isolated striving; rather was it the case that they were feeling in
    • countless human beings of the present day are also feeling; and I
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • remains empty to such an extent that a fundamental feeling rises up
    • contemplate this emptiness, a feeling rises up in us, a feeling that
    • beyond. It is the feeling, that there is something in the world
    • the feeling: “I exist in the world for a definite purpose,
    • within the world. We feel that we are building stones, without which
    • overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand within the world as
    • We feel, above all,
    • feelings, that are connected with our vascular system, experience: we
    • and feelings rise up in our experiences, the whole world of the
    • that they can weave into the world. We form ideas, we have feeling
    • and have feelings, whom does this belong to, after our death? Whom
    • the feelings that prompted us to say those evil words: This is the
    • the impression and feels hurt. The second half of the impression
    • and no longer have our astral body, we feel, as it were, inwardly
    • with Spirit; then we really feel that we are in the spiritual world
    • concerning the interior of his head. He alone would feel what the
    • inside of his head is like; all the others would not feel it.
    • We can feel our
    • extent aware of their existence through our feelings. As a rule, we
    • only have a more general feeling of our physical body, and this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • remains empty to such an extent that a fundamental feeling rises up
    • contemplate this emptiness, a feeling rises up in us, a feeling that
    • beyond. It is the feeling, that there is something in the world
    • the feeling: “I exist in the world for a definite purpose,
    • within the world. We feel that we are building stones, without which
    • overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand within the world as
    • We feel, above all,
    • feelings, that are connected with our vascular system, experience: we
    • and feelings rise up in our experiences, the whole world of the
    • that they can weave into the world. We form ideas, we have feeling
    • and have feelings, whom does this belong to, after our death? Whom
    • the feelings that prompted us to say those evil words: This is the
    • the impression and feels hurt. The second half of the impression
    • and no longer have our astral body, we feel, as it were, inwardly
    • with Spirit; then we really feel that we are in the spiritual world
    • concerning the interior of his head. He alone would feel what the
    • inside of his head is like; all the others would not feel it.
    • We can feel our
    • extent aware of their existence through our feelings. As a rule, we
    • only have a more general feeling of our physical body, and this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • outwardly; that is to say, a stage in which the soul really feels its
    • feeling and temperament. This nation is a Slav nation, influenced by
    • such a kind that it could still feel in a natural way the streaming
    • connected with the divine forces, (for, if the soul feels itself
    • *) we have a being stretching out, as it were, its feelers into
    • out its feelers in such a way that we have one of them here, together
    • with the sentient soul, a second feeler there, and a third one there,
    • penetrate, as if with soul-feelers, into these places, in order to
    • arise, that enable the soul to feel itself split into three.
    • used to say: We live here, yet we feel something resembling three
    • yonder, but that stretches out its feelers in this direction.
    • spreads from west to east; it stretches out its feelers and endows
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • outwardly; that is to say, a stage in which the soul really feels its
    • feeling and temperament. This nation is a Slav nation, influenced by
    • such a kind that it could still feel in a natural way the streaming
    • connected with the divine forces, (for, if the soul feels itself
    • *) we have a being stretching out, as it were, its feelers into
    • out its feelers in such a way that we have one of them here, together
    • with the sentient soul, a second feeler there, and a third one there,
    • penetrate, as if with soul-feelers, into these places, in order to
    • arise, that enable the soul to feel itself split into three.
    • used to say: We live here, yet we feel something resembling three
    • yonder, but that stretches out its feelers in this direction.
    • spreads from west to east; it stretches out its feelers and endows
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Gospel of St. John and Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • should speak to the feelings and be comprehensible for all. That is a
    • freedom of character, where feelings and passions had no power
    • any other feeling or purpose in their heart, save only this —
    • a time with this one feeling. Think of the plant. It is rooted in the
    • develop this feeling during a period of many weeks — the
    • feeling that he owes gratitude to him who stands beneath him. Then he
    • Gospel where this feeling is given sublime and eternal expression by
    • stage a feeling as if water were flowing around his feet. It
    • saw himself scourged, and could feel in his own body something like
    • a feeling which can endure that all thou holdest highest should be
    • Afterwards, as a fourth experience he had to develop the feeling that
    • into hell. Then came a strange and wonderful feeling as if the whole
    • feel his unity with the whole planet — then is he “laid
    • that Christians feel themselves bound together with the personal
    • the feelings; while esoteric Christianity is essentially deeper than
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Gospel of St. John and Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • should speak to the feelings and be comprehensible for all. That is a
    • freedom of character, where feelings and passions had no power
    • any other feeling or purpose in their heart, save only this —
    • a time with this one feeling. Think of the plant. It is rooted in the
    • develop this feeling during a period of many weeks — the
    • feeling that he owes gratitude to him who stands beneath him. Then he
    • Gospel where this feeling is given sublime and eternal expression by
    • stage a feeling as if water were flowing around his feet. It
    • saw himself scourged, and could feel in his own body something like
    • a feeling which can endure that all thou holdest highest should be
    • Afterwards, as a fourth experience he had to develop the feeling that
    • into hell. Then came a strange and wonderful feeling as if the whole
    • feel his unity with the whole planet — then is he “laid
    • that Christians feel themselves bound together with the personal
    • the feelings; while esoteric Christianity is essentially deeper than
  • Title: On The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • Masters of the Harmony of Feelings live in concealment and are known
    • that we can feel the pulse of the future, and because we know what
  • Title: On The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • Masters of the Harmony of Feelings live in concealment and are known
    • that we can feel the pulse of the future, and because we know what
  • Title: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • to feel what millions and millions of others will be feeling keenly
    • springs from the innermost core of his humanity, something he feels
    • Those who have come honestly to anthroposophy therefore feel the need
    • (clarity of feeling, not of thought) with which people seek belonging
    • would not feel so urgently impelled to seek anthroposophy if the
    • soul's feeling of alienation from conditions existing in the world
    • thus, in its will and feeling aspects at least, an ethical-moral
    • will and — to some extent at least — his life of feeling
    • few centuries. An anthroposophist feels that he would have to be
    • be a quite unthinking person to say, “I feel my humanity alien
    • but I feel quite at home with the knowledge they produced.” The
    • fully human cannot feel suited by a science based on an exclusive
    • where it becomes one's personal destiny. One feels oneself sharing
    • real feeling for the fact of our humanness. The term
    • feeling life. Many a difficulty stems from the fact that the
    • wrinkled and bald-headed, losing all feeling for recalling one's
    • Otherwise, the right heart and feeling are missing in one's relation
    • Anthroposophical Society with its thought and feeling. So the man of
    • will ends up in one place, the man of thought and feeling in another.
    • consisted exclusively of thoughts and feelings. Each individual split
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • to feel what millions and millions of others will be feeling keenly
    • springs from the innermost core of his humanity, something he feels
    • Those who have come honestly to anthroposophy therefore feel the need
    • (clarity of feeling, not of thought) with which people seek belonging
    • would not feel so urgently impelled to seek anthroposophy if the
    • soul's feeling of alienation from conditions existing in the world
    • thus, in its will and feeling aspects at least, an ethical-moral
    • will and — to some extent at least — his life of feeling
    • few centuries. An anthroposophist feels that he would have to be
    • be a quite unthinking person to say, “I feel my humanity alien
    • but I feel quite at home with the knowledge they produced.” The
    • fully human cannot feel suited by a science based on an exclusive
    • where it becomes one's personal destiny. One feels oneself sharing
    • real feeling for the fact of our humanness. The term
    • feeling life. Many a difficulty stems from the fact that the
    • wrinkled and bald-headed, losing all feeling for recalling one's
    • Otherwise, the right heart and feeling are missing in one's relation
    • Anthroposophical Society with its thought and feeling. So the man of
    • will ends up in one place, the man of thought and feeling in another.
    • consisted exclusively of thoughts and feelings. Each individual split
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • in the outer ether, he feels the movements which stir the outer ether, and
    • modesty as regards the things contained in it, so that we feel constrained to
    • a man's developing within him the feeling that it is not possible for a
    • everywhere; that we should feel truly within us that attention of mind which
    • materialistic tone of the day. But at least we must learn to feel it a
  • Title: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • in the outer ether, he feels the movements which stir the outer ether, and
    • modesty as regards the things contained in it, so that we feel constrained to
    • a man's developing within him the feeling that it is not possible for a
    • everywhere; that we should feel truly within us that attention of mind which
    • materialistic tone of the day. But at least we must learn to feel it a
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • present day people have such different thoughts and feelings? It is
    • bearer of all the instincts, desires, passions, feelings, sensations
    • future being gives the feeling of bliss which he has throughout
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • that is connected with the particular kind of passions and feelings
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • aware of it. Then man felt his own innate astral feelings that he had
    • feelings at another time. At one time he felt more alive in the world
    • feelings. You could perceive quite different shades of feeling in the
    • feelings. This is hardly noticed today, though in earlier times it
    • feelings when phenacetin was tested. This kind of testing, without
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • himself was a clock. His life's course, which he could clearly feel,
    • of order in his life of thought and feeling. Regularity still holds
    • chaos in their inner life of thought, feeling and will those
    • the cosmos. He will go further and feel himself filled with certain
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • immediately after death have also been mentioned; man's feeling of
    • through life he feels it in his own astral body in exactly the same
    • us suppose that in his twentieth year B hurt A. He now has to feel
    • that in our twentieth year we feel an inner urge to carry out a
    • sake of simplicity, let us keep to the example of feeling the urge to
    • let us suppose we are reborn, and when we are twenty our soul feels
    • happen: There is a person who, at the age of twenty, feels the urge
    • direction, and it takes this feeling along with it. When this is
    • feeling of release that the blockage has really gone and the organ
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • weeps? Weeping can only come about when the ego feels weak in
    • the organism, that is, if it is not individual, the feeling of
    • possession of ego-hood, man feels a certain disharmony in his
    • relationship to the environment. And this feeling of disharmony is
    • say that the ego feels itself to be in a certain disharmony with the
    • ego feels forsaken. So the ego contracts the forces of its astral
    • case of a certain display of feeling the ego makes the astral body
    • could squeeze an individual ego into a horse, it would feel highly
    • kind of wallowing in sensual pleasure. The person who feels forsaken
    • inwardly strong because he feels outwardly weak. And he feels this
    • tears. A certain feeling of satisfaction — whether it is
    • attributed to the fact that the person feels superior to the people
    • at yourself or at someone else your ego is always feeling superior to
    • something. And out of this feeling of superiority it expands the
    • be very healthy when it strengthens man's feeling of selfhood,
    • absurd, a feeling of being above such absurdity is sparked off and
    • makes you laugh. It is bound to happen that man feels superior to
    • feeling forsaken, a withdrawal into itself. Sadness in life is so
    • must pay good attention to these feelings that can come over us when
    • feelings of weakness and of being forsaken. It is the God in man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • myths, we feel it to be absolutely correct, from the spiritual
    • an extent, nor had they developed their ego-feeling solely on a lower
    • level. With them, devotion to the outer world and ego-feeling
    • tremendously strong ego-feeling, much too soon, of course; for human
    • bodies an instrument for a strongly developed ego-feeling. This made
    • who had not reached anything like a normal ego-feeling because they
    • people whose ego-feeling was too little developed migrated to the
    • brown. And an overpowering feeling of ego arising from offended
    • developed their ego-feeling in a normal way. The human beings who had
    • Europe who had developed their ego-feeling to a marked degree, but
    • the sun, just because they had so little ego-feeling. But other
    • had a strong ego-feeling. These were peoples who had preferred as it
    • people who had a strong ego-feeling which nevertheless kept a balance
    • lecture that their strong feeling of personality was from the
    • ego-feeling. So fundamentally we have two groups of people
    • feeling of personality, but who did not migrate to where the feeling
    • of personality permeated the whole body, but to where the ego-feeling
    • people with a strong inner ego-feeling, but who on the whole were not
    • physical bodies. They turned their feeling of personality inward. And
    • how this feeling of personality has been preserved right into later
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • Another person might not feel this satisfaction. The satisfaction the
    • man feels in seeing the two standing side by side has nothing
    • develops a feeling of joy over the two men in front of him standing
    • together. This feeling is not caused by anything to do with
    • karmically connected. Our concern is the joy the man feels because he
    • see something else. This looking at the sky creates in him a feeling
    • him into contact with the outer world. Because he feels this joy,
    • the feeling of tragedy you have about it is something new.
    • second, and the third is the way you feel the urge to act under the
    • influences of relationships. Even the way you feel compelled to act
    • payment. The one will develop kindness of heart, the other's feelings
    • thought, without pleasure or displeasure, nor any feeling for duty
    • experiences in the surrounding world, and feeling more than what is
    • the thoughts, wealth of feeling and virtues he develops through the
    • thoughts; and what I feel is not prompted by egoism, I feel it
    • of wisdom and the masters of harmony and feeling. For thus do they
    • inner warmth of feeling. If man had to admit his incapacity to do
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • connection been lost. The Christ Impulse imparts feeling of kinship
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • divert men from the natural feeling for truth that is present in
    • abstract speculations. And if, in spite of it all, a feeling of a
    • only be this to our feelings and perceptions when we have within our
    • we shall learn to silence our preconceptions and to feel and
    • throws upon the human soul. Thereby sound social feelings, also those
    • feelings of love which ought to prevail between human beings, will
    • the clouds of their visions. To feel thus isolated as a spiritual
    • religious feelings are condemned in this sphere to complete spiritual
    • penetrate into our souls and become perception and feelings, and as
    • feelings they form the basis for a new conception of life. A monistic
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and other experiences rise up into consciousness from its
    • and when memory recalls them we may feel that we have as little
    • world. Man feels the truth of this, but it is in his power to reduce
    • man becomes a hermit, feels excluded from the community of the other
    • all related in some way to immortality; thus they had a feeling that
    • human souls. In the Sun sphere we feel isolated, like hermits, if the
    • into the biblical record. From an instance such as this let us feel
    • knowledge, feeling and perceptiveness of the life between death and
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • connection been lost. The Christ Impulse imparts feeling of kinship
    • follow that an individual feels exactly what he expresses in his
    • feeling of depression, dissatisfaction with oneself. After death, the
    • raised. During the period of Kamaloka a feeling for language is
    • could feel what a tiny part of what we might have experienced is
    • in his thoughts but only in his feelings. He may realise that he
    • When Anthroposophy wakens in men a feeling for
    • do so, and when the soul abides firmly by this feeling, experiences
    • people are for the most part disinclined to give rein to feelings of
    • waking life during which he will feel that he is living in a world of
    • feelings. If he develops such feelings he is preparing himself to
    • recognise in Christ the power that imparts feeling of kinship with
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • during the life after death. There man feels as if his whole being
    • is to say from different viewpoints, upon his own being, and he feels
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Try to feel the inner justification of this conception
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • he begins to feel and know himself as an ‘I’, when
    • trends of judgement and feeling force themselves into our life! These
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • but without sadness. For the feelings we might have in our waking
    • of soul and feel the whole development to be beneficial. Looked at
    • feelings and ideas are different; consciousness during sleep has
    • the new birth when we feel as if the whole universe were within us
    • and outside us only the human body. We feel that the stars and other
    • heavenly worlds are within our being, just as here on Earth we feel
    • sleep. During sleep we feel that our inner organs are part of the
    • Through the body we feel ourselves to be in the Universe
    • and through what in physical life is called Universe we feel that we
    • militating against the withering of the souls of men. The feeling can
    • Science should feel Spiritual Science to be a dire necessity in life,
    • is the right feeling to have in regard to Spiritual Science.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • feel or will the truths of spiritual life. He remains dull and
    • the only urge such people feel towards their work is that of duty.
    • in everyday life but for which they feel enthusiasm and devotion.
    • is hovering around them. But this is an experience, a feeling, of
    • these souls to experience in depth the feelings that arise in a human
    • wish is that your souls will feel more deeply that life is enriched,
    • Anthroposophy. Only those who feel this have the right attitude to
    • the Earth's future. This feeling can never be experienced too deeply,
    • feelings we bear with us from these meetings and then move through
    • acquired here — these feelings are the really important element
    • is not enough; knowledge and feeling must be combined. We must
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • during which the soul feels bound to disengage itself gradually from
    • among spirits, a member of the Primordial Spirits, and he will feel
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • similar feeling — to enter into the psychic disposition of man at that
    • feeling: Yes, that was the time when thought underwent an
    • experience, then suddenly something surprising emerges. One feels
    • a clairvoyant faculty in the background, then one feels truly
    • feeling of the isolation of thought comes over one; a feeling that
    • and feel rising over the Devachanic world a star that belongs to a
    • Then one feels oneself here on Earth, but carried away from the world
    • comes a feeling which at first knows nothing of the historical
    • with what they have imparted to the souls of men — you feel
    • Above all we can say that the Gnostics had a feeling for
    • people, even the most spiritual, feel very happy when they are spared
    • separated through being filled with Achamod. This feeling of being
    • this feeling is actually experienced, according to the Gnostic, as
    • divine-spiritual world, do they feel a longing for it? The Gnostics
    • you feel that what I have told you is not an explanation; the more
    • you feel that I have put before you contradiction after contradiction
    • far, far from being understood; I would like you to feel that the
    • feel that in human evolution there happened something which seemed at
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • doubter, a sceptic, because he no longer feels any connection between
    • one has a feeling about Paul that I would like to sum up in a few
    • and between his words, and why one feels through his words something
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • intense feeling. At the sight of one colour it would have positively
    • thinking, feeling and willing. If nothing further had happened, these
    • have been continually disturbed by thinking, feeling would have
    • feeling, or there would have been people plagued with fleeting ideas
    • Now these three soul-powers, thinking, feeling and
    • working together of thinking, feeling and willing has to be kept in
    • thinking, feeling and willing were on the way to becoming; and he
    • angelic Being. And the effect was that human thinking, feeling and
    • if thinking, feeling and willing were to be harmonised. And so there
    • drive out from thinking, feeling and willing the element which would
    • of song and string-music he brings thinking, feeling and willing into
    • thinking, feeling and willing into harmony. They did not say so
    • thereby brought harmony into thinking, feeling and willing. The art
    • expression of harmony in thinking, feeling and willing. The Healer,
    • feeling and willing, and the harmonisation in the Ego, this last
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • had formerly been done for the harmonising of thinking, feeling and
    • expression of Geology. If one really feels how the oil penetrates the
    • grafted on to it and to flourish there — then one can feel how
    • feel the earthly element pulsing through the oil.
    • also feel how the elemental forces stream from the olive tree into
    • We can feel it in his words. He immerses himself, as it were, in
    • Geology in order to feel the elemental forces in the aura of the
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • lecture-courses, and if you feel about it as I do, you will find,
    • That is how I feel and I hope that others have felt it too. It is not
    • Remorseful feelings give no rest.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • those who had a heart and feeling for it. He was a man in the
    • Anyone reading it will feel how we have here a description of a
    • who, one might say, was justified in feeling himself permeated with
    • in such a way that he could feel something like the following
    • man whose soul feels imbued with the Earth's aura, and with the
    • upon her knees and let us then express it thus: He who can feel the
    • holiness of this picture will feel the same for the Holy Grail. Above
    • words into feeling, by becoming able to feel in the Grail the sum of
    • all that is holy, by feeling the confluence of that which came over
    • feeling the confluence of that which works down from the stars, and
    • If one takes all this into account and feels it as the consonance of
    • And then let us be filled with a feeling of how it was
    • further towards a feeling, a perception, of the celestial aspect of
    • your feeling, the aim of this cycle of lectures will have been
    • East. Let us look up and feel that the Christ passed through our
  • Title: The Hidden Depths of Soul Life
    Matching lines:
    • world and people feel the earth stirring under their feet, as a rule
    • they experience a feeling of terror, a shudder runs through them.
    • causes of this feeling of terror, we must turn our attention not only
    • This feeling —
    • thoughts and feelings in the depths of the soul-life, and which
    • connection with what we consciously think, feel or will. In speaking
    • as of his thinking, feeling and willing. Among things that point to the
    • feeling would rise to a very high pitch, and once it had re-occurred it
    • feels the value and joy of life. In the same context I indicated that
    • offers — he feels himself leaving his every day world and
    • excitements and so on, including all other feelings, we are left with
    • cosmic space. It works upon him from cosmic space formatively; he feels
    • behind him, but he senses resistance and feels powerless to use the
    • feel something of the activity of these inner soul forces which are
  • Title: The Hidden Depths of Soul Life
    Matching lines:
    • world and people feel the earth stirring under their feet, as a rule
    • they experience a feeling of terror, a shudder runs through them.
    • causes of this feeling of terror, we must turn our attention not only
    • This feeling —
    • thoughts and feelings in the depths of the soul-life, and which
    • connection with what we consciously think, feel or will. In speaking
    • as of his thinking, feeling and willing. Among things that point to the
    • feeling would rise to a very high pitch, and once it had re-occurred it
    • feels the value and joy of life. In the same context I indicated that
    • offers — he feels himself leaving his every day world and
    • excitements and so on, including all other feelings, we are left with
    • cosmic space. It works upon him from cosmic space formatively; he feels
    • behind him, but he senses resistance and feels powerless to use the
    • feel something of the activity of these inner soul forces which are
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • harmony with external world existence. Man feels isolated, abandoned
    • inwardly but in connection with what one can feel and believe; the
    • Archangel Feeling (Venus)
    • Morgenstern. And by feeling this, feeling it in the deepest part of
    • Morgenstern we have a wonderful example of this. The feeling of this
    • poem lives entirely in the inspiration of which ones feels a breath
    • the feeling in this poem leads you to reflect how alive something can
    • abyss of existence, if you take this poem, stimulated by feelings I
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • harmony with external world existence. Man feels isolated, abandoned
    • inwardly but in connection with what one can feel and believe; the
    • Archangel Feeling (Venus)
    • Morgenstern. And by feeling this, feeling it in the deepest part of
    • Morgenstern we have a wonderful example of this. The feeling of this
    • poem lives entirely in the inspiration of which ones feels a breath
    • the feeling in this poem leads you to reflect how alive something can
    • abyss of existence, if you take this poem, stimulated by feelings I
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Position in the Cosmic Whole, the Platonic World-Year
    Matching lines:
    • things which enable us to feel, as it were, our position in the
    • universe. The human being of the materialistic age really feels
    • will feel that the single part belongs to the whole body. In earlier
    • feelings. Not only did they feel that the hand, the arm or the leg
    • earlier times of human evolution still other feelings existed in
    • formed from out the whole universe. Just as we now feel that the
    • they formed part of it, just as the finger now feels that it forms
    • part of the body. The fact that this feeling and sensation has more
    • must feel once more that he is standing within the whole cosmos. He
    • For if we transform into a feeling what these explanations convey,
    • this feeling will be of such a kind that it tells us: We are a
    • can be proved in detail. This can also make you feel the sound
    • You see, this enables us to feel that we are standing
    • point of departure. This shows us a regular rhythm; we feel that we
    • our own life. And if we take up this knowledge through our feeling;
    • strive after initiation should learn to feel within themselves the
    • transitions, we may feel more than anywhere else that spiritual
    • possible to acquire a deep feeling for this harmonious
    • This kind of feeling was still transmitted
    • of science, when their teachers had tried to make them feel that they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Position in the Cosmic Whole, the Platonic World-Year
    Matching lines:
    • things which enable us to feel, as it were, our position in the
    • universe. The human being of the materialistic age really feels
    • will feel that the single part belongs to the whole body. In earlier
    • feelings. Not only did they feel that the hand, the arm or the leg
    • earlier times of human evolution still other feelings existed in
    • formed from out the whole universe. Just as we now feel that the
    • they formed part of it, just as the finger now feels that it forms
    • part of the body. The fact that this feeling and sensation has more
    • must feel once more that he is standing within the whole cosmos. He
    • For if we transform into a feeling what these explanations convey,
    • this feeling will be of such a kind that it tells us: We are a
    • can be proved in detail. This can also make you feel the sound
    • You see, this enables us to feel that we are standing
    • point of departure. This shows us a regular rhythm; we feel that we
    • our own life. And if we take up this knowledge through our feeling;
    • strive after initiation should learn to feel within themselves the
    • transitions, we may feel more than anywhere else that spiritual
    • possible to acquire a deep feeling for this harmonious
    • This kind of feeling was still transmitted
    • of science, when their teachers had tried to make them feel that they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • perhaps millenia, will come to feel that this human spirit moves on
    • world view into people's habits of thought, habits of feeling —
    • feeling did not easily accommodate themselves to such sudden
    • in the further evolution of human thinking, sensing, and feeling. It
    • anthroposophy has to speak. Such an individual feels he has to
    • concepts, which are in their turn the source of feelings and
    • actually from this corner of human feeling that the objections rear
    • thinking and feeling. It must first be said that the spiritual
    • When we live into such contradictions, we feel as if we were at the
    • within itself, unable as yet to feel, to touch, what is there outside
    • person struggling with knowledge feels himself purely
    • have the feeling about this mental image that it expresses something
    • on its stalk, the spiritual investigator must feel that it is not
    • real; he must have a feeling for, an experience of, the degree of
    • feeling, and willing, in short, an instrument for soul experiences,
    • and feeling correspond to something in the nervous system. Just as my
    • go on to another experience of the soul, namely to feeling. Our
    • feeling, our emotions, our passions, stand in a different
    • however, to our feelings, our emotions. Feelings and emotions live in
    • part of his life about which I am now speaking; all feelings are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • One must permeate oneself with this feeling if one wishes to
    • physical body; it is a feeling, which here in the physical world is
    • them up as feelings — develop love for the other side. Love may
    • symbol of what you can feel and experience here in so many ways. They
    • forth, through the kind of impulse I have touched upon, a feeling for
    • also have called forth in you this feeling: that it is necessary not
    • only to acquire a few concepts from spiritual science but to feel
    • one's way into it; for in doing so one feels one's way also into the
    • anthroposophical movement, to deepen in ourselves the feeling that we
    • let me say to you that we want to feel together and think together
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • the progressive stream of evolution, so the feelings arising from our
    • day by day. All the impressions and feelings which we experience in
    • beginning we feel that there must be a great difference between a man
    • Sometimes we may feel an aversion to do a certain thing; we may leave
    • clairvoyant character. The human beings were able to feel, as it
    • feelings die out. Seeing that during the course of evolution man has
    • world through his feelings, through an atavistic clairvoyance and
    • With our feelings and with the impulses of our will it
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • the progressive stream of evolution, so the feelings arising from our
    • day by day. All the impressions and feelings which we experience in
    • beginning we feel that there must be a great difference between a man
    • Sometimes we may feel an aversion to do a certain thing; we may leave
    • clairvoyant character. The human beings were able to feel, as it
    • feelings die out. Seeing that during the course of evolution man has
    • world through his feelings, through an atavistic clairvoyance and
    • With our feelings and with the impulses of our will it
  • Title: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • vague undefined feelings, slight inclinations or disinclinations.
    • and feeling and outlook — our outlook on the world itself, or
    • Sometimes we feel ourselves immediately ‘caught’ and
    • clear on this. Every thought, every idea, every feeling we develop
    • through the Gate of Death, all our thoughts and feelings pass with
    • thoughts we make our own, into the feelings we experience, so are the
    • so only if you feel yourself, by virtue of this knowledge, within the
    • dead person. Interests of heart and feeling must always be the
    • shall speak presently.) Some interest of heart and feeling must be
    • into the feelings of the physical survivors, partaking in their grief
    • entering with sympathy into these real and living feelings, which
    • another district your general feeling of health may be changed by the
    • feel as he could, and will as he could, also.’ It is the
    • estimate of our fellow human beings by these subjective feelings
    • toning-down, so to speak, of the sharply differentiated feelings
    • dead unless he truly frees himself from feelings of personal sympathy
    • dependent, in his soul, on personal feelings of sympathy or
    • feel and develop inclinations — those who are living at any
    • ideas of life. To modern feeling, full of prejudice as it is, this
    • tendency of feeling, should not begin to work until thirty or forty
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • vague undefined feelings, slight inclinations or disinclinations.
    • and feeling and outlook — our outlook on the world itself, or
    • Sometimes we feel ourselves immediately ‘caught’ and
    • clear on this. Every thought, every idea, every feeling we develop
    • through the Gate of Death, all our thoughts and feelings pass with
    • thoughts we make our own, into the feelings we experience, so are the
    • so only if you feel yourself, by virtue of this knowledge, within the
    • dead person. Interests of heart and feeling must always be the
    • shall speak presently.) Some interest of heart and feeling must be
    • into the feelings of the physical survivors, partaking in their grief
    • entering with sympathy into these real and living feelings, which
    • another district your general feeling of health may be changed by the
    • feel as he could, and will as he could, also.’ It is the
    • estimate of our fellow human beings by these subjective feelings
    • toning-down, so to speak, of the sharply differentiated feelings
    • dead unless he truly frees himself from feelings of personal sympathy
    • dependent, in his soul, on personal feelings of sympathy or
    • feel and develop inclinations — those who are living at any
    • ideas of life. To modern feeling, full of prejudice as it is, this
    • tendency of feeling, should not begin to work until thirty or forty
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Elemental World
    Matching lines:
    • change in order to feel at home in that world, all the beings there
    • for finding and feeling oneself in the elemental world is the faculty
    • necessary for this feeling of self. The forces of the physical body,
    • feel himself an ego, an ‘I’. It is different in the
    • develop no feeling of self in the elemental world if he does not
    • other beings’ must give way to the feeling of selfstrengthened
    • world when the etheric body feels, ‘I cannot go on continually
    • transformation with strengthened ego feeling were regulated in the
    • lived for a time in the element of metamorphosis, one feels the need
    • within with its heightened feeling of self. Yes, our consciousness
    • feels himself to be the master of his thoughts, which seem rather
    • diving down and entering this particular entity one feels greater
    • sympathy, while in immersing oneself in another entity one feels less
    • world. Here in this world we feel drawn to some people, repelled by
    • feelings of sympathy and antipathy must be replaced with what we can
    • entities and transform ourselves into them; then we will feel the
    • we capable not merely of feeling what the perception of sympathies
    • obliging that the ego feeling is provided for us as it is through the
    • feeling of ego; we have to find out what it means for our soul to be
    • will feel ourselves falling unconscious as though in a faint. If we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Elemental World
    Matching lines:
    • change in order to feel at home in that world, all the beings there
    • for finding and feeling oneself in the elemental world is the faculty
    • necessary for this feeling of self. The forces of the physical body,
    • feel himself an ego, an ‘I’. It is different in the
    • develop no feeling of self in the elemental world if he does not
    • other beings’ must give way to the feeling of selfstrengthened
    • world when the etheric body feels, ‘I cannot go on continually
    • transformation with strengthened ego feeling were regulated in the
    • lived for a time in the element of metamorphosis, one feels the need
    • within with its heightened feeling of self. Yes, our consciousness
    • feels himself to be the master of his thoughts, which seem rather
    • diving down and entering this particular entity one feels greater
    • sympathy, while in immersing oneself in another entity one feels less
    • world. Here in this world we feel drawn to some people, repelled by
    • feelings of sympathy and antipathy must be replaced with what we can
    • entities and transform ourselves into them; then we will feel the
    • we capable not merely of feeling what the perception of sympathies
    • obliging that the ego feeling is provided for us as it is through the
    • feeling of ego; we have to find out what it means for our soul to be
    • will feel ourselves falling unconscious as though in a faint. If we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • vitality. One gets the feeling that the activity of the intellect has
    • consciousness of the ‘I’ the feeling of selfhood. This
    • of feeling and sensitivity. In this respect we humans are really
    • rose or feel enchanted when trees unfold their foliage. But these
    • share feelingly in the world processes. We remain outside of things
    • being's inner thoughts and feelings simply through normal
  • Title: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • vitality. One gets the feeling that the activity of the intellect has
    • consciousness of the ‘I’ the feeling of selfhood. This
    • of feeling and sensitivity. In this respect we humans are really
    • rose or feel enchanted when trees unfold their foliage. But these
    • share feelingly in the world processes. We remain outside of things
    • being's inner thoughts and feelings simply through normal
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • that a fundamental feeling rises up in connection with it. Namely,
    • feeling rises up in us, a feeling that accompanies us throughout our
    • what we generally designate as our life beyond. It is the feeling
    • filled out by us. And then we acquire the feeling: ‘I exist in
    • Thus we learn to know our place within the world. We feel that we
    • we gaze at it, we are overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand
    • We feel, above all, that we are now surrounded by
    • sense-experiences, what our feelings, that are connected with
    • experience things, while we form concepts and feelings rise up in
    • form ideas, we have feeling experiences; the Gods take them up and
    • through the fact that we can think and have feelings, whom does this
    • part which concerns us personally; we only experience the feelings
    • half of the impression and feels hurt. The second half of the
    • we feel, as it were, inwardly filled and permeated with — we
    • feel that we are in the spiritual world and the spiritual world
    • would feel what the inside of his head is like; all the others would
    • not feel it.
    • We can feel our organs only when they are not quite in
    • our feelings. As a rule, we only have a more general feeling of our
    • physical body, and this feeling increases when anything is out of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • that a fundamental feeling rises up in connection with it. Namely,
    • feeling rises up in us, a feeling that accompanies us throughout our
    • what we generally designate as our life beyond. It is the feeling
    • filled out by us. And then we acquire the feeling: ‘I exist in
    • Thus we learn to know our place within the world. We feel that we
    • we gaze at it, we are overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand
    • We feel, above all, that we are now surrounded by
    • sense-experiences, what our feelings, that are connected with
    • experience things, while we form concepts and feelings rise up in
    • form ideas, we have feeling experiences; the Gods take them up and
    • through the fact that we can think and have feelings, whom does this
    • part which concerns us personally; we only experience the feelings
    • half of the impression and feels hurt. The second half of the
    • we feel, as it were, inwardly filled and permeated with — we
    • feel that we are in the spiritual world and the spiritual world
    • would feel what the inside of his head is like; all the others would
    • not feel it.
    • We can feel our organs only when they are not quite in
    • our feelings. As a rule, we only have a more general feeling of our
    • physical body, and this feeling increases when anything is out of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • here to-day resound out of the many feelings which have passed
    • It is an experience, if you have some new sensation, or feeling which
    • “I see growing within me, out of this event, the feeling —
    • soul. For it signifies that man can always have the feeling of the
    • the contrary, we feel — if we are able to accompany
    • colour-impressions with a fine feeling — that we can penetrate
    • indicated the corresponding feeling to be experienced through each
    • When we thus feel colours, we may have a soul-experience
    • reality, there is no vault above us) but he would feel it above him
    • something, and will at times be able to feel that something
    • of facing a being or an object, and then feeling, as it were, as if,
    • feel these forces in us, in the same way that we feel the Building
    • we must acquire the feeling that it is our duty to enrich our world,
    • outside. What reveals itself here through feeling and will, remains
    • experiences we have had in common, about the feelings we have shared
    • always be found. But when these scientists approach feeling and the
    • the brain. But they do not speak of shades of feeling or will. At the
    • most, they speak of shades of feeling — in other words, a
    • feeling and will.
    • not extend as far as feeling and will. You can read for yourselves
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • here to-day resound out of the many feelings which have passed
    • It is an experience, if you have some new sensation, or feeling which
    • “I see growing within me, out of this event, the feeling —
    • soul. For it signifies that man can always have the feeling of the
    • the contrary, we feel — if we are able to accompany
    • colour-impressions with a fine feeling — that we can penetrate
    • indicated the corresponding feeling to be experienced through each
    • When we thus feel colours, we may have a soul-experience
    • reality, there is no vault above us) but he would feel it above him
    • something, and will at times be able to feel that something
    • of facing a being or an object, and then feeling, as it were, as if,
    • feel these forces in us, in the same way that we feel the Building
    • we must acquire the feeling that it is our duty to enrich our world,
    • outside. What reveals itself here through feeling and will, remains
    • experiences we have had in common, about the feelings we have shared
    • always be found. But when these scientists approach feeling and the
    • the brain. But they do not speak of shades of feeling or will. At the
    • most, they speak of shades of feeling — in other words, a
    • feeling and will.
    • not extend as far as feeling and will. You can read for yourselves
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Son of God and the Son of Man
    Matching lines:
    • times, a feeling arose in a man, or some idea came to him, the force
    • of this feeling or idea spread quickly into the astral and etheric
    • ideas, concepts and feelings of the spiritual world as we are now
  • Title: Lecture: The Son of God and the Son of Man
    Matching lines:
    • times, a feeling arose in a man, or some idea came to him, the force
    • of this feeling or idea spread quickly into the astral and etheric
    • ideas, concepts and feelings of the spiritual world as we are now
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Synopses
    Matching lines:
    • feelings. Art and religion are influences of the archangel,
    • as etheric body; in inner man as feeling; of Moon in outer as
    • details of West Europe, Solovioff. Feeling, Thinking, Willing,
    • represents. These matters cannot be dealt with by feelings of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Preface
    Matching lines:
    • of the real thought, feeling and will of individual human beings. It
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • human thought, feeling and perception.
    • feelings belonging to this or the other home-land playing any part.
    • himself. In one place he would feel, ‘Here am I,’ and
    • the following stage of evolution of man. We shall then feel that we
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • is not clairvoyant can merely feel in a country, but which a man who
    • us as national feeling, national temperament, and its language, as
    • normal Archangels also, who govern the national feeling and
    • They have indeed to differ, because one writer feels more what comes
    • several personalities of the people. Each one feels something
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • through in his feelings, that too, does not concern the Archangels.
    • we were only able to have feelings, to feel joy and sorrow and to
    • only be aglow and feel in the sentient-soul, we must also give
    • thought to the matter. The man who only feels and does not think, may
    • by the intellectual-soul or mind-soul feelings. Then, however, you
    • takes hold of a thing with his hand, he feels it to be either warm or
    • as centers within him, the Archangel has the feeling that what comes
    • old age. Man experiences his youth in feeling the members of his body
    • to be fresh, he feels that they are improving and developing. In old
    • something which a man feels as happening from within him. Now the
    • Archangel feels, it is true, that everything is happening within him,
    • something foreign to him, as something about which he has the feeling
    • does the Archangel feel his death, the necessity of withdrawing from
    • a human being it is, however, something very real. A man feels keenly
    • that in the feelings of the people should arise that which
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • peninsulas, then we shall realize what feelings must fill us, if we
    • reasoning, feeling and willing. The folk or nation lies between the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • necessary for one to rise above all the feelings that may easily come
    • about the character of this or that people, and however our feelings
    • being, his soul, you have there, willing, feeling, thinking; and
    • feeling and thinking.
    • to it you connect feeling. You have already been told that the
    • feeling. Finally if we glance at the Moon condition we see that the
    • physical body, etheric body and astral body, willing, feeling and
    • feeling; and finally the mission of the Moon had to be fulfilled,
    • viz., Feeling.
    • so that the etheric body and the element of Feeling, the element of
    • Feeling, and the Moon-mission chiefly with the imprinting of the
    • order that he may bring about this balance between thought, feeling,
    • fabric of thought, feeling, and will. Everyone who possesses a little
    • self-knowledge can feel that the inner balance of present-day man is
    • thought, feeling and will within himself, by means of which he can
    • equilibrium between thought, feeling and will signifies.
    • This co-operation of the elements of thought, feeling
    • then in the first place characterized will, feeling and thought, and
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • also acquire a feeling of the infinite wisdom contained in the whole
    • You will also to a certain extent have the feeling that knowledge
    • bone system, and brought him into decline. One feels something of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • when the subordinate soul-powers are being developed, feels itself to
    • Scandinavian countries. What one feels so directly in Thor as being
    • must feel the ruling of Odin within ourselves in the transforming of
    • into the soul of Thor and so on. I wanted to call forth a feeling of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • first post-Atlantean age of civilization there came the feeling, that
    • feels and wills; whereas as regards his own concerns he was guided by
    • you can feel that which is so thrillingly grand in this myth, the
    • was not possible in Northern lands to feel, as did the men in Asia
    • become visible, — brought about the feeling that the time spent
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • not feel the ‘ I ’ as something foreign to him,
    • of the Higher Feelings, and worked in that. He himself was only able
    • to work upon this Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings
    • Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings and from the
    • Higher Feelings, and the Spiritual Soul on the physical plane. That
    • of the Higher Feelings, with the ‘ I ’.
    • or Soul of the Higher Feelings. But it had not merely to give the
    • feeling steals over one, if one compares the Wall of China with
    • Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings in the Græco-Latin,
    • all-embracing feeling, the concept of the Heavenly Father. In
    • That is not an individual being, not a feeling in the soul, but
    • in a differently developed form of conception and feeling, —
    • spiritual. The Eastern European element feels the spiritual world as
    • must think of in quite a different shade of feeling, connected more
    • which dawns more or less in the feelings of the peoples of the East.
    • does signify is that the feelings are colored and shaded, that the
    • to be found in the world of the East. By means of these feelings this
    • the sixth age of civilization feel himself to be a duality in whom
    • within His three bodies the capacities of feeling, thought and will.
    • There you have a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • has been implanted, inoculated into the thoughts and feelings of this
    • man will do something in the external world and will then feel
    • which was a spiritual feeling — he could recognize what was the
    • as to whether a spiritual, vital feeling really fills the spiritual
    • Anyone who recognizes the importance of Vidar and feels
    • Norse mythology. When we feel ourselves to be related to this figure
    • contribute to this who feel that they have within them fresh
    • again in these last few days how free they feel with the people of
    • the Scandinavian North. Many have expressed that feeling. It is a
    • important for the whole of humanity that we should feel that the
    • anthroposophical thought and feeling and of anthroposophical ideals.
    • For finally the knowledge we gather must really work in our feelings
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Behind it all there may be an instinctive feeling true in itself though often
    • region where the creative fantasy and feeling of the artist who understands the
    • can be understood only through artistic feeling, no healing will come into our
    • feeling and consciousness of freedom, the self-completeness of individuality
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Behind it all there may be an instinctive feeling true in itself though often
    • region where the creative fantasy and feeling of the artist who understands the
    • can be understood only through artistic feeling, no healing will come into our
    • feeling and consciousness of freedom, the self-completeness of individuality
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Note
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Relevant Literature
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • through which the soul can feel united to the divine within itself.
    • contrast to this feeling the outcry, the fury, of the enraged
    • experience within itself, the soul feels, even though it may not be
    • it reach my goal?” To feel as if the human being extends far
    • into this darkness I feel that I lack the power to bring my true
    • who gives me this power.” On the one hand the human soul feels
    • this lack, and on the other hand it feels the approach of Christ and
    • Christians, by endeavoring to enter into the feeling of those souls
    • the soul of man had lost the power to feel its deepest being within
    • Even as the individual human soul feels that it cannot
    • means of it man does come to feel that he is bound up with the
    • in the realm of the feelings. We must admit to ourselves that the
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • we feel certain that from the ripening of the old seeds a new
    • ideals” — to make us feel the need for assurance, since
    • to those who truly think and feel it will be obvious that the phrase
    • carries no such assurance in itself. When we think and feel in a
    • his feelings concerning it might be expressed as follows: “These
    • the dead man feels himself magnetically attracted to these ideals of
    • his; he feels as though he were under their spell. But they may also
    • contain an element that gives him a mild shock; he feels that this
    • an inner depth of feeling and an enlightened enthusiasm she worked
    • feeling, and I was able to say to myself: When it is a question of
    • though our ideals might have something strange about them. We feel in
    • all that we attain spiritually, when we feel the Christ in us,
    • those bitter, gloomy doubts which can arise from the feeling: What
    • resembling vain hopes of spring. But anything we honestly feel in our
    • knowledge of this, but the soul that feels the Christ within it, as
    • the body feels its life-giving blood, feels the warmth, the promise
    • justifiable is the feeling of the human soul when in all that a man
    • does, in all that he thinks, he feels himself Christ-enfilled, takes
    • after death, to say and feel, “Not for me alone, but for all my
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • they still had a feeling of what people have always thought of
    • all the way with this feeling, for he has to assign to Lucifer an
    • human feeling that leads a person to ask: “What is the right
    • feeling of shock when we speak of Lucifer and Ahriman on the one hand
    • they really think and feel: “If I can only redeem myself
    • feeling here. The question may perhaps be permitted: “Is it
    • I, but Christ in me”, a man will connect the feeling that his
    • this feeling of responsibility in such a way that we shall not
    • mankind, the individual will feel that he must be more and more
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • must feel in our souls that the God had to die so that he might be
    • When man takes Christ into himself, so as to feel
    • and he feels that it is through Christ that he first becomes the soul
    • feeling of “home” that souls can have with Christ; for
    • When the soul of man really lives into Christ, feeling
    • feels itself inwardly vivified through the Christ. The soul feels a
    • reality, but our soul must feel that it will rise again with the
    • that in their inner being they feel a union with Christ. For it is
    • learn to know Christ so intimately, and feel themselves so closely
    • souls as our spiritual science. It is not because we feel our
    • sense described, and the souls who knew her will never feel
  • Title: Brotherhood and the Fight for Survival
    Matching lines:
    • think and feel harmoniously together in common, are more than one
    • spiritual life took the place of the real in-each-other feelings.
    • feelings of our fellows, and make ourselves their servant. We work
    • towards a man a feeling of hate, that this hurts the soul of a man
    • but even to the feeling. Even then, if in us a feeling will stir that
    • you feel as if the soul of the other starts to warm you through, to
  • Title: Brotherhood and the Fight for Survival
    Matching lines:
    • think and feel harmoniously together in common, are more than one
    • spiritual life took the place of the real in-each-other feelings.
    • feelings of our fellows, and make ourselves their servant. We work
    • towards a man a feeling of hate, that this hurts the soul of a man
    • but even to the feeling. Even then, if in us a feeling will stir that
    • you feel as if the soul of the other starts to warm you through, to
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture I: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • demand on our feeling, and seeks as it were to make this
    • feeling inward. The Easter festival makes its chief demand on what we
    • Christmas Mystery through inwardising and deepening of that feeling
    • dignity as man. Only when we can feel in the right way and with
    • experience above and beyond him as a result of a feeling of devoted
    • physical birth.” Our feeling is deepened when we understand in
    • centuries, then we must ask the question: “Has this feeling
    • same inwardness of feeling concerning the Christmas Mystery is
    • find mysterious and secret feelings out of which the Christmas tree
    • has come, but these secret feelings all tend in the direction of
    • What does this signify? It signifies that the feelings which people
    • no longer there, such feelings have become more and more strange to
    • all depth and inwardness of feeling and it comforts those who are men
    • single humanity. We see how the thoughts and feelings of modern
    • of feeling that is necessary today in order rightly to experience the
    • feeling concerning Christ Jesus must be sought. We need a new
    • experienced feelingly what was being revealed to the world; out of
    • They were equipped with depth of heart, with deep feeling whereby,
    • flow together into a single human feeling when we realize that what
    • Earth, Jupiter, Venus and Vulcan. We must feel the arising of a whole
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture II: The Quest for Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • of Copernicus, had a feeling that his solar and planetary system
    • the right feelings for everything which has become words, has become
    • a phrase in modern life, and if these feelings could enable us to
    • as a phrase, celebrating it without any true feeling. Do we really
    • whether the feelings in your hearts and souls, when you stand before
    • ask yourselves whether there are living in you feelings that can
    • a content which can give us entirely new feelings that stir us
    • new feelings if it is willing to experience the new Isis legend
    • let the powers that surge through space kindle our feeling, and then
    • would feel that my words contain a greeting which is at the same time
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture III: The Magi and the Shepherds: The New Isis
    Matching lines:
    • radiations from the Earth. But this was not a dim feeling or
    • feel the animals with their aura as beings of the earth. It was as
    • earth. We feel, too, how the stories of the wise men from the East —
    • we feel how they express the kind of knowledge with which the wise
    • consciousness to the external universe. We feel that the story of the
    • We feel the streaming of the will in the proclamation to the
    • Novalis who were able to feel and give expression to the poetry and
    • ordinary human being is prosaic enough to feel this world to be
    • Guardian of the Threshold means that willing, feeling, thinking
    • feeling and willing separate in a certain sense and must be held
    • higher knowledge: Submit to the separation in thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • fellow-men the abstract feeling that it is today when we pass them by
    • feeling remained as a motivation in social life. And in the 19th
    • feel that the most practical conception of life leads him finally to
    • should hover before us in everything that we feel to be connected
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • made, which is attacked from the point of view of religious feeling,
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • intention to propagandise or arouse feeling either for Spiritual
    • of course, there is no feeling left of the surprising effect produced
    • only be aware of what we are thinking and feeling for him in our souls
    • not wish to proselytise or arouse feeling for our cause, but only to
    • reverence when, out of the feelings which his knowledge arouses in him,
    • Far from it. And finally, if from certain deeply-seated feelings which
    • certain conception or feeling about Christ, about Jesus, and we say to
    • him, “Certainly, we recognise these feelings as wholly justified;
    • feelings when we have received into our souls the living essence of
    • would not be able to understand the subject out of his own feelings.
    • be abused, which arises out of a new way of feeling.
    • feeling of space being shut off by the form, but one has the feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • to a very definite feeling and attitude towards the wisdom-filled
    • Beings, as it were through his feelings. And this was done in the
    • the Summer he feels himself united with the Upper Gods. And in those
    • of his deepest feelings to make a sacrificial offering to the Gods
    • Upper Gods were now offered up to them in upward-streaming feelings.
    • The words of the prayer inscribed into the rising smoke the feelings
    • universe, descending into his inner life, he now began to feel the
    • again, so did he feel his thoughts as something which he did not draw
    • began to feel that they were like the blood within him.
    • — This feeling that the thoughts of men are earthly in origin
    • himself in thought and feeling with the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • Mystery should feel strengthened when at Christmas he steeps himself
    • in truths such as have now once more been expressed. He should feel
    • The man of old did not feel that
    • can feel the importance of the fact that man has now to look within
    • Midsummer, when conditions were the most favorable for feeling their
    • feeling, with new life.
    • her raiment of snow, we try to feel that our world of thought is
    • with the strength that will come to your souls when you feel with all
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • to a very definite feeling and attitude towards the wisdom-filled
    • Beings, as it were through his feelings. And this was done in the
    • the Summer he feels himself united with the Upper Gods. And in those
    • of his deepest feelings to make a sacrificial offering to the Gods
    • Upper Gods were now offered up to them in upward-streaming feelings.
    • The words of the prayer inscribed into the rising smoke the feelings
    • universe, descending into his inner life, he now began to feel the
    • again, so did he feel his thoughts as something which he did not draw
    • began to feel that they were like the blood within him.
    • — This feeling that the thoughts of men are earthly in origin
    • himself in thought and feeling with the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • Mystery should feel strengthened when at Christmas he steeps himself
    • in truths such as have now once more been expressed. He should feel
    • The man of old did not feel that
    • can feel the importance of the fact that man has now to look within
    • Midsummer, when conditions were the most favorable for feeling their
    • feeling, with new life.
    • her raiment of snow, we try to feel that our world of thought is
    • with the strength that will come to your souls when you feel with all
  • Title: Lecture: Leonardo da Vinci
    Matching lines:
    • preserved to us, we feel that just so much does there still
    • which Leonardo had to feel towards the world and towards all he had
    • the picture within us, the following feeling may perhaps arise: Did
    • may quite naturally arrive at this feeling. Why?
    • of Leonardo's life, we must admit that the feeling just
    • are impressed with the feeling that year after year he went about
    • Moreover, we have the feeling that this man lived in the fullness of
    • to a conclusion but within himself Leonardo did not feel happy. For
    • Supper”? One has the feeling: he went away from this “Last
    • feeling animated his soul, we may say that this is apparent
    • which still did not satisfy him, and the question as to the feelings
    • with a feeling of bitterness, realizing that in his most important
    • was a feeling that the human soul was connected with the spiritual
    • could still feel, and although this feeling had already become weak,
    • the inner thought, inner feeling, and inner power of execution which
    • of feeling do we get when we contemplate the statue of Marcus
    • We feel in these that the artist imitated nature because he was
    • soul with the spirit of nature. This feeling of being one with the
    • Leonardo's fate with very sad feelings when we see how in the
    • life of feeling and experience, and must itself become an elixir of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Leonardo da Vinci
    Matching lines:
    • preserved to us, we feel that just so much does there still
    • which Leonardo had to feel towards the world and towards all he had
    • the picture within us, the following feeling may perhaps arise: Did
    • may quite naturally arrive at this feeling. Why?
    • of Leonardo's life, we must admit that the feeling just
    • are impressed with the feeling that year after year he went about
    • Moreover, we have the feeling that this man lived in the fullness of
    • to a conclusion but within himself Leonardo did not feel happy. For
    • Supper”? One has the feeling: he went away from this “Last
    • feeling animated his soul, we may say that this is apparent
    • which still did not satisfy him, and the question as to the feelings
    • with a feeling of bitterness, realizing that in his most important
    • was a feeling that the human soul was connected with the spiritual
    • could still feel, and although this feeling had already become weak,
    • the inner thought, inner feeling, and inner power of execution which
    • of feeling do we get when we contemplate the statue of Marcus
    • We feel in these that the artist imitated nature because he was
    • soul with the spirit of nature. This feeling of being one with the
    • Leonardo's fate with very sad feelings when we see how in the
    • life of feeling and experience, and must itself become an elixir of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Group Souls of Animals, Plants and Minerals
    Matching lines:
    • learn to think, feel, perceive, differently about everything around
    • theosophical impulses. He must learn to feel with, and live with,
    • feel for the rest of the world. A man gradually gets to know the
    • walking through them. He realizes this through his feeling, his
    • what we begin to feel with regard to these unsuspected beings, so it
    • into what the plants themselves feel. The part of the plant that
    • plant soul a feeling of well-being, of pleasure, just as it gives
    • breathe out a feeling of bliss. It is an intensely significant moment
    • perceive the feeling of contentment sweeping over the earth as the
    • pleasure. It is possible that, impelled by a feeling for beauty,
    • feel pain and pleasure. Only spiritual science can teach us about
    • feeling of pleasure. Out of the quarry from which the blocks are
    • feeling of pleasure flows through the water. We see this pleasure
    • all religious documents, quite arbitrarily, with a feeling of pride
    • capable of feeling — is affected by the uprooting of the
    • sense of being blessed. It is only when we learn to feel with the
    • feeling of being at rest within the whole vast universe.
    • existence. It is something which transforms our feeling and our will
    • feels himself to be “I”. When at death he loses his
    • physical body it is a perceptible process, and he feels he is losing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Group Souls of Animals, Plants and Minerals
    Matching lines:
    • learn to think, feel, perceive, differently about everything around
    • theosophical impulses. He must learn to feel with, and live with,
    • feel for the rest of the world. A man gradually gets to know the
    • walking through them. He realizes this through his feeling, his
    • what we begin to feel with regard to these unsuspected beings, so it
    • into what the plants themselves feel. The part of the plant that
    • plant soul a feeling of well-being, of pleasure, just as it gives
    • breathe out a feeling of bliss. It is an intensely significant moment
    • perceive the feeling of contentment sweeping over the earth as the
    • pleasure. It is possible that, impelled by a feeling for beauty,
    • feel pain and pleasure. Only spiritual science can teach us about
    • feeling of pleasure. Out of the quarry from which the blocks are
    • feeling of pleasure flows through the water. We see this pleasure
    • all religious documents, quite arbitrarily, with a feeling of pride
    • capable of feeling — is affected by the uprooting of the
    • sense of being blessed. It is only when we learn to feel with the
    • feeling of being at rest within the whole vast universe.
    • existence. It is something which transforms our feeling and our will
    • feels himself to be “I”. When at death he loses his
    • physical body it is a perceptible process, and he feels he is losing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • lion. You feel the same towards the lion-grandfather, father, son,
    • physical plane, feels death as the loss of one member, and birth as
    • advanced much further than man. Man thinks, feels, wills, in fixed
    • insecure. With the Chela, will, idea, and feeling are torn asunder,
  • Title: Lecture: The Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • lion. You feel the same towards the lion-grandfather, father, son,
    • physical plane, feels death as the loss of one member, and birth as
    • advanced much further than man. Man thinks, feels, wills, in fixed
    • insecure. With the Chela, will, idea, and feeling are torn asunder,
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Human Group Souls (Lion, Bull, Eagle, Man)
    Matching lines:
    • a content of feeling and try and work externally in such a way that
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Human Group Souls (Lion, Bull, Eagle, Man)
    Matching lines:
    • a content of feeling and try and work externally in such a way that
  • Title: Lecture: Death in Man, Animal, and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • scientists — find ourselves with reference to the feeling of
    • as spiritual scientist one feels peculiarly placed with regard to
    • matter. Here, one feels that, sincerely as we may agree concerning
    • who believe they are on the sure ground of natural science feel bound
    • made by those who feel they are standing on its firm ground between
    • whoever is in real earnest feels in the depths of his thinking how
    • processes taking place in man. We may indeed sometimes feel obliged
    • the fading of our thoughts and ideas, our feelings and the impulses
    • processes of our soul — our life of ideas, of feeling and of
    • of our ideas, feeling, and will. We know quite well that if we give
    • we are feeling most pleasure in what is springing out of the earth,
    • have experienced as feelings, impulses, or passions. What we have
    • experienced in the way of feeling remains submerged, detached from
    • feeling experiences separated from the ideas which could only be
    • organism the so-called higher feelings and emotions emerge again in
    • higher moral feelings and those moods in a man which develop into
    • that, in our spiritual feelings, in our spiritual enthusiasm, we
    • his higher moral and aesthetic feelings. Here we see that which lives
    • spiritual feelings, and with them the disposition of his heart and
    • down of such disposition for the whole earth. All that is feeling and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Death in Man, Animal, and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • scientists — find ourselves with reference to the feeling of
    • as spiritual scientist one feels peculiarly placed with regard to
    • matter. Here, one feels that, sincerely as we may agree concerning
    • who believe they are on the sure ground of natural science feel bound
    • made by those who feel they are standing on its firm ground between
    • whoever is in real earnest feels in the depths of his thinking how
    • processes taking place in man. We may indeed sometimes feel obliged
    • the fading of our thoughts and ideas, our feelings and the impulses
    • processes of our soul — our life of ideas, of feeling and of
    • of our ideas, feeling, and will. We know quite well that if we give
    • we are feeling most pleasure in what is springing out of the earth,
    • have experienced as feelings, impulses, or passions. What we have
    • experienced in the way of feeling remains submerged, detached from
    • feeling experiences separated from the ideas which could only be
    • organism the so-called higher feelings and emotions emerge again in
    • higher moral feelings and those moods in a man which develop into
    • that, in our spiritual feelings, in our spiritual enthusiasm, we
    • his higher moral and aesthetic feelings. Here we see that which lives
    • spiritual feelings, and with them the disposition of his heart and
    • down of such disposition for the whole earth. All that is feeling and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • not in abstract theory but appealing to the feelings — is to
    • especially Greek sculpture work on us, we shall certainly feel that
    • themselves an inner feeling-knowledge of the way in which the human
    • with the arm; or they could feel the particular muscle extended by
    • their hand or foot. The Greeks could feel this sort of thing —
    • they could feel and experience how the organic and the soul were
    • Zeus feeling. He then knew what inner tensions this feeling could
    • the present day we should have no feeling for the very different mode
    • ourselves feel withdrawn when we experience in the organic process of
    • their purpose is to make us feel something of a world of soul. Around
    • shall feel compelled to say that no sculptor has ever given
    • not feel at all surprised if we saw David actually using his sling.
    • receive from the form of the hard stone the feeling that what lies
    • still have some immediate feeling of what Goethe called the spirit of
    • weaving of imagination, we shall feel when we see a block of marble
    • was merely the first expression of his ideas, his feelings; as he
    • means. In the end we feel that the block was presented us with what
    • it. We shall feel, for instance, that the foreshortening of the legs,
    • done a good deal of painting, he did not feel himself really to be a
    • really do feel as if God the Father were surging through the still
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • not in abstract theory but appealing to the feelings — is to
    • especially Greek sculpture work on us, we shall certainly feel that
    • themselves an inner feeling-knowledge of the way in which the human
    • with the arm; or they could feel the particular muscle extended by
    • their hand or foot. The Greeks could feel this sort of thing —
    • they could feel and experience how the organic and the soul were
    • Zeus feeling. He then knew what inner tensions this feeling could
    • the present day we should have no feeling for the very different mode
    • ourselves feel withdrawn when we experience in the organic process of
    • their purpose is to make us feel something of a world of soul. Around
    • shall feel compelled to say that no sculptor has ever given
    • not feel at all surprised if we saw David actually using his sling.
    • receive from the form of the hard stone the feeling that what lies
    • still have some immediate feeling of what Goethe called the spirit of
    • weaving of imagination, we shall feel when we see a block of marble
    • was merely the first expression of his ideas, his feelings; as he
    • means. In the end we feel that the block was presented us with what
    • it. We shall feel, for instance, that the foreshortening of the legs,
    • done a good deal of painting, he did not feel himself really to be a
    • really do feel as if God the Father were surging through the still
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Contents: Presence of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner's feeling and will through a deceased friend (Oda Waller).
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture One: Understanding the Spiritual World (Part One)
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that a type of living, weaving image has been revealed to the
    • dreams. When we dream, we usually feel the dream images “weave”
    • take with our etheric feelers and move from one place to another.
    • would feel here in the physical world if you were not inside but
    • quite obscure feelings and does not “know” things, much
    • more because his statements result in the dark, blissful feeling:
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Two: Understanding the Spiritual World (Part Two)
    Matching lines:
    • times. And yet, we cannot help but feel that anthroposophy is the
    • spiritual science to find the right inner energy to develop a feeling
    • the right kind of attitudes and feelings about our relationship to
    • entities. We look at them, see their colors, hear their sounds, feel
    • soon as we look at the world of the spirit, we should feel the need
    • allowing us to feel we are perceived by the higher beings of the
    • those of the hierarchy of archangels, and so on. This feeling that we
    • experience there is the feeling that the beings of the higher
    • flowing to us from such an individual, we can feel strengthened for
    • the task at hand. We can feel her radiant spiritual eye and her warm,
    • we feel the presence of such beings as guardian spirits supporting us
    • in what we do. This insight will be more than a vague feeling for us;
    • We will learn to feel them with us when we need forces we cannot find
    • development at that stage from another world. We can feel the true
    • mountains to see a sunrise, and then have the feeling that the
    • may feel that it will truly be very difficult to make any progress
    • the seeker's mind has to feel its way cautiously and subtly to a
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Three: Awakening Spiritual Thoughts
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophical thinking, feeling, and perception may think we
    • materialistic feelings, and with fears, which are always connected
    • filled only with materialistic feelings and ideas and also take them
    • events described, the listeners out of egotism feel that their
    • important and well-suited to permeate our soul as a feeling.
    • to add something that can truly lead us to feel the relationship
    • feeling. You see, one can be either stupid or clever here on the
    • thoughts, ideas, and feelings that do not relate to the physical
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Four: The Presence of the Dead in our Life
    Matching lines:
    • emphasized that our heart, mind, and feelings are primarily affected
    • that if we follow the paths to clairvoyant research, we will feel
    • experiences must feel that the clairvoyant reality is permeable and,
    • If we allow our feelings to
    • feeling that rises up from the depths of our soul, for that is very
    • mountains, rivers, stars, sun, and moon. The feeling expressed in the
    • it was perceived by human beings. It is this feeling of being
    • have to say “I feel an angel perceiving me.”
    • actually have to say that we feel ourselves seen or perceived by an
    • person and can feel it, we would speak the truth from the clairvoyant
    • feelings toward the dead if we become aware that their spiritual gaze
    • piercing, burning feeling in our soul. If we can feel and maintain a
    • our soul like a feeling of warm mildness and pours itself into our
    • thoughts, imagination, feeling, and willing. It is out of this
    • feeling that we recognize who the dead person is and not on the basis
    • of a person we feel close to at the moment. The form in which the
    • subjective nature, on what we habitually see, think, and feel. The
    • reality is what we feel for the being manifest before us, how we
    • I described how we can feel
    • loving or hating each other. We begin to feel our way into a world of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Five: The Blessing of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner's feeling and will through a deceased friend (Oda Waller).
    • joyful religious feelings. Concentration is attentiveness, raised to
    • feelings to range freely over anything that catches our attention,
    • and upsets, sense impressions, will impulses, feeling, and thinking,
    • capacity in our soul to feel that through this inner activity the
    • indelibly with us. We feel the resistance of the substance of brain
    • also allows us to release the feeling and will activities of the
    • anything through our I, thinking, feeling, and willing to the course
    • feeling from our personality, leave ourselves behind, and enter the
    • spiritual world. Then we can perceive feeling and willing outside
    • and feeling in the spiritual world, and we can perceive our own
    • willing and feeling only when they are immersed in these beings.
    • feeling. Clearly, then, we can know and truly experience encounters
    • our own feeling and willing soul in the spiritual world. In view of
    • one way or another. As far as I could, I tried to feel vividly the
    • could feel a foreign willing and feeling enter my own. I was as sure
    • our own feeling and will and the external feeling and will entering
    • being able to tell the difference between our own feeling and willing
    • between the hunger of our own feeling and willing and what comes to
    • Once the outside feeling and will have penetrated our own, the two
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Six: Faith and Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • our physical bodies with every thought, every feeling. We must sleep
    • to feel that this new principle must be applied. Otherwise we deny
    • spiritual research, we will feel the need to remain silent rather
    • while their feeling tells them they speak to everyone, the facts will
    • our soul, in our astral body, and all our feeling, willing, and
    • are supposed to see. Souls feeling the need to pursue spiritual
    • thing is to concentrate our feeling, to feel ourselves living and
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Seven: Robert Hamerling: Poet and Thinker
    Matching lines:
    • student quarters. What were his feelings then? He suddenly had the
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of the Human Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • other hand to emphasize what each of us feels upon meeting another
    • individual cases we are able to approach with our feeling, with our
    • sensibilities and feelings. Since our feelings and sensibilities are
    • When a person stands before us, we feel that we are confronted by
    • reaction, and feels himself thus to be surrounded by the new life. So
    • his ego, everything that he feels he feels strongly, because his ego
    • sensations and feelings and in the images of his life of ideas.
    • the restrainer of the surging feelings and sensations; it is the
    • sensation and feeling.
    • etheric body — that system which brings about the feeling of
    • tempted to wish just to remain in this feeling of inner comfort. The
    • the feeling of life's general comfort — when this
    • chiefly in this feeling of inner comfort, that he has such a feeling
    • feels little urgency to direct his inner being toward the outer
    • comfortable he feels, the more harmony will he create between the
    • person always feels that he is not master of it, that he cannot
    • The inner man has no power over his physical system; he feels inner
    • very easy to feel that life is filled with pain and sorrow. Certain
    • system and its soul expression in a feeling of ease, in inner
    • all to awaken reverence, the feeling of awe, to approach the child in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of the Human Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • other hand to emphasize what each of us feels upon meeting another
    • individual cases we are able to approach with our feeling, with our
    • sensibilities and feelings. Since our feelings and sensibilities are
    • When a person stands before us, we feel that we are confronted by
    • reaction, and feels himself thus to be surrounded by the new life. So
    • his ego, everything that he feels he feels strongly, because his ego
    • sensations and feelings and in the images of his life of ideas.
    • the restrainer of the surging feelings and sensations; it is the
    • sensation and feeling.
    • etheric body — that system which brings about the feeling of
    • tempted to wish just to remain in this feeling of inner comfort. The
    • the feeling of life's general comfort — when this
    • chiefly in this feeling of inner comfort, that he has such a feeling
    • feels little urgency to direct his inner being toward the outer
    • comfortable he feels, the more harmony will he create between the
    • person always feels that he is not master of it, that he cannot
    • The inner man has no power over his physical system; he feels inner
    • very easy to feel that life is filled with pain and sorrow. Certain
    • system and its soul expression in a feeling of ease, in inner
    • all to awaken reverence, the feeling of awe, to approach the child in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • The important thing now is that the impulses we feel
    • modern life. We must come to feel that Spiritual Science is a
    • tumult more with our life of thought and feeling; in day-sleep, more
    • with our life of will and feeling.
    • feeling of pleasure experienced by the elemental spirits within
    • lived through amid the hubbub and clatter, he feels it as a
    • men slip from the materialistic frame of mind into a feeling of the
    • through his inner feeling, men can depart from the role played by
    • must be prompted by some kind of feeling. But what does he exactly
    • spirituality, of this belief in spirituality. And a feeling —
    • If this is not perceived, there can be no true feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • The important thing now is that the impulses we feel
    • modern life. We must come to feel that Spiritual Science is a
    • tumult more with our life of thought and feeling; in day-sleep, more
    • with our life of will and feeling.
    • feeling of pleasure experienced by the elemental spirits within
    • lived through amid the hubbub and clatter, he feels it as a
    • men slip from the materialistic frame of mind into a feeling of the
    • through his inner feeling, men can depart from the role played by
    • must be prompted by some kind of feeling. But what does he exactly
    • spirituality, of this belief in spirituality. And a feeling —
    • If this is not perceived, there can be no true feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Mendelssohn's 'Overture of the Hebrides'
    Matching lines:
    • their ancestors on both sides — and they did not only feel them
    • congenial feeling when he described how a line of battle stormed into
    • poetical form, awakes in us a feeling for the kind of perception
    • there in the past, so this feeling, this sense, for what once was and
  • Title: Lecture: Mendelssohn's 'Overture of the Hebrides'
    Matching lines:
    • their ancestors on both sides — and they did not only feel them
    • congenial feeling when he described how a line of battle stormed into
    • poetical form, awakes in us a feeling for the kind of perception
    • there in the past, so this feeling, this sense, for what once was and
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • the deepest and most fundamental feelings of the people. And
    • certain warmth of feeling which pours out in all his utterances and
    • deeds. This warmth of feeling is always there, but on the other hand
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • the deepest and most fundamental feelings of the people. And
    • certain warmth of feeling which pours out in all his utterances and
    • deeds. This warmth of feeling is always there, but on the other hand
  • Title: Lecture: On Chaos and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • For a long time past men have lost the right feeling and right
    • gain the feeling that there is something inherent in these words,
    • we must try to find again the feelings of those human beings who were
    • attracted to the Spiritual World than the feelings of our time.
    • transplant one's feelings into such an ancient work, and read
    • human being who could feel in this way could also say: This unknown
    • the laws of this space itself, then we shall clearly feel the
    • documents. Human beings must gradually regain the feelings with which
    • present, of the Cosmos with the Chaos. Hence the peculiar feeling and
    • himself ideas, feelings and impulses of will, taken directly from
    • pictures. We feel the overwhelming influence of the Chaos that
    • Today it is still possible for single human beings to get a feeling
  • Title: Lecture: On Chaos and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • For a long time past men have lost the right feeling and right
    • gain the feeling that there is something inherent in these words,
    • we must try to find again the feelings of those human beings who were
    • attracted to the Spiritual World than the feelings of our time.
    • transplant one's feelings into such an ancient work, and read
    • human being who could feel in this way could also say: This unknown
    • the laws of this space itself, then we shall clearly feel the
    • documents. Human beings must gradually regain the feelings with which
    • present, of the Cosmos with the Chaos. Hence the peculiar feeling and
    • himself ideas, feelings and impulses of will, taken directly from
    • pictures. We feel the overwhelming influence of the Chaos that
    • Today it is still possible for single human beings to get a feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • falsehood. This feeling may be found in great men and in
    • feeling of envy. Consequently the souls of the simplest people and
    • against the feeling of compassion. Compassion does not only imply
    • good qualities without any feeling of bitterness.
    • course, if anyone is conscious of this feeling, he tries to get rid
    • know that feelings, passions, etc. should be looked for in the astral
    • People also feel a strong dislike for falsehood and they try to fight
    • between a feeling of shyness in later life and hypocrisy at some
    • Another example: A person may be filled with the feeling of envy.
    • feel this forms part of a deep understanding of Karma and its laws.
    • certain result: a certain feeling of isolation will take hold of
    • them; they will feel themselves cut off from the others.
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • falsehood. This feeling may be found in great men and in
    • feeling of envy. Consequently the souls of the simplest people and
    • against the feeling of compassion. Compassion does not only imply
    • good qualities without any feeling of bitterness.
    • course, if anyone is conscious of this feeling, he tries to get rid
    • know that feelings, passions, etc. should be looked for in the astral
    • People also feel a strong dislike for falsehood and they try to fight
    • between a feeling of shyness in later life and hypocrisy at some
    • Another example: A person may be filled with the feeling of envy.
    • feel this forms part of a deep understanding of Karma and its laws.
    • certain result: a certain feeling of isolation will take hold of
    • them; they will feel themselves cut off from the others.
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • feel their relationship with the universe. In the present time, we
    • feeling of the successive impulses in the evolution of humanity,
    • modern life. We should be aware of this. We should feel the
    • very remote times. And if we acquire a feeling for such things, we
    • things to come, live in our soul, we are filled by a new feeling,
    • which can transcend egoism in human destiny; it is a feeling which
    • In order to acquire a feeling for the requirements in this sphere, we
    • These truths enable us to gain a feeling for the requirements of
    • friends, I wished to speak of these things, for now we must feel that
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • feel their relationship with the universe. In the present time, we
    • feeling of the successive impulses in the evolution of humanity,
    • modern life. We should be aware of this. We should feel the
    • very remote times. And if we acquire a feeling for such things, we
    • things to come, live in our soul, we are filled by a new feeling,
    • which can transcend egoism in human destiny; it is a feeling which
    • In order to acquire a feeling for the requirements in this sphere, we
    • These truths enable us to gain a feeling for the requirements of
    • friends, I wished to speak of these things, for now we must feel that
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • earth — we feel as if we lived within a great organism. We
    • for example, feel that it belongs to our organism — if the
    • poetical natures, by people with a deeper capacity of feeling.
    • born out of the feeling that man stands within the life of
    • and Ego. There is activity in man's inner being and we feel that
    • before the Mystery of Golgotha, and within it we feel in the
    • away religious feeling; on the contrary, it deepens it.
    • unity is then split up, so that we feel as if we belonged to many
    • we come to feeling, and still further to the will. When we look
    • memory, thinking, feeling and will.
    • them; feeling is older, thinking still older, and the activity
    • with feeling; he was endowed with thinking during the Sun
    • man's feeling life, we only have to go back as far as the Moon
    • chiefly with the etheric body, and man's feeling life with the
    • Through feeling, we may learn to know the things which lie
    • realize these things, we gradually begin to feel that within us
    • what the physical body can make you feel; but this cannot inspire
    • life, and those in which we feel that an inner activity asserts
    • reveals itself to us. This will push our feeling in the right
    • to deepen our soul and immerse it in spiritual feelings, in
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • earth — we feel as if we lived within a great organism. We
    • for example, feel that it belongs to our organism — if the
    • poetical natures, by people with a deeper capacity of feeling.
    • born out of the feeling that man stands within the life of
    • and Ego. There is activity in man's inner being and we feel that
    • before the Mystery of Golgotha, and within it we feel in the
    • away religious feeling; on the contrary, it deepens it.
    • unity is then split up, so that we feel as if we belonged to many
    • we come to feeling, and still further to the will. When we look
    • memory, thinking, feeling and will.
    • them; feeling is older, thinking still older, and the activity
    • with feeling; he was endowed with thinking during the Sun
    • man's feeling life, we only have to go back as far as the Moon
    • chiefly with the etheric body, and man's feeling life with the
    • Through feeling, we may learn to know the things which lie
    • realize these things, we gradually begin to feel that within us
    • what the physical body can make you feel; but this cannot inspire
    • life, and those in which we feel that an inner activity asserts
    • reveals itself to us. This will push our feeling in the right
    • to deepen our soul and immerse it in spiritual feelings, in
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Editors Preface
    Matching lines:
    • stretched forth a feeler.
    • feel in a sense the flowing forces in this action. Through strengthening
    • my thought I come to feel that it is inwardly mobile and now induces a
    • The matter in this book is extremely condensed and one feels one is
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    Matching lines:
    • in the fulness of life. Feeling ourselves members of the Anthroposophical
    • the world as Anthroposophists, you must bear this in mind. The feeling
    • must be there in the background. If you have not this feeling and think
    • find that ancient feelings, present in every human soul from age to age,
    • but these questions are there, and a large number of people feel them
    • do not form ideas about it, but it is deeply rooted in our feeling life.
    • Whenever we stand in the presence of death, this feeling takes firm
    • root in mind and heart. It is not from a merely selfish feeling nor
    • the uncertainty of feeling engendered by the sight of death. For then
    • confronts him; and he stands on the earth, feeling in the depths of
    • the secure feeling of their own being. Emptiness comes over their souls.
    • This feeling of emptiness is present in the subconsciousness of countless
    • and feelings about the outer world and acts upon it through his will.
    • the surging waves of thinking, feeling and willing confront him. So
    • makes his inner being a riddle again. Man feels his physical body must
    • be active and then thoughts, feelings and impulses of will arise in
    • as an image in my soul, and fades away. I feel it to be infinitely more
    • being — his thoughts, mental images, sensations, feelings and
    • within. So it is with the soul life of man. Images, thoughts, feelings
    • in a thought, in a feeling, in an act of volition. The ego is within,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture II: Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • one comes to feel that there is really a ‘second man’ within,
    • perceived, we have a strengthened man within us; we feel our own thinking
    • forces as we usually feel our muscular forces. And now, when we
    • world. What we dimly feel when we move our arms, or walk, when we unfold
    • to him. He feels within that he has an etheric body, though he does
    • He feels that this etheric body transforms his food-stuffs and transforms
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture III: The Transition from Ordinary Knowledge to the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • the cosmos, but does not feel any connection between these and himself
    • feel deep reverence for what he finds. It is presented in a more poetic
    • has, on this account, much to do with our feelings and emotional
    • being — not only the indefinite feelings of love, to mention these
    • temperament and character, they feel sympathy or antipathy for one another,
    • lunar in man's life. Well, even our feelings can distinguish much,
    • Well, if people act on our will, if we do not merely feel strong sympathy
    • case through the will and the life of feeling connected therewith.
    • tics of destiny from the past. If I feel that someone ‘grips’
    • You see, what ordinary consciousness can only surmise by way of feeling
    • we are connected through destiny; but I feel him in my will, in the
    • It was my special concern today to explain that this feeling of karmic
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IV: Meditation and Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • grasp.) As civilised people of today we feel we have advanced very far
    • life, i.e. our thinking, which can confront us fairly clearly, our feeling,
    • thinking, feeling and willing.
    • The moment we become truly conscious of our human dignity and feel we
    • you bear within you your soul life — your thinking, feeling and
    • stream of our life. We should not say that he alone feels the riddles
    • own thoughts. To what is this due? It comes from the feeling of
    • basis of man's true being and worth. He feels life's riddles because of
    • only, not the heart. The human heart feels a nervous unrest and finds no
    • To feel deeply the powerlessness of this thinking is to receive the
    • of nature; I feel inwardly, but very dimly, the tensions of my muscles,
    • strengthening your thinking in the way described, you feel your
    • feel the second man. This is, to begin with, an abstract characterisation.
    • The main thing is that the moment you feel this second man within you,
    • In this moment, when you feel your thought take on inner life — when
    • you feel its flow as you feel the flow of your breath when you pay heed
    • on something. After you have intensified your thinking and come to feel
    • object. I feel, in a sense, the flowing force in this action. Through
    • strengthening my thought I come to feel that it is inwardly mobile and
    • I have described we come, at first, to feel this inward touching of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture V: Love, Intuition and the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • forth a feeler.
    • world, you are not identical. You must really be able to feel what is
    • passing in the other being just as you feel what is passing in yourself;
    • Indeed, you feel that this is so. After all, you are not very conscious
    • warmth-organism are absent or disturbed, we feel this as illness,
    • we feel this former life in the normal differentiation of the
    • we feel ourselves morally determined by certain impulses given us in
    • begin with, understand how that to which we feel ourselves morally bound
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VI: Respiration, Warmth and the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • the active life of feeling that connects willing and thinking, standing
    • also absent; likewise, what evokes feeling from the organic processes,
    • a man is able to feel, as it were, in an element of spiritual music,
    • such a way that we really feel we are remembering something not experienced
    • indeed a more exalted — feeling towards the air you so anxiously
    • say this unconsciously. You feel yourself connected with your body through
    • its returning the air in this condition. Youfeel yourself entirely within
    • in its feelings, the secrets of your own human being from the exhaled
    • world. Only, to begin with, we feel what is here streaming towards us
    • us like a new world, a world, indeed, that we do not merely feel but
    • is so. Thinking, feeling and willing live in our soul, but over and
    • to be creatures of pasteboard, not men with living feelings. In saying
    • figures. A thought like this preserves our human feeling and sympathy
    • We began by saying that man feels himself estranged from the world in
    • as a result of spiritual study, man begins to feel himself no mere stranger
    • him something in turn. Man begins to feel his inner kinship with the
    • have no kinship with thee, in spite of the thinking, feeling and willing
    • appear in a new light, for we begin to feel ourselves akin to the cosmos
    • quality of heart, this mood of feeling, we are not taking it in the
    • in the photograph; but it cannot kindle the warmth of your feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VII: Dream-life and External Reality
    Matching lines:
    • He gropes his way forward, encounters an obstacle, and feels there is
    • that is significant: whether a feeling of expectation was present, whether
    • complex of feelings is translated into the dream-life.
    • these so seriously that they feel pangs of conscience if unable to carry
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VIII: Dreams, Imaginative Cognition, and the Building of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • his conception of dreams is different. He feels the dream as something
    • that we learn to feel in the dream.
    • experience, which is an intense experience of feeling, with the perception
    • so that we feel like we do when a fresh, green, blossoming plant we
    • physical): When we begin to perceive man with imagination we feel in
    • one gradually comes to feel quite feeble-minded, for with the acutest
    • cosmic secrets, yet feel ourselves continually baffled in our attempts.
    • memory back to his birth. One feels oneself outside of space; here all
    • actions, which had remained subconscious before. We begin to feel quite
    • course of imaginative consciousness; we must feel ourselves maimed in
    • this way in respect to our experiences. Above all, we must feel that
    • feeling is especially intense in our present materialistic age. For
    • it is there. This feeling of being maimed comes before
    • great, though often tragical enrichment of life; we feel this unavoidable
    • to feeling.
    • We feel
    • him, man feels himself pretty well as the lord of creation; and even
    • though he calls the lion the king of beasts, he still feels himself,
    • as a human being, superior. Man feels the creatures of the other kingdoms
    • a very different feeling, however, when after death the undergoes the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IX: Phases of Memory and the Real Self
    Matching lines:
    • man experiences in concrete, everyday life, in thinking, feeling and
    • — our ego itself suffers injury. We feel that our immernnost being,
    • birth, we must feel our memories as a connected whole if we are to regard
    • to evoke the soul's own life that it may feel and experience inwardly
    • feel that we have our memory-pictures ‘rolled up’ within us,
    • these pictures now become greater and greater. We feel as if they
    • experience lasts a few days and, when these have passed, we feel that
    • we ourselves are being expanded too. Between birth and death we feel
    • ourselves within our memories; and now we actually feel ourselves within
    • through our deeds, thoughts and feelings.
    • of his pain gave us a certain feeling of satisfaction; we may have been
    • moved by a feeling of revenge or the like. Now, on going backwards through
    • it is a part of this experience to feel that beings whom, for the present,
    • onwards through these spiritual counterparts of our experiences, we feel
    • Thereby we feel what each deed done by us on earth, each thought, feeling,
    • him feels thirst, burning thirst, for those things which he was accustomed
    • once: ‘If I did not feel this pain, I would remain an imperfect human
    • of the super-sensible life. We feel that, through this painful compensation,
    • another than before. You will feel it a blessing that you are able,
    • We do, indeed, feel that the world takes to itself the inner life we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • mere causality, the more the life of human feeling is driven, by a
    • feeling, just as it also uses those powers which come to us through
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • sphere of will and feeling. That which always had to be acknowledged
    • who feel as if stung by a viper on reading such a sentence is very
    • that a certain number of human beings should feel how without
    • lines of an article, should feel as if stung by a viper; for it is as
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • is combated by the feeling that stirs in us when we look upon life on
    • recognize what it means for man’s life of feeling in its widest
    • Franciscans wanted to achieve everything through a childlike feeling.
    • so strongly on his feelings that he is confused in his sober research
  • Title: Lecture: Conscience and Astonishment as Indications of Spiritual Vision in Past and Future
    Matching lines:
    • act might be condemned by our conscience. Everyone feels that when
    • philosophy begins with astonishment, with wonder. The feeling
    • expressed in this saying — the feeling of the Greeks themselves
    • found. Earlier periods did not have this feeling. Why was it that
    • capacity to see these demonic forms did they become able to feel,
    • dim feelings lead him to say: ‘You face the rising sun, the
    • He feels dimly: ‘Yet this is all different, from the form in
    • is present in feeling. It can only be brought as a clear memory
    • knowledge and for this reason man feels the distinction between
    • through this there arises the feeling that one has once seen
    • the oncoming of mist. And the limbs grow heavier. One feels in them
    • if one were to consider it one should really feel that a leg, when
    • why do we feel no weight? The hand belongs to me, and so its
    • If he then later had to accept the idea that the man feels a
    • astonishing. We really only feel something as a weight if it is
    • outside us. So that if man feels his limbs beginning to become heavy
    • limbs grow heavy. A remarkable feeling appears. It tells us: ‘You
    • he feels reverence and wonder before the facts of the world. The most
    • developed souls are those which are able to feel wonder more and
    • more. The less one can feel wonder, the less advanced is the soul.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Conscience and Astonishment as Indications of Spiritual Vision in Past and Future
    Matching lines:
    • act might be condemned by our conscience. Everyone feels that when
    • philosophy begins with astonishment, with wonder. The feeling
    • expressed in this saying — the feeling of the Greeks themselves
    • found. Earlier periods did not have this feeling. Why was it that
    • capacity to see these demonic forms did they become able to feel,
    • dim feelings lead him to say: ‘You face the rising sun, the
    • He feels dimly: ‘Yet this is all different, from the form in
    • is present in feeling. It can only be brought as a clear memory
    • knowledge and for this reason man feels the distinction between
    • through this there arises the feeling that one has once seen
    • the oncoming of mist. And the limbs grow heavier. One feels in them
    • if one were to consider it one should really feel that a leg, when
    • why do we feel no weight? The hand belongs to me, and so its
    • If he then later had to accept the idea that the man feels a
    • astonishing. We really only feel something as a weight if it is
    • outside us. So that if man feels his limbs beginning to become heavy
    • limbs grow heavy. A remarkable feeling appears. It tells us: ‘You
    • he feels reverence and wonder before the facts of the world. The most
    • developed souls are those which are able to feel wonder more and
    • more. The less one can feel wonder, the less advanced is the soul.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • is no general feeling for it. Properly conducted elementary
    • education will bring such a feeling to life. If education up to
    • will already have the feeling: “We have a science which is born
    • existence worthy of a human being, that he should be able to feel
    • lively feeling for it is worth a great deal; it is something
    • of the greatest value to feel that what is in one as an adult has
    • feeling has actually given way to another. More and more man is
    • weighed down, half unconsciously, by the feeling of his inherited
    • feel that they are what they are through their parents, their
    • grandparents and so on. Unlike men of old, they no longer feel that
    • their life before birth, On the contrary, they feel in themselves
    • more this emerges, not merely as a theory but as a feeling, a feeling
    • this feeling will increase very fast. In the decades ahead, it will
    • become unbearable, for it is associated with another feeling, a
    • certain feeling of the worthlessness of human existence. We shall see
    • more and more that if man is unable to feel his existence as anything
    • characteristics, he will feel his existence to be worthless. To-day
    • poverty man no longer feels himself to be a child of the spiritual
    • I have so far described simply as a feeling that is surging up.
    • man. As earthly man I cannot but feel myself a dwarf, compared with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • is no general feeling for it. Properly conducted elementary
    • education will bring such a feeling to life. If education up to
    • will already have the feeling: “We have a science which is born
    • existence worthy of a human being, that he should be able to feel
    • lively feeling for it is worth a great deal; it is something
    • of the greatest value to feel that what is in one as an adult has
    • feeling has actually given way to another. More and more man is
    • weighed down, half unconsciously, by the feeling of his inherited
    • feel that they are what they are through their parents, their
    • grandparents and so on. Unlike men of old, they no longer feel that
    • their life before birth, On the contrary, they feel in themselves
    • more this emerges, not merely as a theory but as a feeling, a feeling
    • this feeling will increase very fast. In the decades ahead, it will
    • become unbearable, for it is associated with another feeling, a
    • certain feeling of the worthlessness of human existence. We shall see
    • more and more that if man is unable to feel his existence as anything
    • characteristics, he will feel his existence to be worthless. To-day
    • poverty man no longer feels himself to be a child of the spiritual
    • I have so far described simply as a feeling that is surging up.
    • man. As earthly man I cannot but feel myself a dwarf, compared with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • and new birth, we begin to feel deeply connected with these worlds
    • and with all that they contain; we feel impelled to unite our very
    • means of nourishment man has a feeling of well-being. Conditions,
    • the spiritual world, we come to feel how, through such knowledge, we
    • one we may feel kindly disposed — to another perhaps not, but
    • approach the world, feeling our way towards it by means of our
    • As a matter of fact, many of the feelings and impulses
    • in the way that we feel abstract knowledge to be remote, bin
    • initiation-knowledge, may feel how this knowledge, when he receives
    • produced it, it separates itself from him; he feels as if he had
    • unable to feel any particular pleasure or satisfaction in it —
    • Man's own natural feeling for reality will enable him to take hold of
    • On this path of knowledge we learn to feel, as it were,
    • at home in the spiritual world in the way we feel at home in the
    • makes us feel at home in the physical nature of the world around. And
    • feel at home in a divine spiritual world — even as with our
    • body we feel at home in the world of the senses. And it is this
    • feeling at home in the spiritual world that is so important, for
    • realise this, we begin to feel as though a voice were calling to us:
    • human and personal path in life. We feel inwardly seized and
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • and new birth, we begin to feel deeply connected with these worlds
    • and with all that they contain; we feel impelled to unite our very
    • means of nourishment man has a feeling of well-being. Conditions,
    • the spiritual world, we come to feel how, through such knowledge, we
    • one we may feel kindly disposed — to another perhaps not, but
    • approach the world, feeling our way towards it by means of our
    • As a matter of fact, many of the feelings and impulses
    • in the way that we feel abstract knowledge to be remote, bin
    • initiation-knowledge, may feel how this knowledge, when he receives
    • produced it, it separates itself from him; he feels as if he had
    • unable to feel any particular pleasure or satisfaction in it —
    • Man's own natural feeling for reality will enable him to take hold of
    • On this path of knowledge we learn to feel, as it were,
    • at home in the spiritual world in the way we feel at home in the
    • makes us feel at home in the physical nature of the world around. And
    • feel at home in a divine spiritual world — even as with our
    • body we feel at home in the world of the senses. And it is this
    • feeling at home in the spiritual world that is so important, for
    • realise this, we begin to feel as though a voice were calling to us:
    • human and personal path in life. We feel inwardly seized and
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • epochs of culture, and so on? Those who feel that a realistic
    • mankind had reached, the faculties of intellect and of feeling were
    • And so it was with heart-and-feeling. Appropriately to
    • the fourth post-Atlantean period heart-and-feeling developed. And
    • need to exchange feelings and thoughts. Acquaintance was quickly
    • Heart-and-feeling in the one could still reach out more spiritually
    • and make immediate contact with heart-and-feeling in the other. Up to
    • feeling-and-heart connection was well adapted to that age, but a very
    • different network of feelings and sensations spans the world of
    • possessed of a ready-made heart-and-feeling with its spontaneous
    • in a feeling, instinctive way, of what they formerly lived through
    • opposing forces set snares in our way. And accordingly feelings of
    • consciously combating these superficial feelings that we shall bring
    • nationalistic feelings and emotions, which only assumed their present
    • And in the age which prompted by modern life feels the
    • advance towards clear consciousness, yet feeling this at first to be
    • people see what this means and feel how necessary it is that we
    • then; and from this point of view we can feel it as good fortune for
    • feel strongly that some change is necessary, particularly in the
    • only in vague talk, however warm the feelings which underlie it;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • epochs of culture, and so on? Those who feel that a realistic
    • mankind had reached, the faculties of intellect and of feeling were
    • And so it was with heart-and-feeling. Appropriately to
    • the fourth post-Atlantean period heart-and-feeling developed. And
    • need to exchange feelings and thoughts. Acquaintance was quickly
    • Heart-and-feeling in the one could still reach out more spiritually
    • and make immediate contact with heart-and-feeling in the other. Up to
    • feeling-and-heart connection was well adapted to that age, but a very
    • different network of feelings and sensations spans the world of
    • possessed of a ready-made heart-and-feeling with its spontaneous
    • in a feeling, instinctive way, of what they formerly lived through
    • opposing forces set snares in our way. And accordingly feelings of
    • consciously combating these superficial feelings that we shall bring
    • nationalistic feelings and emotions, which only assumed their present
    • And in the age which prompted by modern life feels the
    • advance towards clear consciousness, yet feeling this at first to be
    • people see what this means and feel how necessary it is that we
    • then; and from this point of view we can feel it as good fortune for
    • feel strongly that some change is necessary, particularly in the
    • only in vague talk, however warm the feelings which underlie it;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • felt as my hand would feel were it conscious: that it is not independent,
    • downstream he, as modern, clever man, feels his legs stepping out in that
    • the man of old did not feel like that. When he walked along a river
    • direction. Just as a swimmer today feels himself carried along by the
    • this feeling of being at one with nature is lost. In its place man has
    • acquired a strong feeling of his independence, of his individual
    • Thus, the yogi did not feel
    • feeling of his own ‘I’, an intensified feeling of self. He felt
    • there arose in him an enhanced feeling of selfhood. But in this experience
    • he did not feel himself living between birth and death in the physical
    • feel himself drawn back into the wood and atmosphere, into the whole
    • through them. The soul, with enhanced feeling of selfhood, is transported
    • part of a weaving cosmic life and this feeling expressed itself in certain
    • developed a strong feeling of his ‘I’ (red). This enabled him to
    • and fall in all directions. Someone who is intoxicated or feels faint
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • felt as my hand would feel were it conscious: that it is not independent,
    • downstream he, as modern, clever man, feels his legs stepping out in that
    • the man of old did not feel like that. When he walked along a river
    • direction. Just as a swimmer today feels himself carried along by the
    • this feeling of being at one with nature is lost. In its place man has
    • acquired a strong feeling of his independence, of his individual
    • Thus, the yogi did not feel
    • feeling of his own ‘I’, an intensified feeling of self. He felt
    • there arose in him an enhanced feeling of selfhood. But in this experience
    • he did not feel himself living between birth and death in the physical
    • feel himself drawn back into the wood and atmosphere, into the whole
    • through them. The soul, with enhanced feeling of selfhood, is transported
    • part of a weaving cosmic life and this feeling expressed itself in certain
    • developed a strong feeling of his ‘I’ (red). This enabled him to
    • and fall in all directions. Someone who is intoxicated or feels faint
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • qualities of pre-Christian life, we can feel how different was the whole
    • feel these things deeply in their hearts. We shall never find a way out
    • one can in very truth feel something of the Christ Impulse, or whether
    • longer feels that he is himself united with those worlds, and that the
    • in these days for man to unite a right feeling with Easter is for him to
    • moon and feel how the full moon is connected with man in its phenomena,
    • experiences in thought and feeling that partake of a true Easter
    • feel the purely external, mechanistic knowledge like a tombstone rolled
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • qualities of pre-Christian life, we can feel how different was the whole
    • feel these things deeply in their hearts. We shall never find a way out
    • one can in very truth feel something of the Christ Impulse, or whether
    • longer feels that he is himself united with those worlds, and that the
    • in these days for man to unite a right feeling with Easter is for him to
    • moon and feel how the full moon is connected with man in its phenomena,
    • experiences in thought and feeling that partake of a true Easter
    • feel the purely external, mechanistic knowledge like a tombstone rolled
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Address by Dr. Rudolf Steiner
    Matching lines:
    • have carried through the world with strong and deep feeling, every moment
    • faithful in their inner feeling, they none the less turn a deaf ear
    • you feel for the fact that this Agricultural Course has been achieved,
    • do not at all agree that your feelings of gratitude should be expended
    • words which the Count has once again spoken to us all, with his fine-feeling
    • a feeling that we can grow together. All the same, I cannot be addressed
    • and the Circle. It is said of twins that they have a common feeling
    • and a common thinking. Let us then have this common feeling and thinking;
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Discussion after Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • Even the feelings you have may then come into it.
    • determined purely by feeling?
    • according to your feeling. When you have done all you can to get the
    • is inclined to do it out of pure feeling, by all means let him do so.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Supplement
    Matching lines:
    • Streicher: The farmers too have a feeling that the soil is extracted
    • he looked at the flowers: “They none of them seem to feel quite
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of thanks is not only justified on the part of those who
    • are able to receive from Anthroposophical Science. One can also feel
    • with our feelings — in the necessary atmosphere. And for our
    • which I feel it will be done here. Therefore I think I can also give
    • poor fellow still feels hungry, if, after all, he has not had enough
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • district of the Earth. If so, it has a sympathetic feeling. If there
    • is too little water, it has a feeling of antipathy. It has a
    • sympathetic feeling if the right plants are there for the given soil.
    • nitrogen everywhere, moving about like flowing, fluctuating feelings.
    • no longer feels comfortable there. It wants to dissolve again. And
    • feeling or receptivity for these things, we can observe the process
    • calcium. Then indeed it gives no rest at all. It wants to feel and
    • will feel this difference, as against a certain other substance.
    • Limestone sucks us out. We have the distinct feeling: wherever the
    • sensitive cognition. Once more we ought to feel the chalk or
    • we should feel as the very superior gentleman who wrests away all
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • which they feel able to draw from the investigation of narrow and restricted
    • our inner feeling, to a Large extent. This inner feeling will develop
    • very pleasant feeling to discover how there arises after all, from what
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • underlying feeling: the experimenters themselves are not quite happy
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • from the woods and forests! Then you will feel the difference between
    • The insects said, one day: We do not feel quite strong enough to work
    • true feeling in the old time of instinctive clairvoyance. (I should
    • though they were not so clever, they were far wiser; out of their feeling
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feels happiest if it receives manure as far as possible in the original
    • a really good result, he will not feel a very easy conscience in rejecting
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • following feeling: “Thou must again become like the
    • feels himself a servant of the Church. He may then have no
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • following feeling: “Thou must again become like the
    • feels himself a servant of the Church. He may then have no
  • Title: Lecture: Parsifal
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for these truths, and so had his friend Graf
  • Title: Lecture: Parsifal
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for these truths, and so had his friend Graf
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • now touch yourself in the same way in which you feel about
    • through feeling into your form, insofar as it is enclosed
    • And where he feels the poisonous sting, where he feels that
    • touching himself, feeling himself. The right and left side
    • being by touching or feeling himself.
    • does not only touch or feel himself, but who closes himself
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • now touch yourself in the same way in which you feel about
    • through feeling into your form, insofar as it is enclosed
    • And where he feels the poisonous sting, where he feels that
    • touching himself, feeling himself. The right and left side
    • being by touching or feeling himself.
    • does not only touch or feel himself, but who closes himself
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • The understanding through feeling of spiritual-scientific knowledge.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • lectures may perhaps feel somewhat surprised by what is said today,
    • all that actually stretches its feelers into the human body, all that
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • in its way of thinking and feeling. This will make it more difficult
    • of feeling and perception. Yet we should make no progress if we had
    • description is the only one naturally feels that his scientific eminence
    • many scientists from feeling very superior and considering the theosophist
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • bring about a living feeling of the existence of such spiritual beings
    • children! One must feel the truth of such a myth; if it is not felt,
    • present in the feelings of likes and dislikes. According as the ego
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • only of what we feel pulsing warmly in our own blood. The warmth that
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • develops, he could feel urged to make the following remarks.
    • did not feel him-self to the same extent a personality as does the man
    • felt with regard to their tribe as a limb feels on our organism. He
    • he did not feel himself as representative of his ego, but felt the blood
    • having a connection with the Christ Being. Looking towards, feeling
    • feel oneself a unity with something that is only a human group. On the
    • feel one with the eternal Ground of the World Whom we call the “Father”
    • feels himself one with the “Father,” soul confronts soul,
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • They did not speak of Archangels but they had the same feeling about
    • it, and it was this feeling that the Egyptians united with the animal
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • The understanding through feeling of spiritual-scientific knowledge.
    • anyone is aware of one absorbs a sum of perceptions and feelings which
    • Theosophy. These perceptions and feelings are particularly connected
    • This sum of feelings and sensations to which we gradually accustom ourselves
    • acquiring these feelings towards those other worlds which are continuously
    • such feelings, who take this attitude to these other worlds, are those
    • Thus an appeal is made to your heart, your feeling nature, and not to
    • your theoretical knowledge. What the heart and feelings have absorbed
    • of them. And here already comes an appeal to your advanced feelings
    • that surrounds us, so he who will one day inhabit Jupiter will feel
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • have died through the loss of my hand’; it would feel that it
    • evil feelings, these live around him and attract beings which are there
    • beings as our hands belong to us. The faint feeling of individuality
    • of the divine spiritual beings. That was the beginning of his feeling
    • that are formed. The individuals voluntarily allow their feelings to
    • group themselves round centres. The feelings streaming in this way to
    • The more that associations are formed where feelings of fellowship are
    • of certain men with animal groups, feelings, thoughts and impulses arise
    • beings can find their nourishment in the feelings which develop through
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • feeling which it creates in the common life that the effect is continued
    • to himself and feel an independent personality. Thus the etheric and
    • Then we shall feel that the human soul shines towards us from all we
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • many feelings and ideas that we touched on in the last lectures if we
    • have a connection with man, and who wish to have it. Our feelings are
    • feeling for this distribution of forces in space which was caused through
    • belonging to the great times of art when there was still a strong feeling
    • the picture and have a definite feeling: These angels cannot fall, it
    • body have the feeling: That must be so, the three angels maintain themselves
    • the feeling that at any moment it must tumble down, it does not support
    • actualities — and all architecture proceeds out of this space-feeling.
    • laid out; one fills in material. In the purest degree this feeling of
    • in all the forms of his temple what lives in space, what one can feel
    • To someone having a real feeling in such matters the Greek temple has
    • a place that draws together all feelings relating to the preservation
    • is only there where the space is filled by the feelings of the pious
    • active in us and felt in the physical body as a feeling of oneself-in-space.
    • The true artist feels space thus and molds it architecturally.
    • meets with the soul body there arises in the same way the feeling for
    • the first elements of painting, as the feeling for the guidance of the
    • with the soul body and permeates it, there arises the feeling for the
    • an intense feeling that where there is true art there must at the same
    • so does Richard Wagner feel when he says: I want no figures striding
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Christian centuries was a feeling, slight and delicate
    • feeling of the souls in their life after death was that
    • portion. The fundamental feeling of the souls in the
    • the sacred ceremony is no longer understood. This feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I: Introduction to these Studies on Karma
    Matching lines:
    • are no longer able to feel it in a living way. People who
    • reflects upon himself, he feels himself as the possessor of
    • Thoughts, Feelings, and impulses of Will which lead to
    • ‘I think,’ the ‘I feel’ and the
    • feeling with which we today would say ‘I
    • feel’ and the ‘I will.’ In effect, these
    • Feeling and their Willing. Out of an ancient background of
    • think.’ Doubtless they thought ‘I feel,’
    • feeling and an immediate experience: ‘I have not my
    • still feel this if you consider the pictures in which
    • energy of feeling such as is contained in these pictures no
    • apathetic. We need such energy of feeling very badly, not
    • feeling of the Ego would have evolved in the men of
    • earth. Through their feeling of “It thinks in
    • intimately connected with the earth. They did not feel
    • of the rest of Europe were beginning to feel themselves,
    • it was not so. At that time there was deep feeling, there
    • feel the objective and influential presence of the thoughts
    • our own time, this living feeling with the Universal All
    • intellect, but to feel with your whole being, what was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture II: Forces of Karmic Preparation in the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of other men. He does not live in his own mind.
    • feeling of the
    • backward, he feels himself once more at the starting point
    • of Seraphim, Cherubim and Thrones. Man feels, as he steps
    • Exusiai, Dynamis, Kyriotetes, in the astral feeling of
    • men, but that is brought about by the feeling-together and
    • feel under these influences. It is due to the fact that the
    • this century?’ And how much more do we feel it when
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture III: The Spiritual Foundations of Anthroposophical Endeavour
    Matching lines:
    • as the heart is an expression of all that man feels working
    • night-time, and we feel ourselves united even humanly with
    • last for the souls of men: they shall feel themselves
    • instinctive human feeling. It was an age when Christianity
    • as a kind of longing and expectant feeling. Working out
    • them a concentrated feeling, gathered from manifold
    • experiences, a concentrated feeling within their
    • disembodied souls. It was a feeling which I can describe
    • describe as a kind of Faustian feeling, though not
    • altogether pure. Strong becomes the feeling in him:
    • such conditions that he experienced it with feelings which
    • and with his present feeling — which was not quite
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IV: The Soul's Condition of Those Who Seek for Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • in such a way that those who belong to it feel their
    • naturally to Christianity. But they do not feel in the same
    • received into the thoughts and feelings which remained to
    • new birth — a feeling of salvation from many doubts.
    • being an immense warmth and devotion of feeling towards
    • the Christ by way of inner feeling though without cosmic
    • could do no other than feel themselves impelled towards
    • feeling, still they received it with their intellect. They
    • enter their earthly life in such condition feel the need,
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture V: Spiritual Conditions of Evolution Leading up to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • darkness of unconsciousness, but with the feeling: —
    • feeling, an intermediate sensation between sleeping and
    • directly after death, he had a distinct feeling. He said to
    • own home. Such was man's feeling.
    • these feelings had been much stronger in more ancient
    • passing through the gate of death, he had the feeling:
    • very real feeling: It was a language of spiritual Beings in
    • body, he had once more this feeling: “In my astral
    • undetermined feeling, he now had a far clearer feeling. Now
    • feeling: “Behold in this my astral body lives the
    • man still had the feeling of a living principle of Christ.
    • simple and unbiased human feeling he would describe it in
    • thing, which he felt inwardly — feeling when he
    • feelings were not yet present in the southern and middle
    • feeling about them. They had the impression that these
    • feeling of that time enabled men to accept such words, when
    • feeling that it was the twilight of the Logos. “The
    • feeling in their souls. After their life in the 7th, 8th or
    • mood, it was indeed the dominant feeling among these
    • earth. It remained their fundamental underlying feeling:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VI: The School of Chartres
    Matching lines:
    • painful feeling. They saw the slow death of what they
    • should gain a feeling, an idea of this living intercourse
    • too, which went out from Chartres, how vitally do we feel
    • understands it, we feel the living spiritual breath of the
    • facts from which you will feel whereto your gaze must be
    • intentions, and you will feel, as a living influence upon
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VII: The New Age of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • feel what had been holding sway in human evolution as a
    • destined through all these preparations to feel the inner
    • to him to be so filled with strength. But this feeling of
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VIII: Ahriman's Fight Against the Michael Principle. The Message of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • belonged to them. How did they feel and perceive the
    • world, he cannot feel in the world, he cannot act in the
    • world as he would think and feel and act if he had not
    • everywhere! Everywhere a feeling of what they sought to
    • Michael. Everywhere a feeling: Man cannot, he is
    • and feeling on the side of Michael as against the side of
    • Ahriman before us in this way, then too we shall feel the
    • enter into our deepest feelings.
    • feeling for the fact that these things are so at the
    • present time. He must feel that the cosmos is as it were in
    • feel that he can only understand his karma when he knows
    • who feel this union with the mission of Michael as a kind
    • of salvation. There are others who feel it in a different
    • unconscious Being, feel impelled to the Anthroposophical
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IX: Entry of the Michael Forces. Decisive Character of the Michael Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • the depths of their subconscious life feel impelled towards
    • he feels the earthly connections less strongly than others
    • able to feel the penetration of the Michael-forces into the
    • karma was such that they had a strong feeling —
    • feeling of the battle I described the day before yesterday,
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture X: The Michaelites: Their Karmic Impulse Towards the Spiritual Life  The Working of Ahriman into the Once Cosmic and Now Personal Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • feeling which I have wanted to call forth is this: —
    • Anthroposophical Movement should begin to feel something of
    • the ordinary course of life man feels very little of his
    • he feels he was born for a better, or at any rate a
    • and a sound feeling of what is going on in the world. At
    • we must have a feeling of what is going on in our own
    • from a living feeling of what is present in their time. For
    • all this there naturally arises as a prevalent feeling of
    • feels a tremendous impulse to refute materialism, to fight
    • come to have the feeling: Here am I living with human
    • kinship may still be left in life, one feels a more or less
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture XI: Evolution of the Michael Principle Throughout the Ages. The Split in the Cosmic Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical Society and with the individuals who feel
    • deeds and earthly feelings are transformed and elaborated
    • man on earth could yet feel himself as man; could feel
    • come to the right shade of feeling. For with all that we
    • feeling at that time towards the Spiritual and the
    • that the Anthroposophical Movement is, we must feel
    • the Anthroposophical Movement, — we shall feel
    • yourselves: Those who out of these great decisions feel in
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • directed their feelings to Christ in a much more intensive
    • the enthusiasm, the emotion and feelings for the Christ
    • in our thoughts all the deep feeling, all the impulses in
    • deep feelings and impulses which have directed people to
    • important thing. We feel that this is really all important.
    • Christianity. One could still say that the moral feelings
    • does Christ work in human minds and feelings? And if
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • is with a unique feeling that one decides to put into words
    • Nevertheless, I feel myself obliged to express in words as
    • to a kind of darkening of the earth. And one feels, as in
    • feels the group-souls of the plants and animals arise
    • during a solar eclipse. One feels a dimming of the
    • darkening of the riddle of the world, and one feels as a
    • an eclipse. In that solar eclipse one feels
    • end of this report as an aside. I feel myself obliged to
    • youth I feel more objective about Christianity and believe
    • words, you may feel an indication of what lives in me when
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • – life, as a direct experience, as feeling and
    • feeling about what happened through the Mystery of
    • remarkable is that someone with healthy feelings should be
    • devolving evolution. The Christ-Being had to feel the godly
    • that he could feel fear like a man. The other Gospels
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • feeling – already in those young years, mind you
    • infinitely deep feeling in his soul as he had when he saw
    • overmuch, for they are too shocking. One also soon feels
    • life. One feels himself united to the part of his soul in
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • certainly have the feeling that some very important things
    • have a feeling for what lived in his soul from hearing
    • his twelfth year. And now he often had the feeling: Oh, how
    • world, but had the liveliest feelings for the speech of
    • great capacity for feeling — an angelic, gentle
    • the feelings which brought about a very special talk
    • carried in his soul the feeling that this cult had
    • what a hugely important event that was! Let us try to feel
    • it, but also let us feel that now a special being lived on
    • and gentleness and about the warm feelings that streamed
    • things in such a way that man could feel that the physical
    • sometimes feel as though he were also acting in them, in
    • only in understanding but also in feeling. What is meant is
    • to me. And perhaps this can release a warm feeling in your
    • time we want nevertheless to be together, feel together
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • experiencing an uncanny feeling if only the natural world surrounds
    • for example, or a feeling or even a will impulse.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Appendix: Cosmogony
    Matching lines:
    • as Christianity. One can feel this influence in the words of John's
    • they had an entirely different idea, an entirely different feeling,
    • today as their inner soul life, their thoughts, their feelings, will
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Appendix: Cosmogony
    Matching lines:
    • as Christianity. One can feel this influence in the words of John's
    • they had an entirely different idea, an entirely different feeling,
    • today as their inner soul life, their thoughts, their feelings, will
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • should immerse ourselves in this sign until we feel it is no longer
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, the purity of feeling, and so forth in the future bodies of
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • means much to those who belong to the theosophical movement, who feel
    • there enrich our innermost life of feeling? If a soul has been separated
    • especially enliven on this day. We want to be filled with a feeling
    • that thoughts and feelings are invisible powers in our soul, that they
    • are facts. Feelings are living forces. If we today unite all our thoughts
    • on May 8, 1891, then our feelings and thoughts are real forces and create
    • such thoughts and feelings are really living rays, rays of spiritual
    • Theosophical Society must teach us the feeling of positivity. We must
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • previously knew will pass over into our living feelings; it becomes
    • for us a natural, given, feeling. It becomes a passion for us. If you
    • takes its substance from the realm of feelings; and atma from the realm
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • for clairvoyance, for the spiritual, for the feeling of connectedness
    • nation. In various groups they preserved the feeling and the states
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • ancient past when the human being's feeling for self was just
    • not so obvious. Today the feeling for one's self, the overwhelming egohood
    • of wisdom and harmony of feelings have formed this stream for the raying
    • and harmony of feelings on the basis of the Christ impulse in the fourth
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • the other world. Only in this way could the students still feel the
    • of wisdom and the harmony of feeling.”
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • anchored on the earth. Only gradually did the feeling arise that the
    • spiritual world. But Greek culture could, in the fullest sense, feel what
    • as something spiritual. And there was a deeply tragic feeling that
    • world. The fifth epoch can feel, to begin with, only as a perspective,
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • world. That is what we today must clearly feel as the first epoch of
    • all of that in their inner lives. Therefore, their feeling life did
    • the ancient Egyptian's feeling life. The sun spirit was characterized
    • aspect of the thinking and feeling of that epoch.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • inspires them. Today only those people who feel that Theosophy speaks
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • feel pain; this shows us the bearer of feelings, the astral body. Earlier,
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • When the feelings of human beings are carried into the air, they
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Twelve
    Matching lines:
    • will feel for others. All those who have been separated out of the various
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • worked on in broad streams which flow even into the feelings and perceptions
    • in their I, but also in all their feeling and thinking, in their very being
    • feelings and impulses of will connected with that Mystery. What had thus
    • materialistic thoughts and feelings of men and in all the materialistic
    • have brought it about that Man's thoughts and feelings run their course
    • means a deep experience for the soul, to feel that mystery of the
    • “enduring thoughts.” For then we feel how in the world here and
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • worked on in broad streams which flow even into the feelings and perceptions
    • in their I, but also in all their feeling and thinking, in their very being
    • feelings and impulses of will connected with that Mystery. What had thus
    • materialistic thoughts and feelings of men and in all the materialistic
    • have brought it about that Man's thoughts and feelings run their course
    • means a deep experience for the soul, to feel that mystery of the
    • “enduring thoughts.” For then we feel how in the world here and
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 1: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge, to know what man is; but rather that he feels it to be his
    • know,” only then can we sense aright that feeling of reverence
    • the feeling of reverence before man's nature, must remain with
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 2: Human Duality
    Matching lines:
    • concepts and feelings, we shall come quite easily to the thought that
    • sense itself inwardly, cannot yet attain to the kindling of feeling,
    • is to be able to kindle feeling, to sense life inwardly, the astral
    • ourselves as concepts, feelings or sensations, etc., enter into a
    • conceptions, sensations, will-impulses, feelings and the like. The
    • a sum-total of conceptions, sensations, feelings, etc., which are to
    • conceptions, feelings, will-impulses and the like. Already,
    • its pain and suffering, pleasure and happiness, inner feelings and so
    • feelings which the human being has experienced and made a part of
    • impression upon his ordinary ego. He feels himself lifted away from
    • itself. He is now living in something different; he feels himself in
    • divined. He feels a super-sensible world uplifted within him.
    • terminations of our nerve-system, and we feel the recoil. To be sure,
    • only he can feel this recoil who goes through the necessary
    • soul-exercises. In the case of the normal consciousness, man feels
    • optic nerve, images itself upon the tablet of the blood, and we feel
    • itself with the physical man, feels itself at one with him.
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 3: Co-operation in the Human Duality
    Matching lines:
    • means of strict concentration of thought and feeling, the human being
    • through strict concentration of feeling and thought, feels as if he
    • feels as if he now stood facing himself, with the result that he can
    • has become in a certain sense clairvoyant, feels as if a higher order
    • different feeling from that which a man has when he confronts the
    • ordinary world. When he confronts the external world, he feels that
    • himself out of his ego. He does not any longer feel in that case:
    • through concentration of thought, concentration of feeling, and
    • strengthening or energising of the ego-feeling. We can convince
    • qualities, selfless, altruistic feelings have appeared; that he has
    • feeling of compassion for all things possessed of being to the end
    • much to the point here, but I should feel inclined to suggest that a
    • thinker who is the least materialistic might, indeed, sense a feeling
    • feeling of men and of peoples, it is verified that in pictorial
    • ‘wisdom’!” We shall then cast away such feelings,
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 4: Man's Inner Cosmic System
    Matching lines:
    • it. When people approach such parts they may feel discrepancies such
    • canal. He soon feels, in such a case, that the particular law
    • feelings, and will-impulses exist just the same as does a
    • soul-life, our thought-life, our feeling-life, everything which
    • thoughts, feelings and so forth, quite as truly as do the stomach,
    • consisting of feelings, thoughts and so forth. As a matter of fact
    • thought and with feeling, as if thought could work directly upon
    • assume that thoughts, feelings, and so forth, are simply the products
    • thinks, feels and so forth, certain definite parallel processes are
    • feelings, etc., is, of course, something that we experience in the
    • and feelings that we build up on the basis of our impressions of the
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 5: The Systems of Supersensible Forces
    Matching lines:
    • cause of a hurt, a pain. The process of feeling pain takes place
    • intelligence, of feeling, of temperament, etc. These the human being
    • consciousness in feelings of discomfort. In this case we have a
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 6: The Blood as Manifestation and Instrument of the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • pale from feelings of shame or anxiety; I shall merely point to the
    • anxiety, or the feeling of shame, are ego-experiences which are
    • recognisable in their effect upon the blood. With the feeling of fear
    • draw back with our ego. With the feeling of shame we would best of
    • itself. In the case of feelings of fear and anxiety, where a man
    • he feels to be threatening him, he becomes pale; the blood draws back
    • way the ego feels in fear or shame is expressed through its
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 7: The Conscious Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • the life of feeling and willing.
    • of the categories of our thinking, feeling, or willing life, are
    • and which leaves our feeling and willing in a certain sense
    • feeling? Here we do not have to do with a depositing of
    • of a fluid, in everything pertaining to feeling we have to do with a
    • call thoughts or feelings are actual forces, which have a real
    • definite, sharply-outlined thoughts; and though our feelings are more
    • thought-systems are inserted in stable form in the feeling system).
    • found only under the influence of our own feeling life, which takes
    • forms the physical correlative of our feeling process. The process
    • flames into feelings and is stirred into impulses of will, must find
    • normal consciousness? Whereas in our feelings we are, to our normal
    • on an activity that manifests a connection with our life of feeling,
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 8: The Human Form and its Co-ordination of Forces
    Matching lines:
    • join them later. In these secretions the human being dimly feels, as
    • feeling-processes.
    • feeling-processes and the higher feeling-processes are bound up with
    • feel there that the actions which, in yesterday's lecture, we
    • primal plan in such a way that we feel everything we see as the
    • of our soul and our ego. It is for this reason that we feel, with
    • to the further reflection and feeling of the listeners.
    • modesty may anthroposophists come together and unite their feelings
    • with one another in living thought, in feeling, and in all our
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy to feel at least something of the mood which lived in
    • words. Then let us forget all that a man of today can think and feel
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • unacquainted with the kind of feeling that prevails in our circles,
    • feeling we have acquired as a result of the usual modern renderings.
    • would have to feel itself inwardly organised in such a way that it
    • picture by picture, how can one come to feel the cosmos inwardly, how
    • can one come inwardly to feel the structure of macrocosmic man? By
    • beginning to feel how the sounds of speech flash into form.
    • soughs through the air, learn to feel not merely its tone, learn to
    • feel the form it makes, just as the tone of the violin bow, passed
    • over the edge of a plate, makes a form in the powder. Learn to feel
    • will feel as the Hebrew sage felt when the sounds of speech
    • Resch (R) stimulated a feeling such as one has when one
    • feels one's head: and Schin (S) suggested what I might
    • has evolved. When one comes to understand this, one feels a deep awe
    • time the seer is to discover anew. That is the feeling which the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • we are able to feel the deepest reverence for it. What is experienced
    • Elohim spoke.” There we have the feeling that we are dealing
    • goal of the Gods! I ask you to feel the immense significance of this
    • highest ideal. We feel ourselves to be of divine origin; but we feel
    • the initiate passes a certain stage, and feels himself in the
    • feels his human weakness, but he also feels his divine goal. He is no
    • feels uplifted; in the moment of experiencing his true Self he feels
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • feel free to resume my exposition from the anthroposophical
    • psychic. Feel your way into yourself as a warmth-bearing being
    • — and this feeling of your own warmth, experience of your own
    • able to transport themselves in feeling, in attitude of soul, into
    • ancient times needed quite a different kind of feeling from what we
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • abstract man, the man who is concerned only with concepts, to feel
    • feelings and ideas of such a kind as regards these tremendous
    • that we develop in our thinking and feeling, all the ebb and flow of
    • exegesis of the general run of commentators you will always feel
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • itself. It helps us to acquire the proper feeling, the right attitude
    • at night. His world of thought and feeling sinks into oblivion, he
    • what has made this earth covering solid, it would be natural to feel
    • feeling can fully respond.
    • try to bring sensitive and perceptive feeling into all this, you will
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • you did not feel that the sun was above you and that you were below,
    • rise before his soul as he sits in meditation down-stage, and feels
    • feel ourselves to be within this light, we feel how with this light
    • the Elohim did not merely feel themselves to be flowing with the
    • is true, a wonderful feeling comes over him — a feeling such as
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • which expresses the holy awe we feel. ‘They that beget the holy
    • awe we feel.’” If we translate that into ancient Hebrew
    • how does it run? “They that beget the holy awe we feel
    • before whom man feels a holy awe. And in such a way we may approach
    • the link which is to be found between the feelings and perceptions of
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • and with them the feeling of the great responsibility incurred in
    • Whether we become better men in the intellectual, feeling and moral
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • scientific conscientiousness, from inner scientific feeling. It is
    • whole way of thinking, its whole life of representation and feeling,
    • memory, more sharply outlined feelings, and they will know that these
    • courage is generally connected with the life of feeling and resembles
    • human being in the direction of thinking, feeling and will, which
    • The whole human being, with his feeling and his will, flows into the
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • scientific conscientiousness, from inner scientific feeling. It is
    • whole way of thinking, its whole life of representation and feeling,
    • memory, more sharply outlined feelings, and they will know that these
    • courage is generally connected with the life of feeling and resembles
    • human being in the direction of thinking, feeling and will, which
    • The whole human being, with his feeling and his will, flows into the
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • feels himself so connected, so bound, to what he himself brings forth
    • spiritual investigator when he feels as if the ground is gone from
    • offered there, one comes step by step to a point at which one feels
    • what has just been described; one feels oneself as if over an abyss.
    • in ordinary life has disappeared, and the soul feels itself as if
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • of himself. He has become free of himself, however, only by feeling
    • order to warm one's own self with what feels good. One thereby
    • feelings and sensations. Many presentations of such mystics appear
    • genuine feeling for truthfulness. All fanaticism, all inaccuracy,
    • feel himself obliged to hold firmly to the truth, to mix nothing with
    • he feels little obligation to test what he says, speaking rather of
    • feeling, he has no choice but to acknowledge repeated lives on earth.
    • what today's lecture was to offer on the level of feeling, I
    • results of spiritual scientific. investigation feel and sense that
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • feels himself so connected, so bound, to what he himself brings forth
    • spiritual investigator when he feels as if the ground is gone from
    • offered there, one comes step by step to a point at which one feels
    • what has just been described; one feels oneself as if over an abyss.
    • in ordinary life has disappeared, and the soul feels itself as if
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • of himself. He has become free of himself, however, only by feeling
    • order to warm one's own self with what feels good. One thereby
    • feelings and sensations. Many presentations of such mystics appear
    • genuine feeling for truthfulness. All fanaticism, all inaccuracy,
    • feel himself obliged to hold firmly to the truth, to mix nothing with
    • he feels little obligation to test what he says, speaking rather of
    • feeling, he has no choice but to acknowledge repeated lives on earth.
    • what today's lecture was to offer on the level of feeling, I
    • results of spiritual scientific. investigation feel and sense that
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in feeling to the very first beginnings of European cultural
    • kinship with her mother. No religious feeling in our own day has the
    • knowledge. When feeling became more intense, became filled with
    • the soul, fired by feeling, strengthened by the best in our will,
    • feeling, which simply must enliven us if the truths of Spiritual
    • according as their sentiments and feelings incline them this way or
    • form their opinions out of feelings and personal motives, but
    • personal feeling as the standard of measurement. As persons we are
    • personal feelings about the ideal, and no longer ask what we
    • think and to feel during recent centuries, and what it is that they
    • may be allowed to say something which is as much a matter of feeling
    • for making armaments. But men no longer feel that this kind of mental
    • culture requires a sacrifice — they no longer feel that in
    • away. It is only because mankind retained the feeling that it should
    • indeed feel that his soul was enlightened by the spiritual inspirers
    • climax in the description of the Mystery of Eleusis, one again feels
    • is only partly a matter of feeling. From another aspect it is a
    • human feeling, the whole marvel of human nature is immediately
    • human nature. When Demeter is on the stage we feel it streaming
    • before you the feelings which prompted us to give pride of place, at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • you feel that this civilisation calls for a continual sacrifice. Thus
    • the finest feelings and sentiments of which the human soul is
    • organisation.’ Thus Atlantean man feels that he too has his
    • place among the wonders of Nature. He feels this clairvoyant capacity
    • born in him as the birth of Persephone, he feels that he owes this
    • densification of the human body. And when the ancient Greek feels the
    • in the astral body. We cannot help feeling that the way in which this
    • can become for us living feeling if we permeate ourselves with the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the immediate future. To evoke a feeling that we must change our very
    • unity. We still feel the unity when we make a gesture which our mind
    • learn to feel again that the spiritual is active in everyday events
    • lightning. And out of this feeling, which, as I said before, had not
    • become intellectual knowledge, but was elemental feeling, there arose
    • as Zeus, if one does not approach this experience and this feeling by
    • the feeling that the forces which cause thought to light up in us are
    • idea, as feeling, we have our enduring life of soul, with its
    • emotions and passions, with its fluctuating life of feeling,
    • self-knowledge works in such a way that man feels himself completely
    • into a wood, where you feel, ‘Ah, how delicious it is here, I
    • inwardness, when you can feel yourself so united with your
    • this, when as a practising occultist he feels himself in this etheric
    • feeling of breathlessness. When the etheric and physical bodies are
    • there comes a feeling of oppression rather like breathlessness. Hence
    • himself, feels a mixture, a harmonious or inharmonious working
    • occult sign and acquire a certain feeling for the proportional
    • the weakest impression. If you can acquire a feeling of the relative
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • feeling associated with the name Zeus. Similarly, if we think of the
    • to feel that the forces of our ego must be very different from the
    • environment! How different our ego feels if we raise our eyes and
    • really feel this yearning for a star outside in the cosmos which they
    • lived in their sensations and feelings. When a Greek turned to the
    • stars. All these sensations and feelings which the Greeks derived
    • feelings, the impulses of soul which awoke in the informed Greek when
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • without, towards which he is focused, and he feels himself, together
    • death has taken place, he at once feels himself to be poured out into
    • the macrocosm, he feels himself to be one with the macrocosm, because
    • of the stuff of his own soul! Capesius does actually feel as if what
    • stuff of his own soul. It is very strange to feel oneself to be part
    • of other things, to feel expanded to a cosmos, to feel completely
    • to their feeling that an old clairvoyant consciousness had preceded
    • was entirely a matter of feeling. This old clairvoyant consciousness
    • had a peculiar feeling towards what the elder Dionysos could give
    • feel himself enclosed in the space bounded by his skin.’
    • as their property, to feel themselves shut up within their bodies as
    • in a house; possibly they would have been able to feel the
    • environment in their closest proximity as their own, as a snail feels
    • when our hearts are afire for things of the mind, when we feel as
    • much warmth for the spiritual world as a man feels in his lower
    • the lower instincts, that they can feel the super-sensible world to be
    • feeling is to be in accordance with the truth, it will have to think
    • Dionysos ... you will feel of him that — although the son of
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • the thought and feeling of ancient Greece was really like, we find
    • progress in Spiritual Science we must acquire a feeling that it is
    • possible to think and feel in an entirely different manner from the
    • What then did Adam and Eve feel when their relation to each other was
    • another example of the unerring wisdom of Greek feeling for the true
    • moved by unutterable depth of feeling — even put to himself the
    • We must come to feel
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • soul.’ When the ancient Greek was directing his feeling upon
    • if the man of today is to feel them.
    • attainment of knowledge as a matter of life itself, that one feels
    • If an undefined feeling challenges us to know ourselves, we have to
    • developed into feeling, and then the soul is faced with a hard task
    • Masters of Wisdom and of the Harmony of Feelings’ people would
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, a man is only allowing Spiritual or Occult Science to work
    • itself. Something like that is what Capesius is depicted as feeling
    • reading, but he feels the spiritual world break in upon him in a way
    • him out of their own body, their own substance. We come to feel:
    • springs from this. In the first scene of the second Play he feels it
    • his duty not to stick fast in doubt, not to persist in the feeling
    • that one can know nothing; he feels that it would be a violation of
    • to waste. Only he feels to begin with incapable of using the
    • not surrender to the feeling which overtakes you when you think how
    • which it feels as yet to be inadequate is bound to become ever
    • feel afraid, not knowing what to do; when it seems: ‘You must,
    • are like this. From this fear, this feeling of impotence, we at first
    • incurred towards them, we feel that we have a heavy burden of debt to
    • him, is absolutely shattering. Contrast this crushing feeling in the
    • shock us that we probably shrink back in terror, feeling completely
    • when we examine closely our own life of ideation we feel that the
    • youngest daughter, so to say, of a line of gods; we feel the
    • of feeling and activity, steeped in occult forces.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the heart to the brain, only ideas, concepts, feelings connected with
    • and more feel the truth of St. Paul's words ‘Not I, but
    • ask why the human being no longer sees or feels anything at all of
    • of modern clairvoyance, modern occult science? We may perhaps feel
    • into you and is reflected, is your thought, your conscious feeling,
    • superficial expression of your true being.’ When a man feels
    • all the ideas and feelings which our soul has acquired about them,
    • can begin to feel that we have pressed on too fast — as
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • concepts, by acquiring definite sentiments and feelings about what
    • was expressed by dwelling upon the feeling which men have in face of
    • that the human being starts out from a feeling of wonder about things
    • and Beings and that from this feeling of wonder all philosophy, all
    • its way out of this feeling of wonder to something which reduces it.
    • Beings of Greek mythology, his feeling of wonder transformed itself
    • fashion. Today when we deem it necessary to reduce the feeling of
    • something which the soul can feel if it is not preocccupied with the
    • abstractions will not succeed in feeling this great impoverishment as
    • regards true reality. But anyone who feels within him a thirst to
    • there comes over him the feeling: ‘How hopelessly cut off from
    • true reality one feels by all the ideas of today, and what phantom
    • philosophy it may sound incomprehensible; whereas the feeling I have
    • reason can provide. If the soul feels that with the normal
    • feels itself empty in face of the real world. It certainly feels able
    • involve a feeling of being spread out, with a set of weak ideas,
    • not sufficiently advanced to feel the truth about present-day
    • experience and any other feeling is but a variation of this
    • expand to the limits of the universe, it were not to feel its
    • passions. Just as we feel the matter of our consciousness scatter and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Appendix I
    Matching lines:
    • “Maya”, Illusion, a world in which he did not feel at home
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • This reverence expresses itself in the feeling that, when confronting
    • of the mood and feeling arising from a right approach to the Gospel
    • basis of feeling for study of the Gospel of St. Luke. Those who know
    • the Christ of St. John's Gospel, the dominating feeling will be that
    • came to the earth as His earthly Thoughts, if we can feel the warmth
    • His Feeling — then in St. Mark's Gospel we can learn
    • of Thy Thinking, Thy Feeling, Thy Willing These three attributes of Thy
    • understanding of His Feelings, and because man is not wont to penetrate
    • as more and more we apprehend His Thinking, His Feeling and His
    • interplay of human thinking, feeling and willing, we have an approximate
    • Luke and St. Mark some conception of the Thinking, Feeling and Willing of
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Hebrew people can no longer be clouded by any mistaken feeling. The
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Contents
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Synopsis of Contents
    Matching lines:
    • our ideas less so; in our feelings we are not awake. F. T. Vischer.
    • bring religious feeling into our life, and their answers to us are
    • oneself. The feeling for Karma, and realisation of one's own
    • presence. Communion with the dead, by a remembered feeling of a joint
    • Feeling of
    • easier to communicate with the dead. Feeling of unity with all
    • Feeling of real unity with the dead is essential, with love
    • feeling of gratitude for our life. We must not wish them back; we
    • feel we have lost them. The loss of a child. People do not avoid
    • for our life here and for former companionship. This feeling of
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 1: The Present Position of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • try individually to direct our sentiments and feelings to those who
    • vain for the present and future of humanity; but the feeling arises
    • and true feeling. One feels that the Spirit of the Age must speak
    • feeling which, while on the one hand it stirs one to-day with a
    • certain tragic feeling of sorrow, yet, on the other, fills one with
    • fact, as is not always done, while on the one hand he may feel
    • sorrowful, yet on the other he may feel satisfaction in the hope that
    • feeling for a great drawing together of mankind, for ideas having
    • kind of dreams? One must have a feeling for this ‘being
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 2: A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • with the other to the South; the physicist feels himself compelled to
    • us a feeling of the reality of what we are
    • is not much feeling for truth or untruth in these domains. Looking
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 3: The Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • our ideas less so; in our feelings we are not awake. F. T. Vischer.
    • bring religious feeling into our life, and their answers to us are
    • we feel. Certainly, feeling wells up from an undefined,
    • feeling, because ideas, that is, waking activities, are mingled with
    • it, we suppose that we are awake in our feeling; yet this is not
    • really the case. In reality, the activity of our feeling is exactly
    • between the dream-condition and the actual condition of feeling. If
    • acquainted with the dream-life as with the life of feeling; for,
    • indeed, feelings and passions are actually present in the soul in the
    • actually takes place when he feels, or in that which he feels. It
    • dream-life. This relationship of emotion and feeling to dreaming is
    • emphasised the profound relationship between dreaming and feeling in
    • the waking condition, as regards the life of feeling, we are actually
    • in this experience, is a world in which our impulses of feeling and
    • it thus, yet as regards our feeling and will, we ‘sleep’
    • could throw light upon the nature of his feeling and impulses of
    • come from our thoughts. We feel that we are the creator of our words;
    • springing from our life of feeling. We have moved towards them and
    • it is due to those who died in youth that a man in outer life feels a
    • to them in conformity with our life of will and feeling, we prepare
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 4: The Cosmic Thoughts and our Dead
    Matching lines:
    • oneself. The feeling for Karma, and realisation of one's own
    • presence. Communion with the dead, by a remembered feeling of a joint
    • In general, man is not able to think, perceive and feel all that
    • thoughts, perceptions and feelings which, for the above reason, we
    • could not elaborate. We all die leaving certain thoughts, feelings
    • feeling and perceiving.
    • feelings and perceptions. We could do much more for the earth if we
    • draw these thoughts, perceptions and feelings from the realm of the
    • or two, then he turns to quite a different subject, while we feel it
    • feeling of a life — or, at least, we have an inkling of a life,
    • daily. One day, when he reached a certain spot, he had a feeling to
    • do at mid-day, we shall have a feeling that what we do at that time
    • glides out again; and one has the feeling that an angel has flitted
    • feeling of what was brought about by his being there, making his
    • that he feels the incision he himself makes in it. In this way he
    • of his own deeds and existence, he would have a distinct feeling of
    • but with a common life in interest and feeling; when we further spin
    • with him, so that a tone of feeling plays between us — when we
    • Any one who feels himself being analysed by those living with him, if
    • he is of a finely organised soul, feels as though he received a blow.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 5: Man's Connection with the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • least some idea of the things which man must feel rather than think,
    • be able, through feeling, to compare the concept of what might have
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 6: Feelings of Unity and Sentiments of Gratitude: A Bridge to the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Feelings of Unity and Sentiments of Gratitude: A Bridge to the Dead
    • easier to communicate with the dead. Feeling of unity with all
    • Feeling of real unity with the dead is essential, with love
    • feeling of gratitude for our life. We must not wish them back; we
    • feel we have lost them. The loss of a child. People do not avoid
    • for our life here and for former companionship. This feeling of
    • faculties of perception and feeling, of perceiving consciously
    • might be called a feeling of unity in common with all things in
    • present time, that he should gradually develop this feeling. In
    • the subconsciousness of man this feeling, although of a lower kind,
    • general of this feeling of unity, — but we must be clear in
    • indefinable feeling drives them back. Such things only express in
    • feeling of being bound up with the things with which we have come in
    • the feeling that he must return to the place with which he has come
    • karma; our karma arises from this. From this subconscious feeling,
    • general feeling of unity with the whole world. Because everywhere we
    • leave our mark, we have this feeling. We can lay hold of it, sense
    • soul the general feeling of unity with the world. And for one who
    • grows conscious of this feeling of unity, in the more concrete sense,
    • no fully valid consciousness of this feeling of unity with all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 7: Confidence in Life and Rejuvenation of the Soul: A Bridge to the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • exists, when its presence shows the suitable feeling of the living,
    • living through two directions of feeling; the first of which may be
    • called the feeling of universal gratitude to all life's experiences.
    • consciousness, a better and more sublime feeling than any we can
    • develop in ordinary consciousness. This feeling can only be described
    • a real subconscious feeling in the soul. The other direction of
    • feeling is that we must unite our own ego with every being with whom
    • been connected. This feeling of kinship is the foundation for a
    • deeper one, a feeling generally unrecognised by the higher soul; a
    • feeling of oneness with the surrounding world.
    • Those feelings — of gratitude
    • extent a man can awaken in his soul what lives in these feelings and
    • penetrate through the realm of the feeling of gratitude which we
    • souls, at least to some extent, a feeling of communion. The fact that
    • we are able to feel gratitude towards the universe enables such a
    • because we are able to feel it, the way for the dead to reach us is
    • opened; and because we can feel that our being lives in an organic
    • body, we become ripe to feel the same gratitude to the dead when they
    • something of a disposition of gratitude, a feeling of communion, can
    • feeling existing subconsciously, but which can be gradually brought
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man and Woman in Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • astral or soul body as that which lives in our feelings and
    • unusual nose. If we try and feel our way into this picture we
    • feeling that this form could change at any moment. Out of a deep
    • must seek a common ground, and find perceptions and feelings
  • Title: Man and Woman in Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • astral or soul body as that which lives in our feelings and
    • unusual nose. If we try and feel our way into this picture we
    • feeling that this form could change at any moment. Out of a deep
    • must seek a common ground, and find perceptions and feelings
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • individual has the feeling that part of his being is super-sensible,
    • something it wants to say about this feeling becoming an inner
    • speaking out of subjective feelings but out of the very kind of
    • thinking, sense perception, feeling and willing comprise the
    • feeling and willing we have in ordinary consciousness, on the other,
    • and progresses from ordinary thinking to active thinking. He feels as
    • body, we feel as though we were no longer master of our ego. We
    • feels as though it were being sucked into the body.
    • nurtured feeling (Gemüt) and intelligence.
    • the power of feeling and
    • feeling was still a part of nature. Not until the eighth century did
    • feeling independently within himself. By and large the whole of
    • of the qualities of feeling and intelligence from out of man's inner
    • development of the forces of feeling and intelligence, however, still
    • intelligence and feeling still working in an instinctive way.
    • feeling took on a fully conscious quality. Men felt more strongly
    • instinctive feelings of sympathy and antipathy consciously, they had
    • instinctive life of thought and feeling was being developed, from the
    • and feeling, something was still present that had existed in
    • that made man feel a part of the natural world around him; but in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • individual has the feeling that part of his being is super-sensible,
    • something it wants to say about this feeling becoming an inner
    • speaking out of subjective feelings but out of the very kind of
    • thinking, sense perception, feeling and willing comprise the
    • feeling and willing we have in ordinary consciousness, on the other,
    • and progresses from ordinary thinking to active thinking. He feels as
    • body, we feel as though we were no longer master of our ego. We
    • feels as though it were being sucked into the body.
    • nurtured feeling (Gemüt) and intelligence.
    • the power of feeling and
    • feeling was still a part of nature. Not until the eighth century did
    • feeling independently within himself. By and large the whole of
    • of the qualities of feeling and intelligence from out of man's inner
    • development of the forces of feeling and intelligence, however, still
    • intelligence and feeling still working in an instinctive way.
    • feeling took on a fully conscious quality. Men felt more strongly
    • instinctive feelings of sympathy and antipathy consciously, they had
    • instinctive life of thought and feeling was being developed, from the
    • and feeling, something was still present that had existed in
    • that made man feel a part of the natural world around him; but in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • now passing, and which fills us with a deep feeling of holy awe in
    • stirred our souls here, this time last year. When we feel such a mood
    • of initiation, we evoke the proper feelings and the perceptions for
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • now passing, and which fills us with a deep feeling of holy awe in
    • stirred our souls here, this time last year. When we feel such a mood
    • of initiation, we evoke the proper feelings and the perceptions for
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • every other means, something in which they can feel confidence? Nothing
    • for New Year's Eve must ever be associated with our feelings; whereas
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • every other means, something in which they can feel confidence? Nothing
    • for New Year's Eve must ever be associated with our feelings; whereas
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • last few years have shown what intense feelings of hatred and antipathy
    • his life of feeling, at any rate, no one can blind himself to the
    • Knowledge and feeling, of course, are two very
    • ideas, feelings and impulses of will in human beings. Inner strength
    • feelings of sympathy and mutual love.
    • understand his whole being. It is true that if one has a feeling for
    • (feeling) is bound up with the rhythmic processes in the human
    • organism. The feeling-life of man is connected directly with the
    • a threefold being. The spiritual will, the feeling-life of the
    • life of the oriental. Into the feeling and thinking life of the
    • devote ourselves to oriental poetry, oriental wisdom, we never feel
    • feel that no Western or Central European people could ever interpret
    • accordance with their whole being, they have less feeling for the
    • more in order that their feelings may be warmed by the way in which
    • peoples is not his and he must find it in them. In his heart he feels
    • Speaking in the sense of spiritual reality, one feels that the
    • where they can become feelings and pass over into
    • fact. That is why many men of the West who feel the necessity for
    • feel the need at least to become complete man — are aware of a
    • between the peoples. They will take this knowledge into their feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • last few years have shown what intense feelings of hatred and antipathy
    • his life of feeling, at any rate, no one can blind himself to the
    • Knowledge and feeling, of course, are two very
    • ideas, feelings and impulses of will in human beings. Inner strength
    • feelings of sympathy and mutual love.
    • understand his whole being. It is true that if one has a feeling for
    • (feeling) is bound up with the rhythmic processes in the human
    • organism. The feeling-life of man is connected directly with the
    • a threefold being. The spiritual will, the feeling-life of the
    • life of the oriental. Into the feeling and thinking life of the
    • devote ourselves to oriental poetry, oriental wisdom, we never feel
    • feel that no Western or Central European people could ever interpret
    • accordance with their whole being, they have less feeling for the
    • more in order that their feelings may be warmed by the way in which
    • peoples is not his and he must find it in them. In his heart he feels
    • Speaking in the sense of spiritual reality, one feels that the
    • where they can become feelings and pass over into
    • fact. That is why many men of the West who feel the necessity for
    • feel the need at least to become complete man — are aware of a
    • between the peoples. They will take this knowledge into their feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • realised through Feeling by thousands upon thousands of souls
    • This Christ-Festival and all the feelings and experiences it
    • the most advanced and able to feel its significance. To them
    • the heart of the blossom enables you to feel that a new plant
    • force of the Sun's light, Feeling that in it you are
    • pupil of the Egyptian Initiates must feel himself united came
    • picture and feel the very presence of divinity in the
    • physical structure itself. The same feeling can arise when
    • souls could not share the Feeling which made a man of
    • awaken; no wonder that these feelings streamed to the being
    • in the supremely gifted Novalis, feelings free of all denominational
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • realised through Feeling by thousands upon thousands of souls
    • This Christ-Festival and all the feelings and experiences it
    • the most advanced and able to feel its significance. To them
    • the heart of the blossom enables you to feel that a new plant
    • force of the Sun's light, Feeling that in it you are
    • pupil of the Egyptian Initiates must feel himself united came
    • picture and feel the very presence of divinity in the
    • physical structure itself. The same feeling can arise when
    • souls could not share the Feeling which made a man of
    • awaken; no wonder that these feelings streamed to the being
    • in the supremely gifted Novalis, feelings free of all denominational
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • entering through birth to-day feel a kind of hindrance, a difficulty,
    • feelings, views and deeds, is experiencing on the earth
    • thinking and, indeed, of feeling and willing too. Men have persuaded
    • — gradually develops a thinking, a feeling and a willing that
    • their deeply unconscious feelings. Men are dominated by an
    • spiritually. One should feel deeply that the spiritual revelation
    • feeling, through those inner impulses of will which can be trained by
    • earnestness. One should realise all this to-day; one should feel that
    • permeated with all kinds of spiritual forces; the spiritual feelings
    • sacred for the modern man. He should feel: I come from the spiritual
    • fundamental feeling will then make it possible for me throughout the
    • thinking and our whole feeling must become different, so that we
    • thinking, feeling and willing; he will not come out of it —
    • give the single individual an inner feeling of comfort but can bear
    • feeling and willing, and for a new sense of responsibility, the
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • entering through birth to-day feel a kind of hindrance, a difficulty,
    • feelings, views and deeds, is experiencing on the earth
    • thinking and, indeed, of feeling and willing too. Men have persuaded
    • — gradually develops a thinking, a feeling and a willing that
    • their deeply unconscious feelings. Men are dominated by an
    • spiritually. One should feel deeply that the spiritual revelation
    • feeling, through those inner impulses of will which can be trained by
    • earnestness. One should realise all this to-day; one should feel that
    • permeated with all kinds of spiritual forces; the spiritual feelings
    • sacred for the modern man. He should feel: I come from the spiritual
    • fundamental feeling will then make it possible for me throughout the
    • thinking and our whole feeling must become different, so that we
    • thinking, feeling and willing; he will not come out of it —
    • give the single individual an inner feeling of comfort but can bear
    • feeling and willing, and for a new sense of responsibility, the
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • man's feeling life to some extent. Yet its answer can only be found
    • that which seems to be an ethical, moral impulse. We feel that it is
    • separation gives a certain comfort, a feeling of security in life.
    • also through experience. And a man who has a feeling for such
    • discrepant feelings, disorder, producing a framework for what
    • so powerful in Spirit, with the human feeling and rhythmic system. In
    • the feeling life is psychically connected, as is the thinking life
    • process of breathing and feeling. When the soul-feeling events unite
    • recognise the whole connection between the feeling and the rhythmic
    • feeling life of man and see what can only be there through the fact
    • value of man in the cosmos, through which we also can feel the
    • feeling for human dignity, willing in love for humanity: These are the
    • recognise as a law because it feels itself unfree against every law
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • man's feeling life to some extent. Yet its answer can only be found
    • that which seems to be an ethical, moral impulse. We feel that it is
    • separation gives a certain comfort, a feeling of security in life.
    • also through experience. And a man who has a feeling for such
    • discrepant feelings, disorder, producing a framework for what
    • so powerful in Spirit, with the human feeling and rhythmic system. In
    • the feeling life is psychically connected, as is the thinking life
    • process of breathing and feeling. When the soul-feeling events unite
    • recognise the whole connection between the feeling and the rhythmic
    • feeling life of man and see what can only be there through the fact
    • value of man in the cosmos, through which we also can feel the
    • feeling for human dignity, willing in love for humanity: These are the
    • recognise as a law because it feels itself unfree against every law
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic of the sixth epoch will be that very definite feelings
    • souls of men. Delicate feelings of sympathy will be aroused by
    • compassionate, kindly deeds and feelings of antipathy by malicious
    • conception of the intensity of these feelings.
    • predispositions leading to feelings of sympathy or antipathy aroused
    • that at the beginning of his life in Kamaloka man feels a very great
    • aesthetic feeling and insight, to morality. And the greatest Teacher
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic of the sixth epoch will be that very definite feelings
    • souls of men. Delicate feelings of sympathy will be aroused by
    • compassionate, kindly deeds and feelings of antipathy by malicious
    • conception of the intensity of these feelings.
    • predispositions leading to feelings of sympathy or antipathy aroused
    • that at the beginning of his life in Kamaloka man feels a very great
    • aesthetic feeling and insight, to morality. And the greatest Teacher
  • Title: Lecture: Hidden Forces of Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts, our perceptions, the impulses of our will, our feelings and
    • feels, and wills, from the time he awakes, till he falls
    • same time, our feeling-life and our impulses of will belong here also
    • feelings, and our will-impulses, in the ordinary consciousness, so we
    • forth the feeling that it should retreat from us — if we do
    • picture, such a Being in this other world, must actually feel as if
    • develop a feeling of sympathy, this Being will feel within itself a
    • inclined to have only feelings of repulsion. If he were able to see
    • reveal what lives within him in the way of forces active in feelings
    • of repulsion. Yet, even if he simply has these feelings of repulsion,
    • breathing — depending upon the feelings which he experiences in
    • processes, that are dependent on the world of feeling that lives in
    • only that there exists this connection (of the world of feeling
    • certain feelings and sensations which reach down into the
    • fill him with repulsion — for this would be the natural feeling
    • and even takes pleasure in telling them, this feeling which
    • feeling. If the feelings of aversion toward lying had dived down into
    • deteriorates through wrong feelings. On the other hand it acquires
    • true feelings. We may therefore say that what takes place in his
    • himself: “When you have this feeling within you, and when you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hidden Forces of Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts, our perceptions, the impulses of our will, our feelings and
    • feels, and wills, from the time he awakes, till he falls
    • same time, our feeling-life and our impulses of will belong here also
    • feelings, and our will-impulses, in the ordinary consciousness, so we
    • forth the feeling that it should retreat from us — if we do
    • picture, such a Being in this other world, must actually feel as if
    • develop a feeling of sympathy, this Being will feel within itself a
    • inclined to have only feelings of repulsion. If he were able to see
    • reveal what lives within him in the way of forces active in feelings
    • of repulsion. Yet, even if he simply has these feelings of repulsion,
    • breathing — depending upon the feelings which he experiences in
    • processes, that are dependent on the world of feeling that lives in
    • only that there exists this connection (of the world of feeling
    • certain feelings and sensations which reach down into the
    • fill him with repulsion — for this would be the natural feeling
    • and even takes pleasure in telling them, this feeling which
    • feeling. If the feelings of aversion toward lying had dived down into
    • deteriorates through wrong feelings. On the other hand it acquires
    • true feelings. We may therefore say that what takes place in his
    • himself: “When you have this feeling within you, and when you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universal Human: Lecture One: Individuality and the Group-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • describe these feelings of the Hebrew people as a spiritual
    • This connection was expressed also in the feelings of the individuals
    • was lying continually because he never said, “My brain feels,
    • my brain thinks,” but, “I think, I feel, I
    • idea or concept of what we feel instinctively when we say, “I
    • to feel ourselves as spiritual beings not only when we feel ourselves
    • when they wanted to describe the good feeling present in the room.
    • than “a good feeling prevails.” Because thoughts are
    • feel, will, and do. In the future development of humanity this will
    • fettering memory of a group I, and we will feel this as a falling
    • create an oppressive feeling in those who cannot catch up with the
    • a later one; they will feel their falling back into
  • Title: Universal Human: Lecture Two: The God Within and the God of Outer Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • matter, we soon notice that people's whole world of feeling toward
  • Title: Universal Human: Lecture Three: The Lord of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and willing. The soul thinks, feels, and wills. These are
    • feeling, or willing to be called into action. As human beings
    • longer believed that the divine spiritual thinks, feels, and wills in
    • it, but “I think, I feel, I will.” The
    • of thinking, feeling, and willing. Open up its forces!” When
    • the Jordan, people could feel the special importance of this epoch in
  • Title: Universal Human: Lecture Four: The Universal Human: The Unification of Humanity through the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • But if we have a sense for Greek sculpture, we can feel how the
    • intended if Lucifer and Ahriman had not interfered, the feeling that
    • would have seemed to be nonsense, both in terms of feeling and of
    • keep in mind that certain earthly feelings we associate with our
    • number of people can more and more grasp, think, and feel what
    • must live in this antithesis and polarity. We have the right feelings
    • something spiritual science works toward. When you feel you belong to
    • such a spiritual stream, and feel at home in it, because you see that
  • Title: Lecture: Practical Training In Thought
    Matching lines:
    • some, if an anthroposophist, of all people, feels himself
    • into a sure sense and feeling, enabling us to meet life
    • mind, the right feeling about thought. How can we gain this? No
    • one can come to a right feeling about thought who imagines that
    • will have a wrong feeling, and will continually be diverted from the
    • feeling towards thought, he must rather say to himself: “If
    • feels what has here been said, and feels it to the full, then he will
    • has this confidence and feeling, then he will readily be converted to
    • of men, and with many other things. Where we feel that we understand
    • things. We no longer have the feeling that the things are outside, and
    • we are here in our shell, thinking about them; but we begin to feel how
    • have acquired, and which determine their whole way of feeling. While
    • they put forward reasons, they are only masking feelings that are
    • the wish father to the thought, but all the feelings and habits and
    • a new way of thinking and feeling about things.
    • of feeling.
    • than is generally imagined. It is the feelings which frequently impel a
    • often a mere screen, a mask for his deeper feelings and habits of
    • a man to feel able to accept the truth of this or that teaching. It
  • Title: Lecture: Practical Training In Thought
    Matching lines:
    • some, if an anthroposophist, of all people, feels himself
    • into a sure sense and feeling, enabling us to meet life
    • mind, the right feeling about thought. How can we gain this? No
    • one can come to a right feeling about thought who imagines that
    • will have a wrong feeling, and will continually be diverted from the
    • feeling towards thought, he must rather say to himself: “If
    • feels what has here been said, and feels it to the full, then he will
    • has this confidence and feeling, then he will readily be converted to
    • of men, and with many other things. Where we feel that we understand
    • things. We no longer have the feeling that the things are outside, and
    • we are here in our shell, thinking about them; but we begin to feel how
    • have acquired, and which determine their whole way of feeling. While
    • they put forward reasons, they are only masking feelings that are
    • the wish father to the thought, but all the feelings and habits and
    • a new way of thinking and feeling about things.
    • of feeling.
    • than is generally imagined. It is the feelings which frequently impel a
    • often a mere screen, a mask for his deeper feelings and habits of
    • a man to feel able to accept the truth of this or that teaching. It
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • thing that they are doing; they feel remote from it. Now there is
    • nothing worse than to feel remote, in your heart, from the things
    • attempt the choice when you feel limp and weary, but when you are
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • thing that they are doing; they feel remote from it. Now there is
    • nothing worse than to feel remote, in your heart, from the things
    • attempt the choice when you feel limp and weary, but when you are
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • impulses also, it encounters many persons who feel drawn towards such
    • scientific criteria that one feels entitled to impose to-day.
    • formed geometrically within space; we feel thereby that we are on
    • this feeling of himself. (As I have said, the history of language can
    • Why did man in this former disposition of soul feel the human being as a
    • breathing being? Because he did actually feel life in the respiratory
    • felt breathing as one feels hunger and thirst to-day. But this was a
    • continuous feeling in the waking state. When he looked with his eyes,
    • came to feel this in the constitution of their souls, that we can
    • feel this to-day — that is the result of the training in
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • impulses also, it encounters many persons who feel drawn towards such
    • scientific criteria that one feels entitled to impose to-day.
    • formed geometrically within space; we feel thereby that we are on
    • this feeling of himself. (As I have said, the history of language can
    • Why did man in this former disposition of soul feel the human being as a
    • breathing being? Because he did actually feel life in the respiratory
    • felt breathing as one feels hunger and thirst to-day. But this was a
    • continuous feeling in the waking state. When he looked with his eyes,
    • came to feel this in the constitution of their souls, that we can
    • feel this to-day — that is the result of the training in
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • not visible. And so on. And precisely as one can “feel
    • In addition, one must, of course, feel how the cosmos finds
    • limb-system, that we feel: This is not related to the external
    • We feel this
    • then that feelings (Empfindungen), developed by the
    • art. One must re-acquire cosmic feelings; one must be again able to
    • feel the universe and see in man a microcosm — a world in
    • mode of feeling, in cognition and artistic expression, must be able
    • from fundamentally artistic feelings. If, as sculptors, we were striving
    • to form human, human legs, we should feel persistent inhibition. One
    • straight. And if one can only feel how a man breathes through his
    • forces and inner forces. One must have such a feeling towards all
    • needs a feeling for one's material and should know for what this or that
    • the head that one must feel the form pressing from without inwards.
    • forehead, I am constrained to feel that I am pressing it in from
    • build from without inwards. I cannot but feel that I am inside. Already
    • feels: here I must only give indications; here we pass over
    • of the “body of formative forces”. Then one will feel the
    • artistic feeling only if, in this way, one can place oneself with all
    • the inner feeling of one's soul — with one's inner “total
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • not visible. And so on. And precisely as one can “feel
    • In addition, one must, of course, feel how the cosmos finds
    • limb-system, that we feel: This is not related to the external
    • We feel this
    • then that feelings (Empfindungen), developed by the
    • art. One must re-acquire cosmic feelings; one must be again able to
    • feel the universe and see in man a microcosm — a world in
    • mode of feeling, in cognition and artistic expression, must be able
    • from fundamentally artistic feelings. If, as sculptors, we were striving
    • to form human, human legs, we should feel persistent inhibition. One
    • straight. And if one can only feel how a man breathes through his
    • forces and inner forces. One must have such a feeling towards all
    • needs a feeling for one's material and should know for what this or that
    • the head that one must feel the form pressing from without inwards.
    • forehead, I am constrained to feel that I am pressing it in from
    • build from without inwards. I cannot but feel that I am inside. Already
    • feels: here I must only give indications; here we pass over
    • of the “body of formative forces”. Then one will feel the
    • artistic feeling only if, in this way, one can place oneself with all
    • the inner feeling of one's soul — with one's inner “total
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • all that you feel, is saturated with fear and its reverberations in
    • transformed by impulses of feeling and of will, together with
    • transformed by feeling and will. One finds only the
    • impressions are transformed by feeling and will, man is still unable
    • to tell how feeling and will are actually working. For this reason he
    • They became thoroughly acquainted with the feeling that a penetration
    • sense, but for humanity at large they live in feelings and moods,
    • permeating human existence. And through such feelings they bring
    • another. Their fear was masked under all sorts of other feelings. But
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • all that you feel, is saturated with fear and its reverberations in
    • transformed by impulses of feeling and of will, together with
    • transformed by feeling and will. One finds only the
    • impressions are transformed by feeling and will, man is still unable
    • to tell how feeling and will are actually working. For this reason he
    • They became thoroughly acquainted with the feeling that a penetration
    • sense, but for humanity at large they live in feelings and moods,
    • permeating human existence. And through such feelings they bring
    • another. Their fear was masked under all sorts of other feelings. But
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • will feel that the moment you want to make a distinction between the
    • subdued philosophical feeling of Solovieff. He does not bring it to
    • setting and the rising world. We must feel how there is in nature a
    • inside man, and is thrown back into chaos. We need to feel quite
    • Christianity. Real Christianity must have a perceptive feeling for
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • will feel that the moment you want to make a distinction between the
    • subdued philosophical feeling of Solovieff. He does not bring it to
    • setting and the rising world. We must feel how there is in nature a
    • inside man, and is thrown back into chaos. We need to feel quite
    • Christianity. Real Christianity must have a perceptive feeling for
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling arose in these men that they were only being
    • for the first time, to feel that there is a significance in
    • it was more like a feeling, a perceptive experience — an
    • us to feel our way into the substance of this esoteric
    • intellect we are not alive in the real sense. Try to feel what
    • why I have tried rather to awaken a feeling for these things, by
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling arose in these men that they were only being
    • for the first time, to feel that there is a significance in
    • it was more like a feeling, a perceptive experience — an
    • us to feel our way into the substance of this esoteric
    • intellect we are not alive in the real sense. Try to feel what
    • why I have tried rather to awaken a feeling for these things, by
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • he would surely feel very unreal after death! This was not so for the
    • intellect, you are not a full human being, you cannot feel yourself
    • in our quality of modern human beings, we cannot feel ourselves as
    • that the Son might fulfill his works on earth. Can you not feel how
    • significance for mankind in the age when spiritual feelings were
    • civilization, for narrow-minded people have no real feeling for
    • thinking and of feeling in respect to most things. In Anthroposophy,
    • change our ways of thinking and of feeling — otherwise we
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • he would surely feel very unreal after death! This was not so for the
    • intellect, you are not a full human being, you cannot feel yourself
    • in our quality of modern human beings, we cannot feel ourselves as
    • that the Son might fulfill his works on earth. Can you not feel how
    • significance for mankind in the age when spiritual feelings were
    • civilization, for narrow-minded people have no real feeling for
    • thinking and of feeling in respect to most things. In Anthroposophy,
    • change our ways of thinking and of feeling — otherwise we
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • increase the soul's life of feeling, so that we become emancipated
    • increase, as it were, the tension of our feelings, then the forces
    • easily have a feeling for such things because we are living in the
    • deepest and most intense feeling of responsibility, and we should
    • forces based merely upon feeling, but with all the forces of the
    • reason or to an understanding based on feeling, but it is a real
    • science as an abstract theory and will instead feel it livingly,
    • that the Central-European civilisation must uphold, when we feel that
    • kind of government for us.” This, tale, born out of feeling and
    • transform into feeling what I have indicated in words fraught with
    • heavy feelings. I have shown you what spiritual science may become if
    • we intensify feeling and penetrate with it into spiritual science, in
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • increase the soul's life of feeling, so that we become emancipated
    • increase, as it were, the tension of our feelings, then the forces
    • easily have a feeling for such things because we are living in the
    • deepest and most intense feeling of responsibility, and we should
    • forces based merely upon feeling, but with all the forces of the
    • reason or to an understanding based on feeling, but it is a real
    • science as an abstract theory and will instead feel it livingly,
    • that the Central-European civilisation must uphold, when we feel that
    • kind of government for us.” This, tale, born out of feeling and
    • transform into feeling what I have indicated in words fraught with
    • heavy feelings. I have shown you what spiritual science may become if
    • we intensify feeling and penetrate with it into spiritual science, in
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • live, as it were, between two poles of our knowledge. Everyone feels
    • But everyone can feel that
    • We feel that they are the motives of our actions, and that we allow
    • world. And every man will undoubtedly feel that this knowledge of the
    • is that people no longer feel that its contents can only be a
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • live, as it were, between two poles of our knowledge. Everyone feels
    • But everyone can feel that
    • We feel that they are the motives of our actions, and that we allow
    • world. And every man will undoubtedly feel that this knowledge of the
    • is that people no longer feel that its contents can only be a
  • Title: Lecture: Adept-School of the Past
    Matching lines:
    • ancient Atlantis, for man's faculties of thought and feeling were
    • Harmony-Feelings, were trained in these schools.
    • possess a fine feeling for the inner, spiritual and occult power of words.
  • Title: Lecture: Adept-School of the Past
    Matching lines:
    • ancient Atlantis, for man's faculties of thought and feeling were
    • Harmony-Feelings, were trained in these schools.
    • possess a fine feeling for the inner, spiritual and occult power of words.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Relationship with the Surrounding World
    Matching lines:
    • connection with the surrounding world, of man's feelings towards this
    • world, and how these feelings can be deepened through a
    • you the feeling that a man with an average modern education does not
    • soul, purifying and ennobling all our feelings, if it is to be
    • before, if we have feelings that differ from those which we had
    • consciousness. What ensues from this, is literally true. You feel
    • Similarly the whole earth may feel pain under certain conditions. But
    • the earth does not feel pain when you pick a flower or cut off a
    • experiences a feeling of well-being. The whole earth has this feeling
    • Now try to feel, and not merely to think
    • such a truth. We can feel it in the following way: When we go out in
    • those who know how matters stand can feel what is taking place, they
    • can feel the feelings of well-being and of joy which pass through the
    • experiences joy. These kinds of feelings are experienced, when
    • migrating flock of birds we can feel the wisdom; the wise influence
    • of the astral Beings who control them. We can even feel the wind of
    • plants we confront the soul of the earth, we experience feelings and
    • feel the cosmic Spirit in the environment of the earth, when we
    • observe the ego of the animals; and we feel the cosmic Soul, we
    • experience the feelings of Nature, when we regard the ego of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Relationship with the Surrounding World
    Matching lines:
    • connection with the surrounding world, of man's feelings towards this
    • world, and how these feelings can be deepened through a
    • you the feeling that a man with an average modern education does not
    • soul, purifying and ennobling all our feelings, if it is to be
    • before, if we have feelings that differ from those which we had
    • consciousness. What ensues from this, is literally true. You feel
    • Similarly the whole earth may feel pain under certain conditions. But
    • the earth does not feel pain when you pick a flower or cut off a
    • experiences a feeling of well-being. The whole earth has this feeling
    • Now try to feel, and not merely to think
    • such a truth. We can feel it in the following way: When we go out in
    • those who know how matters stand can feel what is taking place, they
    • can feel the feelings of well-being and of joy which pass through the
    • experiences joy. These kinds of feelings are experienced, when
    • migrating flock of birds we can feel the wisdom; the wise influence
    • of the astral Beings who control them. We can even feel the wind of
    • plants we confront the soul of the earth, we experience feelings and
    • feel the cosmic Spirit in the environment of the earth, when we
    • observe the ego of the animals; and we feel the cosmic Soul, we
    • experience the feelings of Nature, when we regard the ego of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Chapter of Occult History
    Matching lines:
    • but in respect of the attitude of soul, the feelings, that
    • great Indian Teachers. A feeling of reverent awe arises in
    • will be together with Osiris; you will feel yourselves to be
    • feel the aftermath of what the Greeks felt on the physical
    • into the spiritual world. These feelings and experiences do
  • Title: Lecture: A Chapter of Occult History
    Matching lines:
    • but in respect of the attitude of soul, the feelings, that
    • great Indian Teachers. A feeling of reverent awe arises in
    • will be together with Osiris; you will feel yourselves to be
    • feel the aftermath of what the Greeks felt on the physical
    • into the spiritual world. These feelings and experiences do
  • Title: Lecture: How Do I Find the Christ?
    Matching lines:
    • Fourth epoch was chiefly upon man's feeling, and, through
    • feeling, on his will. The present epoch marks the
    • of his feeling of powerlessness in the face of evil, and
    • what he should be able to feel, in this case, not through his
    • denies that which gives him a healthy bodily feeling, namely
    • pivot of the thinking and feeling of many human beings. It
    • was particularly in the life of feeling that the Mystery of
    • comprehension lags behind his striving. He feels the
    • experience. A certain feeling of ineffectiveness is
    • takes honest counsel with himself. It is a wholesome feeling,
    • we are all the more ill. In feeling at some point in our life
    • this sickness, we feel that as the body is today, our soul
    • feeling of helplessness. We can be aware of the sickness, the
    • and then of the redemptive, healing force. And then we feel
    • him incapable of feeling that his own forces can but lead him
    • spirit. A man who can say that he feels not only the Divine
    • after the realisation of powerlessness. The feeling of
    • must feel the powerlessness caused by the body because it is
    • must feel the resurrection of the spirit in the word.
  • Title: Lecture: How Do I Find the Christ?
    Matching lines:
    • Fourth epoch was chiefly upon man's feeling, and, through
    • feeling, on his will. The present epoch marks the
    • of his feeling of powerlessness in the face of evil, and
    • what he should be able to feel, in this case, not through his
    • denies that which gives him a healthy bodily feeling, namely
    • pivot of the thinking and feeling of many human beings. It
    • was particularly in the life of feeling that the Mystery of
    • comprehension lags behind his striving. He feels the
    • experience. A certain feeling of ineffectiveness is
    • takes honest counsel with himself. It is a wholesome feeling,
    • we are all the more ill. In feeling at some point in our life
    • this sickness, we feel that as the body is today, our soul
    • feeling of helplessness. We can be aware of the sickness, the
    • and then of the redemptive, healing force. And then we feel
    • him incapable of feeling that his own forces can but lead him
    • spirit. A man who can say that he feels not only the Divine
    • after the realisation of powerlessness. The feeling of
    • must feel the powerlessness caused by the body because it is
    • must feel the resurrection of the spirit in the word.
  • Title: Lecture: The Nature of Eternity
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and impulses of will, might simply arise and then
    • those thoughts, feelings and will-impulses belong? It is this
    • our conceptions, feelings and will-impulses, yet there is
    • feelings and will impulses, no ego can be found. From nothing
    • of feeling and impulses of will and is always to be found
    • whether our thinking, feeling, willing or acting is concerned
    • I say expressly that in this survey neither feeling nor
    • willingly, although today in this sphere his kindly feeling
    • feelings and sensations, and in the exertion of our will. Who
    • feeling over again the pain itself? Many other things there
    • leaving thought empty of feeling.
    • relationship between feeling and will on the one hand, and
    • certain time of life a man will repress the feelings and
    • on the subconscious, and our feelings and will impulses come
    • genuine self-knowledge a man observes life, he feels, as he
    • moods of feeling, so that they live on in the make-up of his
    • feel that our blood will no longer be, is no longer in
    • methods of education this feeling is now to some extent
    • approaching the winter of life, the feelings and impulses
    • the body. In a case of this kind, feeling and will-impulses
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Nature of Eternity
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and impulses of will, might simply arise and then
    • those thoughts, feelings and will-impulses belong? It is this
    • our conceptions, feelings and will-impulses, yet there is
    • feelings and will impulses, no ego can be found. From nothing
    • of feeling and impulses of will and is always to be found
    • whether our thinking, feeling, willing or acting is concerned
    • I say expressly that in this survey neither feeling nor
    • willingly, although today in this sphere his kindly feeling
    • feelings and sensations, and in the exertion of our will. Who
    • feeling over again the pain itself? Many other things there
    • leaving thought empty of feeling.
    • relationship between feeling and will on the one hand, and
    • certain time of life a man will repress the feelings and
    • on the subconscious, and our feelings and will impulses come
    • genuine self-knowledge a man observes life, he feels, as he
    • moods of feeling, so that they live on in the make-up of his
    • feel that our blood will no longer be, is no longer in
    • methods of education this feeling is now to some extent
    • approaching the winter of life, the feelings and impulses
    • the body. In a case of this kind, feeling and will-impulses
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • scope for free action on the part of man. And when men feel
    • anything that can give fresh fire to religious feeling and
    • much further developed before people really feel themselves
    • the inner sentiment, the inner feeling for freedom. In
    • thought and feeling requisite for knowing what freedom is,
    • temperament which, properly realised, leads to social feeling
    • fundamental ideas which must inspire the thought and feeling
    • there was no question of any national feeling of hostility
    • about a pig grunting but one would begin to feel rather
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • scope for free action on the part of man. And when men feel
    • anything that can give fresh fire to religious feeling and
    • much further developed before people really feel themselves
    • the inner sentiment, the inner feeling for freedom. In
    • thought and feeling requisite for knowing what freedom is,
    • temperament which, properly realised, leads to social feeling
    • fundamental ideas which must inspire the thought and feeling
    • there was no question of any national feeling of hostility
    • about a pig grunting but one would begin to feel rather
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • like this feeling, any more than the worthy professor did
    • this stage that you feel really within them — within
    • through all this, Brunetto Latini feels himself once more in
    • to permeate ourselves with the living feeling, that in all
    • intellect but with their faculty of feeling — wrangling
    • forces that worked into the feeling of man at a time when
    • 6 January 1412, the villagers ran hither and thither, feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • like this feeling, any more than the worthy professor did
    • this stage that you feel really within them — within
    • through all this, Brunetto Latini feels himself once more in
    • to permeate ourselves with the living feeling, that in all
    • intellect but with their faculty of feeling — wrangling
    • forces that worked into the feeling of man at a time when
    • 6 January 1412, the villagers ran hither and thither, feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and perceiving. Out of this wisdom there arises a
    • feeling for the divine. It is only a knowledge that keeps to
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and perceiving. Out of this wisdom there arises a
    • feeling for the divine. It is only a knowledge that keeps to
  • Title: Lecture: Manifestations of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • is of paramount importance in man's life of feeling is always
    • little puppies which he feels he want to pat. — This is
    • feels a certain inner satisfaction; we are inwardly gratified
    • of dispute. People feel therefore that this book makes it
  • Title: Lecture: Manifestations of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • is of paramount importance in man's life of feeling is always
    • little puppies which he feels he want to pat. — This is
    • feels a certain inner satisfaction; we are inwardly gratified
    • of dispute. People feel therefore that this book makes it
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • takes effect, how it manifests in what man can feel, love and
    • we can feel that the emblems of Christmas around us are
    • are utterly at variance with each other. We feel this still
    • remains of the warmth and profound depth of feeling which in
    • warmth of feeling that pervaded the human soul at the times
    • feelings connected with the Christmas Festival has existed
    • but only to the feelings and experiences which men living in
    • agricultural workers, while their feelings and inclinations
    • somewhat as the clairvoyant feels his astral body, before
    • the feeling of sinking down into the outer physical darkness,
    • the deep, persistent feeling that in sinking down into the
    • any fully developed feeling that if a human being is to find
    • — if you have prepared your souls to perceive and feel
    • in Europe the warmest, most intimate feelings for the Christ
    • divine-spiritual heights of existence and feels entangled
    • inasmuch as we feel this to be an ideal, it shines before us
    • truly a step forward when feelings connected with the
    • describing — all these feelings were awakened by the
    • feeling for such things in our day but something of the kind
    • icicles forming on the trees — such feelings were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • takes effect, how it manifests in what man can feel, love and
    • we can feel that the emblems of Christmas around us are
    • are utterly at variance with each other. We feel this still
    • remains of the warmth and profound depth of feeling which in
    • warmth of feeling that pervaded the human soul at the times
    • feelings connected with the Christmas Festival has existed
    • but only to the feelings and experiences which men living in
    • agricultural workers, while their feelings and inclinations
    • somewhat as the clairvoyant feels his astral body, before
    • the feeling of sinking down into the outer physical darkness,
    • the deep, persistent feeling that in sinking down into the
    • any fully developed feeling that if a human being is to find
    • — if you have prepared your souls to perceive and feel
    • in Europe the warmest, most intimate feelings for the Christ
    • divine-spiritual heights of existence and feels entangled
    • inasmuch as we feel this to be an ideal, it shines before us
    • truly a step forward when feelings connected with the
    • describing — all these feelings were awakened by the
    • feeling for such things in our day but something of the kind
    • icicles forming on the trees — such feelings were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • age many people feel an inherent desire to understand what really
    • lives. “Is not all Eternity mine?” he exclaims, feeling
    • of primeval wisdom, but also to primeval feelings and perceptions in
    • the world of the senses. This feeling gradually extended into a
    • image of destruction, of corruption, and within his soul the feeling
    • the whole of human existence. Man feels that there are forces within
    • therefore he must overcome the world, but the Christian feels
    • And so the Christian feels
    • not feel it unjust that he should suffer from the faults of youthful
    • not feel it an injustice that he should atone in his present state
    • original sin of man, and he feels: If the influx of the spiritual
    • humanity. No longer feeling himself united with a Buddha who urges
    • the only driving forces in life, though many may feel more drawn to
    • impulses, perceptions and feelings as give meaning to human
    • souls, drawing them towards Buddhism. Goethe could not feel this
    • great and mighty results that the human mind did not feel able to
    • Buddhism, their longing for ease makes them feel more readily drawn
    • knowledge,” but rather feel that something within him can
    • feeling that we exist, and we know as we look towards the future that
    • is able to look back upon his earthly existence and feel: This bodily
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • age many people feel an inherent desire to understand what really
    • lives. “Is not all Eternity mine?” he exclaims, feeling
    • of primeval wisdom, but also to primeval feelings and perceptions in
    • the world of the senses. This feeling gradually extended into a
    • image of destruction, of corruption, and within his soul the feeling
    • the whole of human existence. Man feels that there are forces within
    • therefore he must overcome the world, but the Christian feels
    • And so the Christian feels
    • not feel it unjust that he should suffer from the faults of youthful
    • not feel it an injustice that he should atone in his present state
    • original sin of man, and he feels: If the influx of the spiritual
    • humanity. No longer feeling himself united with a Buddha who urges
    • the only driving forces in life, though many may feel more drawn to
    • impulses, perceptions and feelings as give meaning to human
    • souls, drawing them towards Buddhism. Goethe could not feel this
    • great and mighty results that the human mind did not feel able to
    • Buddhism, their longing for ease makes them feel more readily drawn
    • knowledge,” but rather feel that something within him can
    • feeling that we exist, and we know as we look towards the future that
    • is able to look back upon his earthly existence and feel: This bodily
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • has become abstract, so seldom grasping the social feelings and
    • the point is not whether we conceive any thought, feeling or activity
    • dreamy people feel ill or showsigns of the reverse of health in their
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • has become abstract, so seldom grasping the social feelings and
    • the point is not whether we conceive any thought, feeling or activity
    • dreamy people feel ill or showsigns of the reverse of health in their
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • differentiated according as one feels oneself drawn more towards one
    • lies between, soul meets with soul through speech. We feel that we
    • speech, there must always be something in our feeling reminiscent of
    • feeling that in every vowel there is something of the soul, immediate
    • longer feels the sound proceeding from his own larynx, but he feels
    • my dear friends, unless we feel in it the longing to experience the
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • differentiated according as one feels oneself drawn more towards one
    • lies between, soul meets with soul through speech. We feel that we
    • speech, there must always be something in our feeling reminiscent of
    • feeling that in every vowel there is something of the soul, immediate
    • longer feels the sound proceeding from his own larynx, but he feels
    • my dear friends, unless we feel in it the longing to experience the
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • will, feeling and by his earthly education, each of these three
    • of modern man. To-day man feels that he is deeply linked with his
    • Nascimur the riddle of Nature was solved and he could feel
    • came to feel death in earthly existence with any intensity. Whereas
    • exists subconsciously in the feeling life of man and he yearns for
    • fourteenth or fifteenth centuries, feel the third great riddle of
    • they feel it subconsciously and with a certain emphasis in their
    • cosmos, this feeling of oneness with the Christ Who descended to
    • to a deepening of religious feeling, a divine consciousness —
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • will, feeling and by his earthly education, each of these three
    • of modern man. To-day man feels that he is deeply linked with his
    • Nascimur the riddle of Nature was solved and he could feel
    • came to feel death in earthly existence with any intensity. Whereas
    • exists subconsciously in the feeling life of man and he yearns for
    • fourteenth or fifteenth centuries, feel the third great riddle of
    • they feel it subconsciously and with a certain emphasis in their
    • cosmos, this feeling of oneness with the Christ Who descended to
    • to a deepening of religious feeling, a divine consciousness —
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • knuckle at any point with a closed current, you will immediately feel
    • have been wrong, their feelings were not altogether wrong. For, when
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • knuckle at any point with a closed current, you will immediately feel
    • have been wrong, their feelings were not altogether wrong. For, when
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • personal experience, come to feel they had found the Christ. This was
    • still feel something of the Christ in one of them, the second. And we
    • could feel Jesus in his purity of form in the first play, which is so
    • of what the ether body had become as a result of thinking, feeling,
    • feeling, we see in the child a being free of Lucifer. And if we are
    • able to do this — to look at a child with the right feeling,
    • would be the feeling experienced by those seeing Jesus thus portrayed
    • in the Christmas plays: They were expected to feel what I have
    • that can keep alive the inner feeling for celebrating Christmas in
    • our hearts through this new spiritual direction; this feeling will
    • seeking, we must truly have the feeling that we cannot reach our goal
    • both outer and within the human life of feeling. There, a spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • personal experience, come to feel they had found the Christ. This was
    • still feel something of the Christ in one of them, the second. And we
    • could feel Jesus in his purity of form in the first play, which is so
    • of what the ether body had become as a result of thinking, feeling,
    • feeling, we see in the child a being free of Lucifer. And if we are
    • able to do this — to look at a child with the right feeling,
    • would be the feeling experienced by those seeing Jesus thus portrayed
    • in the Christmas plays: They were expected to feel what I have
    • that can keep alive the inner feeling for celebrating Christmas in
    • our hearts through this new spiritual direction; this feeling will
    • seeking, we must truly have the feeling that we cannot reach our goal
    • both outer and within the human life of feeling. There, a spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • of thought, feeling and will. All that we know is
    • Let us pass from the Will to the world of Feeling. To begin with, we
    • right-hand side of my head, I feel it; if I am pricked on the
    • left-hand side I feel it also.’ In the everyday
    • consciousness he can, therefore, be of opinion that his Feeling
    • is spread out over his whole body. He will then speak of Feeling as
    • feel the prick. But we cannot really say so simply
    • ‘where’ we feel the prick-meaning
    • feeling or sensation to be brought about, the left half of the
    • the left the mutual feeling
    • sensation would never come about. In all the surging waves of feeling
    • does Feeling come about. Feeling never comes about in space, but only
    • in the plane. Thus the world of Feeling is in reality spread out,
    • of Feeling is really like a painting on a canvas — but we are
    • with our world of Feeling. It is two-dimensional, not
    • sides. He does not simply feel his way into space. Through his
    • of feeling which meet him in the world of space. In his life of
    • feeling, man lives in a picture drawn two-dimensionally through his
    • we would seek the transition from Will to Feeling in ourselves —
    • soul-quality which is expressed in feeling, than if you merely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • of thought, feeling and will. All that we know is
    • Let us pass from the Will to the world of Feeling. To begin with, we
    • right-hand side of my head, I feel it; if I am pricked on the
    • left-hand side I feel it also.’ In the everyday
    • consciousness he can, therefore, be of opinion that his Feeling
    • is spread out over his whole body. He will then speak of Feeling as
    • feel the prick. But we cannot really say so simply
    • ‘where’ we feel the prick-meaning
    • feeling or sensation to be brought about, the left half of the
    • the left the mutual feeling
    • sensation would never come about. In all the surging waves of feeling
    • does Feeling come about. Feeling never comes about in space, but only
    • in the plane. Thus the world of Feeling is in reality spread out,
    • of Feeling is really like a painting on a canvas — but we are
    • with our world of Feeling. It is two-dimensional, not
    • sides. He does not simply feel his way into space. Through his
    • of feeling which meet him in the world of space. In his life of
    • feeling, man lives in a picture drawn two-dimensionally through his
    • we would seek the transition from Will to Feeling in ourselves —
    • soul-quality which is expressed in feeling, than if you merely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • life today from morning till night, through thinking, feeling and
    • feel us “fatigue.” A world-conception based on natural
    • able to form thoughts and produce feelings which, as it were, repeat
    • being feels so firmly united.
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • life today from morning till night, through thinking, feeling and
    • feel us “fatigue.” A world-conception based on natural
    • able to form thoughts and produce feelings which, as it were, repeat
    • being feels so firmly united.
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • between these two the element of feeling, that which in
    • ordinary life we call feeling, qualities of the heart, and so on.
    • that which is to come, by what lies in the future. Feeling stands mid-way
    • between the two. Our thoughts are accompanied by feelings. Thoughts
    • delight us, repel us. Feeling imbues our will impulses with life, and
    • feeling for the relation of spirit to matter. You may remember that
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • between these two the element of feeling, that which in
    • ordinary life we call feeling, qualities of the heart, and so on.
    • that which is to come, by what lies in the future. Feeling stands mid-way
    • between the two. Our thoughts are accompanied by feelings. Thoughts
    • delight us, repel us. Feeling imbues our will impulses with life, and
    • feeling for the relation of spirit to matter. You may remember that
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 1: The Inner Aspect of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • must form a conception of what is necessary, to be able to feel such
    • feel dread and fear of the infinite emptiness yawning around us. He
    • must be able to feel, as it were, his environment tinged and
    • underlying our own world. Neither of these feelings is much
    • feelings, and this was in the diary of Karl Rosenkrantz, the writer
    • on Hegel, in which he sometimes describes intimate feelings produced
    • necessary to call up an impression of the feeling aroused by the
    • infinite emptiness of the ancient Saturn-existence. A feeling of
    • acquiring a feeling, more or less known to everyone, that may be
    • stands at the edge of an abyss and feels that he has no sure footing
    • only the most elementary of these apprehensive feelings. For he
    • fills emptiness with something similar to courage. It is a feeling of
    • immersed as a spiritual being, feeling one with the Christ-Being,
    • the possibilities and diversities of what we call a feeling of
    • another. This again can only be described by a feeling that time
    • ceases. This feeling is certainly not pleasant. Imagine that your
    • you feel yourself held in your conceptions and are no longer able to
    • is!” and as he talks on further, this feeling increases and the
    • experience, to say such wise things.” ... Besides this feeling,
    • vanished again; everything is simultaneous. Now, however, the feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • gain something by so doing, but because he feels within him the
    • impulse to sacrifice, it is then unthinkable that he should feel
    • anything but inner warmth of bliss. If we feel ourselves glowing with
    • sacrifice feels himself warmed through and through, glowing with
    • bliss. In this way it is possible for us to feel how the glow of
    • who can feel all this about warmth will gradually arrive at the
    • we can only obtain a feeling of this substance of the ancient Sun
    • life in the soul. What would our souls feel through either the vision
    • living in our souls. If the feelings of this man are vivid, if the
    • beatific sacrifice does not leave him unaffected, he will feel a
    • profound feeling of bliss at the vision of the sacrifice; he will
    • feel in his soul that it is the most beautiful deed, the most
    • who is unable to feel this spirit of self-surrender can never
    • sensations and feelings. We can deceive ourselves greatly as to this.
    • feeling of being endowed with grace through the gifts that come to
    • were to see a rose and were charmed by it, experiencing the feeling
    • the feeling we may ourselves have if through the above-described
    • feeling. One has the best impression of such an idea if one thinks of
    • Anyone who has an idea and feels that he can give it forth for the
    • is written, what stands there arises before us. And we then feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth - 1
    Matching lines:
    • the “Last Supper” by Leonardo da Vinci, we may feel this
    • understand with the intellect what the soul feels. Does the flower
    • intellect to feel the whole immeasurable greatness of the subject,
    • is able to feel in every word what it is that is trying to burst
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth - 2
    Matching lines:
    • their sacrifice there arose a feeling, though very faint, which was
    • this feeling is represented in an accentuated form. Hence we do not
    • that feeling which was developed in the Individualities whose
    • of soul-life. This feeling with which we are all acquainted holds
    • often go about with these feelings without being aware of them in our
    • that he is longing for home, he only feels an undefined craving, an
    • certain conditions in our own soul, if we wish to feel, to sense the
    • the other. We can feel this even in our human life, we live and move
    • in one for whom we sacrifice ourselves, we feel glad and satisfied
    • feelings of longing.
    • should continually arise to assuage the feeling of desolation, you
    • already feels moods such as these, and they are the very very best for him
    • to feel. The citizens of earth of our time who feel this longing —
    • one to another. When we have this before us we can feel the spiritual
    • do we not feel what lives in the subconsciousness, and how it is
    • cannot be given until our age. We feel a kind of veneration for such
    • cannot but feel a veneration for them. So, on the centenary of the
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • which leads from wonder to the bliss we feel when our riddles are
    • We really ought to be able to feel the dryness and withering of any
    • by these two feelings, does not spring from the soul of man in real
    • we do not feel this for everything that is strange to us; but only
    • for that to which we feel ourselves in a sense related, so related
    • can feel related to a thing yet strange, which at first we must grasp
    • in their feeling within themselves what they had wished to send up to
    • thereby arising within the Beings who desired to offer and now feel:
    • all his feelings in motion. This was gone into more minutely in the
    • last lecture. We saw that as the Beings were unable to feel an inner
    • concerning which they both feel and perceive that it could only attain
    • picture the feelings of such Beings, you will have an idea of what may
    • these thoughts with your feeling — not with your reason, for that
    • can present these things to our soul through inner feelings, we are
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • cannot sacrifice himself and all he has and feel bliss in
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • and the thought, the deepening of feeling and the expansion of
    • not interested in Christ, and never have been. They do not feel any
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • you must form a conception of what is necessary, to be able to feel
    • feel dread and fear of the infinite emptiness yawning around him. He
    • must be able to feel, as it were, his environment tinged and
    • our own world. Neither of these feelings is much cultivated by people
    • feelings, and this was in the Day-Book of Karl Rosenkrantz, the
    • writer on Hegel, in which he sometimes describes intimate feelings
    • necessary to call up an impression of the feeling aroused by
    • the infinite emptiness of the ancient Saturn existence. A feeling of
    • by-acquiring a feeling that may be compared to the giddiness
    • and feels that he has no sure footing under him, that he cannot
    • these apprehensive feelings. Next he loses not only the ground
    • is a feeling of courage, of protection through being united with that
    • immersed as a spiritual being, feeling one with the Christ-being,
    • all the possibilities and diversities of what we call a feeling of
    • after another. This again can only be described by a feeling that
    • time ceases. This feeling is certainly not pleasant. Imagine that
    • so that you feel yourself held in your conceptions and are no longer
    • he is!’ and as he talks on further, this feeling increases and
    • experience, to say such wise things’ ... Besides this feeling,
    • vanished again; everything is simultaneous. Now, however, the feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • gain something by so doing, but because he feels within him the
    • impulse to sacrifice, it is then unthinkable that he should feel
    • anything but inner warmth of bliss. If we feel ourselves glowing with
    • sacrifice feels himself warmed through and through, glowing with
    • bliss. In this way it is possible for us to feel the glow of
    • warmth through the special bliss. He who can feel all this about the
    • heat on ancient Sun. Now we can only obtain a feeling of this
    • life in the soul. What would our souls feel through either the vision
    • living in our souls? If the feelings of this man are vivid, if the
    • beatific sacrifice does not leave him unaffected, he will feel a
    • profound feeling of bliss at the vision of the sacrifice; he will
    • feel in his soul that it is the most beautiful deed, the most
    • feel this spirit of self-surrender can never attain to higher
    • sensations and feelings. We can deceive ourselves greatly as to this.
    • feeling of being endowed with grace through the gifts that come to
    • the feeling of one enraptured by what we call
    • feeling we may ourselves have if through the above-described mode of
    • self-creative. Anyone who has an idea and feels that he can give it
    • is written, what stands there arises before us. And we then feel
    • of the science of Initiation, so that we feel as though this ancient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • Leonardo da Vinci, we may feel this in our hearts. Do not object that
    • necessary to understand with the intellect what the soul feels.
    • soul with intellect to feel the whole immeasurable greatness of the
    • resignation — is able to feel in every word what it is that is
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • their sacrifice there arose a feeling, though very faint, which was
    • feeling is represented in an accentuated form. Hence we do not find
    • that feeling which was developed in the Individualities whose
    • depths of Soul-life. This feeling with which we are all acquainted
    • often go about with these feelings without being aware of them in our
    • not know that he is longing for home, he only feels an undefined
    • certain conditions in our own Soul, if we wish to feel, to sense the
    • the other. We can feel this even in our human life, we live and move
    • in one for whom we sacrifice ourselves, we feel glad and satisfied
    • compare with the present feelings of longing. We can in a certain
    • should continually arise to assuage the feeling of desolation, we
    • feels moods such as these, and they are the very best he is capable
    • of feeling. The citizens of earth of our time who feel this longing
    • scene where Katchen stands before her admirers, do we not feel what
    • longed for what cannot be given until our age. We feel a kind of
    • long desired — we cannot but feel a veneration for them. So, on
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • wonder to the bliss we feel when our riddles are solved, which first
    • actually to feel the dryness and withering of any knowledge not
    • feelings, does not spring from the soul of man in real earnest. All
    • astonishment. But we do not feel this for everything that is strange
    • to us; but only for that to which we feel ourselves in a sense
    • So that we can feel related to a thing yet strange, which at first we
    • caused by their feeling within them what they had wished to send up
    • now feel: ‘Had I been able to accomplish my sacrifice, the best
    • all his feelings in motion. This was gone into more minutely in the
    • last lecture. We saw that as the Beings were unable to feel an inner
    • concerning which they both feel and perceive that it could only
    • feelings of such Beings, you will have an idea of what may be called:
    • thoughts with your feeling — not with your reason, for that
    • feeling, we are reminded of something in which an alien character is
  • Title: Spiritual Foundation of Morality: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophical life and feeling we are only able to approach this
    • recognition of moral principles. In such cases we feel that we must
    • manner appealing to the commonest principles of human feeling
    • pleases listening minds, for they feel they can agree in an
    • present day. The feelings, the thoughts and conceptions have
    • impresses the moral feelings of the Indian
    • feelings and impulses developed in ancient India they were impossible
    • and ability, and it also applies to the moral feelings of the inhabitants
    • different from one another, for the feeling of contemplation natural
    • difficult for Christianity to bring a feeling of devotion to the
    • these two trends of feeling met in their purest form. The world has
    • feeling was directed to devotion to the Highest. Infinitely much it
    • in the innermost part of the ethical, feelings of the European
    • thinking and feeling prevalent in his day. This poem particularly
    • something came over the daughter which made her feel that it was
    • to her religious feelings. Now the things recounted in the form of
  • Title: Spiritual Foundation of Morality: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • a way that their feelings were permeated by them. The effect may be
    • Gather together what I have told you into a fundamental feeling; let
    • the facts speak to you, let them speak to your feelings and
    • feeling, and then you will say: What is the attitude which a man
  • Title: Spiritual Foundation of Morality: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • divine, and must therefore strive back to it. We must learn to feel
    • man feel to-day when in the newspapers or some other printed matter
    • develop into feeling. It is precisely through the
    • will become feeling.
    • foundation for morals, when we feel: “The Mystery of Golgotha
    • Christian way when we say: “All men must feel themselves to be
    • feeling, which is a kind of divine gift, not to go too far in one
    • these principles then we are anthroposophists; for the feeling
    • upon the particular thoughts, the particular feelings and impulses
    • particular kind of feeling, that which appeared at a time when the
    • This type of feeling was often described by the Greeks in the words:
    • Life-wisdom, that which originates in ourselves, we must feel as a
    • may not disown his former deeds by his later ones. A certain feeling
    • person feels responsible for what he has done, the fact that he
    • into the world through the Mystery of Golgotha. And we also feel
    • conception and feeling develop ethics such as these. And it has been
    • well founded. With this thought and these feelings let us close our
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • can still feel: this philosophy still lays hold of the whole
    • man. When we come to Aristotle however, the feeling
    • same time these men were burdened with a certain feeling of
    • inclined to follow the promptings of their feeling of
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • a co-worker on her own lines, for she put out feelers and was
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • them during his waking life; in the act of waking he feels
    • as I am in the act of slipping in, I feel nothing; it is only
    • feel anything. It is the same with the nerves; we feel the
    • passes consciously into the mantle of his nerves he feels as
    • man believed that he was feeling the differentials all over
    • been longed for by those who have had a feeling for the True,
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Circe, a temptress, and men's proclivities and feelings
    • perceptions and feelings of men; indeed they were calculated
    • bring the feelings too into line and thus divert men's
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • direct their feelings towards the realm from which
    • the battle, and whenever confused minds feel compelled to
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • earnest responsibilities upon those who feel themselves its
    • men, in the feelings of the believers, so that men might be
    • matters. The whole feeling that man has an etheric body has
    • disappeared and the feeling that he has only a physical body
    • this way, someone who feels utterly incapable of grasping the
    • truth that would fain come into the world. Someone feels
    • only through the whole mind and life of feelings, so that
    • spiritual world a reality, upon feeling and experiencing our
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • his feeling and his will; but behind these there is something
    • behind thinking, feeling and willing there lies the other
    • thinking, feeling and willing and passes from incarnation to
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • world, feels compelled to adopt one which, on account of its
    • literature of Spiritual Science and who feels something of
    • different matter, for they arouse moral feelings. And these
    • moral feelings which study of the symbols aroused in the soul
    • also into his feeling, may well be struck by this passage.
    • feelings should be particularly arrested by this passage.
    • still be feeling the after-effects, for they would have
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • kind of thinking and intelligence; they have feeling,
    • although it is different from human feeling; they also have
    • thinking, feeling and willing. But in the form in which this
    • our own soul as thinking, feeling and willing; the true
    • reality lies behind this thinking, feeling and
    • bodies at pains to indicate that the thinking, feeling and
    • thinking, feeling and willing which are themselves of the
    • to us. When we die, our thinking, feeling and willing do not
    • reincarnated with new thinking, new feeling, new will, and a
    • soul which comes to expression in thinking, feeling and
    • to our feeling, and especially to our will. We enter here
    • secrets of his thinking, feeling and willing. But he then
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • own life of soul, of our thinking, feeling and willing. The
    • thinking, feeling and willing in their human form, to
    • of twilight consciousness, when he feels not quite securely
    • a way that we feel ourselves part and parcel of a
    • determined by obscure feelings of affiliation and the like.
    • them. Again and again they have the feeling: to what purpose
    • intellect in the right way. He will then feel these beings
    • feel as if certain parts are hollow, as if something has been
    • man feels that part of him has become hollow and empty. This
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • it is impossible not to feel how each word, each episode, is
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Some Preliminary Remarks
    Matching lines:
    • and how contrary to all Western feeling such superstitions
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • stirrings of the soul, what we may call the feelings and
    • feeling and sentiment that pervades his whole thought? In the
    • the Oriental-Aryan mode of thought and feeling, in every
    • sentence we might say, in the emphasis of feeling in
    • of all human thinking and feeling took place — not
    • them against the background of the era. He feels how
    • us, we feel that the whole force of Hector is in him. But we
    • feel that this force cannot come forth in the post-Christian
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • with a certain artistic spiritual feeling so that we
    • then feel that it is not a mere phrase when we say that a man
    • seized by a peculiar feeling when he comes to the end of the
    • this feeling comes upon us when the seven sons of the
    • inner certainty and feeling of unity with the divine
    • this in sight, we feel certain things as necessary which
    • shall we develop a feeling for the artistic element in it,
    • and acquire a feeling for the realities from which it
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • beheaded, has been restored to life!” Herod feels that,
    • now all the more present! He feels that his atmosphere, his
    • different personality as that of Raphael. Can we not feel
    • Raphael really was is likely to have his feelings aroused in
    • art, if his feelings are honest and sincere, is able to feel
    • the Baptist stand before us, and it is good if we can feel
    • feeling. If you admit that there can be truths other than
    • understands how to value the truths of feeling will wish to
    • let his feeling dwell on the passage where it is related how
    • feeling” from what it would be today. At that
    • time feeling was poured out from one person into another.
    • and He feels that a current of force has gone out from Him.
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • feels the desire to be connected with life through the
    • feelings that lived in the disciples of the Buddha. They
    • thinking, feeling, and perception the great figure of the
    • gathers his pupils around himself, but how does he feel in
    • Phaedo finds himself experiencing a feeling similar
    • such that they arouse a feeling which one has with Socrates
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • heights of human spiritual evolution, instilling the feeling
    • to feel not only a living warmth but the whole range of
    • feeling from the most extreme cold to the highest
    • soul-warmth. Then one can come to feel that these things are
    • words his real being, we arrive at thoughts, feelings and
    • preconceptions, how do we feel in relation to them? Certain
    • you do not start out from an abstract feeling and an abstract
    • but rather start out from the old way of feeling and
    • feels himself spread and poured out into what lives in
    • men of future times will be able to understand and feel and
    • human soul itself feel in the course of subsequent centuries?
    • comes to light when there begins to be active that feeling
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. But while Peter's soul felt that his master was
    • we must look at these things, enabling us to feel how Christ
    • should feel it difficult to grasp what has just been said,
    • such a feeling is perfectly justifiable, for it goes without
    • clairvoyant consciousness?” And Neitzsche feels,
    • transport ourselves in feeling into the age in which these
    • which it feels obliged to cling. What we have before us is
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • secrets of existence. In the case of the Mark Gospel we feel
    • home, one can feel only that he is outside his body,
    • feel how on the mountain there were the three cosmic
    • things the feeling can arise in our souls that the Gospel, if
    • treacherous deed because he feels himself at heart especially
    • for some strange reason Christ Jesus feels hunger, and goes
    • that a specially strong feeling, a specially strong force was
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • consummate artistry if we can only understand how to feel the
  • Title: Gospel of Mark: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • allows us to feel most clearly the whole cosmic greatness and
    • possess the necessary feeling and perception. For we are
    • he can sense and feel what is described in accordance with
    • experience that this feeling will become a true inner fact,
    • the kind of reflection filled with feeling and emotion that
    • feel what speaks to us from the Gospels and allow ourselves
    • to be stirred by what we feel and sense can we find the way
    • science to a feeling for and understanding of the Gospels
    • documents, are taken hold of by what they feel and experience
    • who are willing to feel and perceive it. For only then will
    • feelings that arise in us when we think of the great
    • we can harbor no other feeling than a true and genuine
    • feeling for truth. Such things as the contemplation of the
    • Gospels, and feels their innermost impulse, then one feels
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • — that world which gives the human soul religious feelings both
    • if human beings feel themselves enclosed within such bounds, it is
    • When we begin to comprehend the world in its true nature we feel as
    • concepts and ideas ice-cold and dry as dust. So we feel especially
    • could discern of the divine impulses within themselves. We feel quite
    • feeling, a sense, for the justified and necessary entry of initiation
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • out of the depths of feeling.
    • the feelings which are found as soon as we start going further and
    • West and East in the inmost feelings for what is divine and
    • is capable of reaching a conception and a feeling of the Father God
    • feeling beside which those other divine spiritual beings, the Son and
    • contribute to the world concepts and feelings about the Father God
    • — if these forces are developed with the feelings and will
    • concept and a fitting feeling of the Son God. In this way mankind's
    • external gestures of the people, in what comes out of their feelings
    • an adequate concept and feeling for either the Father God or the Son
    • We feel
    • and feels out of the very foundations of his people, the whole of his
    • present, and that is a fundamental, clear distinction in the feelings
    • wisdom. Today we no longer know how to feel in language as a whole
    • feeling or the interjections which, of course, we only use
    • which it stems. We shall need such a deepening of our feelings in
    • they were approaching the point at which each one feels separated
    • gain from it a feeling for the impulse to bring about a social unity
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • religious culture generates the feeling in human beings that in the
    • This feeling was developed so intensely that the whole of life was
    • with their feelings. They were unable merely to take into their ideas
    • developed lively feelings for these things. At the same time they
    • developed a permanent feeling that whatever they did, even the most
    • intense religious feelings to pale. Of course, religion remained, in
    • first Indian age paled. First of all what paled was the feeling of
    • post-Atlantean cultural epoch, people still had this feeling to some
    • feeling was a matter of course. In the second cultural blossoming,
    • feelings paled, so human beings had to start developing something out
    • had a feeling for these things, called by the expression: ‘I
    • feeling in this third post-Atlantean period was like. From this in
    • realm of feeling could say to the Greeks, to those who belonged to
    • in relation to the earthly world, gave human beings a feeling of
    • them the feeling that Anthroposophy is not drawn from some sort of
    • deeply in these things, then we feel that even in the written works
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • feelings. But they contain that otherwise familiar world in a way
    • power of thinking. On waking up we feel that we step from dreamless
    • sleep into the world in which human ideas and thoughts arise. We feel
    • whatever the human soul contains by way of feeling and will.
    • content of feeling and will resembles the sleeping state even during
    • feelings, and how utterly obscure is everything living in our
    • pictures are no clearer than the feelings which attach to our world
    • — in the waking state through feelings and in the sleeping
    • state through dreams — differ, but our life of feeling is no
    • rightly of cold, sober thoughts and glowing feelings! But what lives
    • in our feelings remains in a kind of darkness similar to that of our
    • go to sleep we carry our feelings over the threshold, and it is our
    • feelings which, in a way, even light up to some extent in our dream
    • the feeling and will element of their soul being. Feeling and will
    • also a part of the life of feelings — because dreams light up
    • destruction. It is impossible to overemphasize the fact that feelings
    • seizes hold of feelings and will. Civilized mankind must wrestle
    • the ‘man of Nazareth’. If we can really feel this in all
    • as a feeling. Soloviev still bears something of true Christian wisdom.
    • what eastern people feel about economic life. Today's major questions
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • feels he is the lord of human physical bodies. But he could not feel
    • pale, when they feel their way into coldness, they are then sensing
    • they devour themselves inwardly and feel their way into coldness, in
    • this we have to feel the ahrimanic influence, the rulership of
    • ‘the prince of this world’. And then we have to feel the
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • the Middle Ages, people had the certain feeling that human beings
    • in the right way. This is a feeling about the nature of the human
    • thoughts and certain feelings. These thoughts and feelings would not
    • feel from elsewhere about something you are observing, as long as you
    • appear here tomorrow — of entertaining thoughts and feelings
    • and you will see what feelings, living hidden and unconscious in your
    • feeling and in thinking, which are bound up with it? Only if you are
    • way in which they can enjoy the thought and feel comfortable with
    • way of entering those worlds. People just feel that unreasonable
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts, feelings and impulses of will. All these work together and
    • words for all the different forms of thought, of feeling, and of will
    • subconscious feelings and our soul experiences as a whole, we can
    • element of feeling which can only be compared with what is
    • foreign to him; it no longer has anything to offer him. He feels a
    • he finds himself. He longs to withdraw from this cosmic feeling and
    • another embryo. And the soul feels attracted towards the brain which
    • in the main, a feeling of timidity which leads the soul down to the
    • confines of a human being — a feeling of fearfulness with
    • regard to infinity, you might say. This feeling of fear pertains more
    • the feeling of fear and also the spiritual element which is
    • call feelings — feelings to do with man as well as feelings to
    • in a feeling way (see chart) is an element which represents a living
    • but only in your feelings for other creatures. If we love a flower or
    • something that I should like to describe as a feeling of self. This
    • feeling of self is metamorphosed fear. Transformed fear from
    • pre-earthly life is what makes you feel that you are a self, that you
    • and see what lay at the foundation of their will they would feel,
    • into ourselves, the first thing we see is the feeling of self. This
    • the realm of feeling of self and in the realm of will impulses, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • in our soul the living quality of pre-earthly existence. The feeling
    • is metamorphosed here on earth on the one hand into the feeling of
    • filled with living feelings. In older knowledge — for instance,
    • feelings. Human beings felt the world as well as thinking it. Only at
    • merely think the world, reserving their feelings of sympathy for what
    • is this kind of spirituality that human beings still feel within
    • is what makes us feel ourselves to be an ego, a living ego, for this
    • your clothes hanging on a rail. Feeling your way along, you come,
    • thoughts at every turn. To feel your way about in whatever is in your
    • feeling that the Greeks sensed not only the abstract laws of nature,
    • Cyprianus feels incapable of making a full approach to Justina, so he
    • but he fails. It is Justina's disposition to feel nothing but
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • strong feeling for the intellectual realm, the realm of thoughts. We
    • tremendous amount of prejudice, in thought, in feeling and in will,
    • has no special feeling that the human head, for instance, is in any
    • feel yourself to be a human being, but this is a very obscure idea.
    • he is striving in this way gives us the feeling that there is much
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Eleven
    Matching lines:
    • sciences. It leaves a feeling of dissatisfaction. It leaves behind
    • this feeling of dissatisfaction because anything abstract — and
    • transition, did not feel the need to handle the matter in any other
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Twelve
    Matching lines:
    • evolutionary factors. We saw how both express the feeling that truly
    • most interesting facts that Schiller now feels compelled to let the
    • feels himself to be filled with the forces which emanate from the starry
    • creativity and aesthetic enjoyment. Goethe, though, had a feeling for
    • from his point of view and out of his feelings. This can be proved.
    • the possibility of feeling themselves to be human beings; I have
    • Goethe, the statement that thinking, feeling and will work together
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Thirteen
    Matching lines:
    • they sense it within their feeling life. And they compose their works
    • accordingly. They have the feeling: Something is dead if we remain
    • is this feeling which makes them struggle to return to a belief in
    • only have its origin in caustic wit. If you have a feel for this
    • Grail impulse had to feel themselves entirely within the spiritual
    • world. They had to feel that they belonged entirely to the spiritual
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Fourteen
    Matching lines:
    • through which it live:, more expressly in people's feelings, in their
    • everything human beings can strive for, in thought, feeling and will,
    • here on earth of human thinking, feeling and willing. This is
    • feeling and will? How can they achieve freedom here on this
    • being feels the compulsion of thoughts less with regard to an
    • feelings were indeed engraved within the best spirits of that age, in
    • freedom is only applied to the feelings, whereas it actually ought to
    • of feeling.
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • often feels quite wise when in the midst of the drug experience.
    • past centuries and for which we must feel very grateful. All of the
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • perceptions and feelings of those ancient peoples. A kind of echo of
    • gave one the feeling of being membered into the whole cosmos. People
    • were playing into them. This feeling of being a member of the whole
    • Mysteries. Not only did human beings feel safe and secure within the
    • of the kind of knowledge for which people aspire today. They feel on
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • than feeling themselves within those bodies. To characterize these
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • accessible. Consequently with respect to their knowledge, people feel
    • feeling that life is becoming granite-like, is one of the experiences
    • can happen only if people envisage spiritually, feel inwardly and
    • words. What is taught in the lecture halls about thinking, feeling,
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • from birth until death — lies the element of feeling,
    • — is connected with the will by the bridge of feeling. But in
    • cosmic time, lies with humanity. Everyone must feel themselves to be
    • into world responsibility. With such consciousness we feel as we look
    • than is usually perceived. And then the feeling of responsibility for
    • art, to a place separate and apart from external reality. They feel
    • remain theories but pass over into our feelings. We must feel
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the thinking, all the perceptions and feelings of those
    • feeling of being membered into the whole cosmos. A man moving
    • and the sun were playing into him. This feeling of being a
    • Mysteries. Not only did man feel safe and secure within the
    • to-day. They feel on secure ground when they can reckon by
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • animal bodies as instruments rather than feeling themselves
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge, men feel thrown back more and more upon what is
    • not be surprised that compression, the feeling that life is
    • But this can happen only if men envisage spiritually, feel
    • the lecture-halls about thinking, feeling and willing, is
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, constituting the bridge between the intelligence and
    • the bridge of feeling. But in his waking life, man's
    • humanity. Everyone must feel himself to be a member of
    • such consciousness we feel as we look up to the starry
    • is usually perceived. — And then the feeling of
    • reality. He feels relieved not to be asked to see in poetry
    • must not remain theories but pass over into our feelings. We
    • must feel ourselves members of the whole earth. It is of
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Precondition for a conscious soul life. The nature of feeling.
    • Feeling in knowing, feeling in knowledge. Concretizing the
    • The human as a being of Thinking, Action and Feeling. The connection of
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • it is actually an entirely different matter. You feel in
    • Afterwards I had the feeling as if I had failed an exam. I
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • for example, be unable to think, to feel. But if these same
    • of the beekeeper. How, then, can such a feeling of
    • young bees. How, therefore, can there be this feeling of
    • changed but the feeling of the interconnection between the
    • hive and the beekeeper remains. This feeling of
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • this is so. For no feeling could arise in you if this astral
    • astral organism. This enables a human being to feel. He would
    • feel nothing if this swinging to and fro did not take place.
    • by the etheric activity, normal feeling arises. We shall see
    • is indeed such a close connection between illness and feeling
    • that we can say: The life of feeling in man is simply the
    • feeling — but always in statu nascendi, in the
    • feeling, a delicately poised balance is always maintained
    • feeling a great deal of what is represented by the processes
    • life of feeling. Illness is only an abnormal life of feeling
    • feeling lies in the realm of the soul, because a continual
    • the balancing no longer takes place, the life of feeling
    • Illness is present, therefore, as soon as the life of feeling
    • can keep his feeling within the realm of soul, he is healthy.
    • If he cannot do this, if feeling shoots down into some organ,
    • statu nascendi, feeling arises. Pain is really feeling,
    • but an enhanced feeling, proceeding from the deformation, so
    • feeling that this life of feeling is deforming the organ
    • feeling can be judged truly through a thorough and deep study
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Otherwise, among all the errors of the times, you will feel
    • etheric body. When one studies antimony one has the feeling
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • whole man, by man as a living, feeling being, for together
    • to help. Without the sincere desire to heal, the feeling of
    • thing that we acquire is an inner feeling-filled
    • feeling for the cosmic, form-loving principle that is
    • of the sphere.” But this must become a feeling within
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • as a quality of nature. We experience warmth, for we feel
    • warm, or we feel cold. We are not as external to warmth as we
    • we feel that the human head is the living, embodied
    • feeling permeate you. I am a human being who has reached a
    • confront with moral power. And now expand this feeling to the
    • feeling, when one can really be filled with awe by the fact
    • and having, in regard to them, manifold feelings through
    • in deepest meditation you feel these connections inwardly,
    • feeling you turn your soul to the root of the plant, you will
    • begin to feel as if no plant root were really still, but as
    • And contemplating it, you will feel as if, together with the
    • feels emotion from what he learns about the plants. It causes
    • knowledge into these things. The heart feels that these are
    • outer manifestation of feeling. In feeling there is the same
    • Water is feeling.
    • — if you can feel that the external form of the fire is
    • maya — if you can feel that the blowing wind and the
    • — if you can see water as an expression of feeling, and
    • pass to the breathing and feel how, in the breathing the
    • its inner mobility, is the seat of feeling, the feeling that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • namely, something that is of the nature of feeling.
    • of feeling within the human organism must be thought of in a
    • special way. We usually think of subjective feeling in this
    • connection; we think of feeling that is connected with the
    • within the human being, feeling is not merely this direct
    • experience; feeling has an up-building activity within the
    • universal, cosmic fluidity, contains feeling as its very
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • a clear mental picture of what you feel about your illness,
    • way that when you are alone, you will feel that forces flow
    • imaginative is of such a nature that you actually feel this
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Feel in thy Body
    • of heaviness and that you have the feeling when they take
    • necessary, to feel them deeply and then to will with what you
    • feel these things, you will also understand the healing
    • human being feels his way directly into the cosmos.
    • morality in medical study. By morality I mean the feeling of
    • being bound to a duty, the feeling of being obliged, through
    • the result of social circumstances, he feels a moral whip
    • here. It may be an ideal in your life of feeling, but it can
    • Feel in thy Body
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • As a modern person you feel that you must understand every
    • entities? Take, with the outlook and feeling of the
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feel rather oppressed with all the substance that is
    • is not likely that there will be any feeling of oppression.
    • moreover, find it. In reality, the feeling of oppression
    • see, is impaired if one starts from the feeling that it is
    • meditation is impaired by the feeling of being obliged to do
    • to become something that the human being feels in his soul to
    • exist, when he feels that it is part and parcel of the whole
    • is really inconceivable how anyone can feel a sense of
    • artificially, through meditation, without feeling this thirst
    • find that you really do feel the thirst of which I have
    • not really fresh enough to feel it as a need. Perhaps this is
    • to human destiny, this sympathy that one feels as a physician
    • and such a way. The feeling that we have about knowledge in
    • things? I have the feeling that any instinct for healing
    • feeling for space that is needed by the sculptor.
    • repugnance that you may feel, you must take the orthodox and
    • Thou feelest the forming of man.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • And thou feelest the forming of man.
    • ourselves. We feel inwardly that Anthroposophical truths are
    • their practical realization. How can that which we feel so
    • our own destiny and tasks for the future? We feel that we
    • realize in what direction your feelings tend. You must
    • back into his feeling and will — this weaves in his
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • justification, you feel a kind of inner opposition. There are
    • the intellect alone, but in the way that makes us feel how
    • Feel in the fever's
    • is also within the human being of today and we feel it at
    • as the after-working of the Old Sun, when with true feeling
    • Feel in the pulse's
    • ought not to feel the pulse in the slipshod, mechanical way
    • the sun. In feeling the pulse we should be able also to feel
    • Feel in the weight of substance
    • this attitude we should be able to feel, when we are speaking
    • should feel that something is entering into our experience
    • should permeate your investigations with such feelings.
    • Feel in the fever's
    • Feel in the pulse's number
    • Feel in the weight of substance
    • things are grasped with real feeling, we shall realize how in
    • tuberculosis one feels a deep and true sympathy, realizing
    • do not get near to each other. There must arise a feeling for
    • the eternal in the human being and out of this feeling there
    • feeling. Originally there actually were four faculties, a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feel: If I enlarge the head of the embryo to the size of a
    • feeling that you are touching him and in this act of
    • In this spiritual touching the feeling is as if, in the
    • human feeling and the human mind will arise — a quality
    • unfolding of intimate feelings for his connection, as a human
    • feelings and what the young absorb spiritually must no longer
    • different human being in feeling and in mind, and acquainted
    • feeling that an old acquaintance of pre-earthly life had
    • then feeling would flow into knowledge and understanding. And
    • physician, is brought to a point where he feels the
    • You will think rightly about this if you will also feel
    • lecture now, you will carry this feeling out into the world.
    • feel itself a center with a definite task. Then the
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: First Circular Letter
    Matching lines:
    • will flow into medical life and patients will feel this to be
    • anyone who feels a need for it.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Appendix: Evening Gathering with Young Medical People
    Matching lines:
    • modeling. But actually try to get a feeling for what happens
    • what is happening at the same time. You get the feeling that
    • One learns to feel with one's breath. One of the things which
    • oneself: Are you three halves? One feels as if one were three
    • beginning to make one feel that one has a threefold lung on
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 1: Soul and Spiritual in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • body contains the forces of feeling; it brings these forces
    • of feeling into physical operation in the human airy
    • The feelings experienced in the astral body and coming to
    • body which comes to expression in feeling operates through
    • is the bearer of feeling, which is especially active in the
    • Astral body — Feeling — Air Organism — Light
    • case of the astral body and feeling. From the moment of
    • outside the human organism; then the astral body and feeling
    • being, with astral body and feeling, goes out of the body and
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 2: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • intellect; we also have feelings in connection with these
    • necessary in order that we feel ourselves connected with our
    • bodily nature. As an Ego we would feel no connection with our
    • between falling asleep and waking that we are able to feel
    • of love, or whatever it may be. That person may also feel
    • ideas, and insofar as we feel a certain satisfaction in moral
    • against what Spiritual Science feels it a duty to bring to
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 3: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Happenings
    Matching lines:
    • as beings of action, on the other; with our feelings we live
    • within both these spheres. With our feelings we respond, on
    • other side, feelings enter into our actions, our deeds. We
    • truth all action is accompanied by impulses of feeling, and
    • we shall see that feeling links the two poles of our being:
    • the life of feeling, which is able to direct itself towards
    • blood), the bearer of the life of feeling; as metabolic
    • of a seed, does there arise in us the feeling of love, the
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • well, they feel: the earth-forces are just for themselves. They
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • healing forces in human nature. But one must have a real feeling for the
    • when one sees modern pictures one has the feeling
    • of flesh-colour, because they have no living feeling that flesh colour
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Feeling and perception, however, depend upon the astral body.
    • the astral body that enables man to have feeling and perception. When
    • I feel a blow on my hand, it is not the physical body in which the
    • feeling arises; if it were, then everything physical would have the
    • faculty of feeling. The flesh is pressed back, and then the muscle;
    • I feel something — in the astral body. All feeling arises in
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • to have feelings and perceptions. He has this body in common with the
    • organism, he would be incapable of feeling or perception; he would
    • to have feelings and perceptions. When I press my hand on something I
    • not only squeeze the skin but I also feel
    • something. And the reason why this feeling
    • feeling, perception (awareness). But feeling and awareness
    • into the astral body — the realm of feeling, of perception.
    • The consequence is that the person concerned is stupefied, feeling is
    • spirit of that kind. He feels comfortable, because he lets
    • feeling of comfort and well-being that is usually associated with
    • well-being. If anyone were actually to feel a sense of wellbeing
    • they feel extremely comfortable. And so the drinking of spirits
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture I: The Johannine Christians.
    Matching lines:
    • on earth. This discloses a feeling for the incisive importance of the
    • of the Luke Gospel feels constrained to say, Behold Him Who was baptized
    • feel within myself something that looks down from above on my ordinary
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture II: Living Spiritual History.
    Matching lines:
    • average. The latter feels vividly that the other is a great leader,
    • either he can feel the urge to seek a teacher who will show him how
    • re-awaken this feeling of freedom and independence in him. As a rule,
    • of feeling and sentience. And that is precisely the sort of understanding
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture III: The Metamorphoses of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • these with his soul feels an aesthetic and moral uplift when he realizes
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IV: The Hierarchical Beings of our Solar System and the Kingdoms of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • turn, what he has brought to maturity in the way of ideas and feeling,
    • which he can sacrifice to the common life of humanity. He develops feelings
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture V: Human Evolution within the Embodiments of our Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, in which love held sway, that the Luciferic spirits attempted
    • feeling of independence becomes ever stronger, and he senses the necessity
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VI: The Atlantean Oracles.
    Matching lines:
    • made on their feelings and sensations, they were trained — prepared,
    • and feeling as these apply to events of the invisible, spiritual world
    • sort of preparation, concepts, ideas, sensations, and feelings referring
    • are experienced so intensely, through certain feelings and sensations
    • requisite development before the next birth, it retained a feeling for
    • of loneliness, of segregation from other souls; and when a soul feels
    • through his baptisms; that was the feeling, the sensation, he aroused
    • feel the need of identifying themselves with the Christ force, to steep
    • feelings. Think of Tolstoi and of his work during the last decades which
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VII: The Baptism with Water and the Baptism with Fire and Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • shame is a feeling akin to a wish to conceal something. And what is
    • when he feels the tears flow. That is an example of the way a materialistic
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VIII: The Initiation Mysteries.
    Matching lines:
    • words, that we feel or sense, is connected with our astral body: the
    • a metaphor or an expression of feeling, should turn to what His astral
    • and astral bodies — and consequently His thoughts and feelings
    • were colored by the images of the thoughts and feelings living in the
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IX: The Artistic Composition of the Gospel of St. John.
    Matching lines:
    • him in externally audible words: in a certain way he could feel and
    • words I and Father Abraham are one aroused a very special feeling
    • in the true confessor of the Old Testament, a feeling nowadays very
    • memory is contingent upon my feeling myself a member of the great folk
    • when I feel myself a member of all the generations through which the
    • blood flows down from Father Abraham. Then I feel sheltered. My individual
    • way back to Father Abraham. When I sense and feel myself wholly embraced
    • finding the transition. They vividly retained the feeling that their
    • man no longer has any feeling for such things, but the fact that this
    • from life to life. Christ feels Himself the representative of the I
    • an artistic composition we cannot but feel deep reverence. It all grows
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture X: What Occurred at the Baptism?
    Matching lines:
    • degree: in feeling shame he drives his blood outward from within which
    • feelings, by devotion to the right feelings towards all that takes place
    • the “good shepherd” is intended to indicate Christ's feeling
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XI: The Harmonization of the Inner Forces of Man through the Christ-Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • ideas, thoughts, sensations, feelings, and it dwells in the etheric
    • feelings, and actions only by combatting and adjusting within themselves
    • against all. Opinion would be arrayed against opinion, feeling against
    • feeling, will against will; and that terrifying, gruesome image of the
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XII: The Decline of Primeval Wisdom and its Rejuvenation through the Christ-Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • that it must wither if it were torn off. Just as the finger would feel,
    • It would express itself in his willing, his acting, and his feeling.
    • ego, would develop his own feelings and will — every man for himself
    • and human feelings, no longer guided by universal wisdom, must eventually
    • act, think, and feel in opposition to each other, and ultimately mankind
    • to corrupt his passions and feelings, while the Ahrimanic, the Mephistophelean
    • capacity, our feeling and willing, it still endures; but as regards
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XIII: The Cosmic Significance of the Mystery of Golgotha.
    Matching lines:
    • the Father, so he must come to feel that death, too, is the Father.
    • becomes the seed of a new sun in the universe. If we feel this event,
    • feeling burst forth from the great soul of Buddha.
    • Try to feel the moment approaching in which
    • in which men were imbued with the feeling: 'Worthless are all temporal
    • Those who feel this way
    • — those, in short, who want Jesus of Nazareth — will feel
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XIV: The Earth as Christ's Body and as a New Light Center.
    Matching lines:
    • through a certain gamut of feelings — can rise to the spiritual
    • himself in such feelings of universal humility, he will know the meaning
    • soul, there springs from this contemplation the feeling of the Scourging:
    • spiritually he feels it taking place in himself. And this opens his
    • it has become a matter of course to feel and sense that he carries his
    • not only to regard our body as something alien, but also to feel everything
    • they feel themselves to be in no way connected with the sin of this
    • save to feel, at this moment, what emanated as a force from the mighty
    • in our feelings and in our sensibilities. And these feelings and sensibilities
    • this cycle, we make such feelings our very own, spiritual science will
    • you feel spiritual cognition as being an exaltation of life —
    • living warmth in your feeling, thinking, and willing; in your working
    • May these feelings live
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • being. Rome: soul feels itself bound up in earthly existence. The
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • for in their criticism they feel vastly superior to Plato and
    • totally confused! They would constantly feel that they had
    • century had the feeling that they could think particularly
    • acquires the feeling that this physical body is the only
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the soul, namely, the life of feeling. When we observe the
    • soul experiences, our feelings manifest as something more or
    • details pertaining to our life of feeling we have no such
    • the soul's life of feeling and the rhythmical system. For
    • life of feelings.
    • is an Imaginative replica of our life of feeling. We must say
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • for the comprehension of which there exists little feeling
    • orientation towards abstract concepts, ideas, and a feeling,
    • brought into these translations of any feeling for the Logos
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • there lived feelings that, without reflecting the Mystery of
    • become evident in Jacob Boehme's efforts to feel what really
    • feeling is definitely present there that when one experiences
    • People no longer had the feeling that truth must be
    • determined out of universal conscience. They began to feel
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • be described in accordance with this feeling.
    • Nietzsche had the right feeling when he designated the
    • In their souls a feeling dawned that there is a lofty
    • feeling is not strong enough to develop a fitting ceremonial
    • by the highest wisdom and the most daring feeling. Such ideas
    • European perception and feeling, there developed what they
    • such prerequisite feelings that the conception of the Holy
    • feeling as the path to the Grail.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Palestine encountered the ego-feeling, I would like to say,
    • the blood-ego-feeling, particularly in the central and
    • own age. This ego feeling, extending beyond the time properly
    • these feelings arise the spirits who wish to keep the path to
    • be able to develop a feeling, an awareness of the kind of
    • feeling of it, then this clear feeling, which is, after all,
    • if we do not even develop in us a feeling concerning the ways
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • human nature, with his thinking, feeling, and willing,
    • totality of which Man can feel himself to be a part, an
    • other that does not feel comfortable within this richly
    • From 1876 on, this dwelled as a feeling in Nietzsche while he
    • a tragic feeling was present in him. Northern Germany,
    • as the basic feeling. He did not find joy
    • life. Those who truly possess a feeling for grasping the one
    • profound feeling and lyricism as did Friedrich Nietzsche,
    • from its field. From his feeling concerning the one earth
    • imbued with this fundamental feeling that truth instead of
    • falsehood must prevail, only through this profound feeling
    • anything today, because the feeling for truth and veracity is
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • two and three that we today feel only
    • contained in the words, purely based on feeling you would
    • abstractly add one unit to another. Then we feel that this is
    • following manner: When we evoke a feeling for the column on
    • one on the right. We feel that it must grow, and when it
    • weight; that has only been feigned. You feel the weight
    • holding the other two together. Then I have the feeling that
    • have no true artistic feeling. One must have a feeling for
    • artistic feelings, a slight touch has remained of what was
    • then has just a touch of the feeling for the inner condition
    • there cannot be one, then I have no feeling for this balance.
    • the feeling that anything exerts a downward pull. In particular,
    • not. It is open in both directions, the feeling of entzweien
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • configuration. With the aid of the conceptions and feelings
    • But there was less and less of a feeling that these stories
    • increasingly lost the feeling that a profound world riddle
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • had a certain feeling in regard to the more profound thinking
    • about things, a feeling people today do not have anymore.
    • Nowadays human beings do not have the feeling that thinking
    • soul. Up until the fifteenth century, people had the feeling
    • sorts of things based on thinking, but they will not feel
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • with materialistic thinking, feeling, and even with
    • acquire the feeling: We possess intellect. The intellect has
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • true value is sought in the forms of thought and feeling that
    • forms of thought and feeling out of ancient spiritual
    • we must vividly feel what imbued a person such as Gambetta
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • Greeks had the feeling that in the morning the world arose
    • still had the right feeling when they experienced the light,
    • therefore obvious that the Greeks still had a feeling for the
    • feelings they had for their ego.
    • perceptible to those who have a somewhat deeper feeling of
    • spirituality of the sunbeam and can feel how the ego is
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • people revel in these thoughts; as materialists, they feel
    • fancy, the feeling of the artist who understands the being of
    • that is to bring to man the feeling of freedom, the
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • 3. feels as animal
    • feels as does the animal. Fourth, man judges and draws
    • finally arrive at a feeling of having read something most
    • spiritual. But then, in turn, the feeling arises that
    • more intense feeling for this ancient theology. He felt that
    • as a plant, feels as an animal, judges and draws conclusions
    • beings, live and thrive as plants, feel as animals, judge and
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • tenth, and eleventh centuries, a feeling of the end of the
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • of fluids in the human being. Rome: soul feels itself bound up in earthly
    • feeling that in death something like an extinction of this
    • feeling, and willing, they picture them as quite nebulous
    • feeling of self within the soul. To the Greeks, the view of
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of the vascular system underlying feeling, and so forth.
    • feel and live with it inwardly. In order to become aware of
    • rather the undulation of feeling in the words that resounds,
    • human environment. The life of feeling, willing and thinking
    • would feel unhappy if these echoes did not harmonize with the
    • supposed to be students certainly have a feeling for words
    • the words that are used. All this is astir in the feelings
    • is the spiritual aspect of the feelings manifesting through
    • it, but he feels it. In the dim obscurity of his life of soul
    • he feels: As a child I have to accommodate myself to what has
    • because they confront the old with the feeling that the
    • mental attitudes, of thinking and of feeling, into external
    • imparted to all our thinking, feeling and willing. The coming
    • inevitably feel that the heritage transmitted by their
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • education, he has a feeling of constriction in the elemental
    • them and feel a sense of helplessness in regard to them.
    • mother — you can feel this if you study the biography
    • lived with the unconscious feeling: you must really have
    • external source he might perhaps not have had this feeling so
    • look at Goethe's drawings you immediately have the feeling:
    • indefinite, unconscious feeling persisted in Goethe: you
    • indefinite feeling persisted in his soul until finally he
    • could bear it no longer. Then one fine day the feeling came
    • feeling for such things as the spiritual revelations of
    • man may be forgotten. We have the feeling that only
    • have a feeling for these things you see, even in his most
    • feeling for the fact that there is spirituality too in the
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and sentiments as they were before the 4th century
    • But we have often portrayed these feelings and this
    • human beings begin to feel increasingly aware of themselves
    • the Archai, man feels more aware of the thoughts of his own
    • there is definitely the feeling that Angeloi, Archangeloi and
    • feeling is that they are present here in the sense-world.
    • individual possessing super-sensible consciousness feels that
    • come nearer to him. He feels them now to be more in his own
    • sharp or a G. He feels that his communication with the
    • we feel the fifth to be empty. It has become empty because
    • feeling of what the Gods experienced in their souls.
    • feeling was then perceived by him outside his physical body
    • feelings as a result of their knowledge and their artistic,
    • carried out in their religious feeling together with the
    • This feeling
    • instance, when the inner wealth of feeling experienced in
    • when we feel with an emotion which affects us deeply what was
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for his Gods was such that he turned primarily to
    • which man feels himself yoked? And on the other hand, do we
    • it is nevertheless present in them as vague feelings, as
    • he were incapable of feeling: You unfold your thoughts out of
    • an invisible, super-sensible way. Then he would perhaps feel
    • free, feel his dignity as man! We need only wait for one or
    • correct; for everywhere one has the feeling that whether a
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • made him unfree but at the same time they gave him a feeling
    • Today man feels
    • that he exists only in a dead world. This feeling is
    • — we can be free men. If we fill our thoughts with feeling
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • sensitive feeling for physiognomy. They felt deeply that if
    • connected with the very vivid feeling these people still had
    • an instinctive feeling for physiognomy. And in those olden
    • days men did not feel outraged if they were ranked here or
    • there was a deep and strong feeling that the basis of man's
    • instinctive feeling for physiognomy was no longer as strong
    • feeling: whatever heavenly constellation is approved by the
    • Persian epoch an intense feeling of participation in the
    • feeling. But calculations today are sometimes
    • that the feeling of connection with pre-earthly existence
    • feeling for the reason why such mythology could be evolved
    • strong feelings about where they were born on Earth.
    • it. And how did he feel these effects?
    • civilization was not advanced enough to enable such feelings
    • was the tie of blood, the tribal feeling and sentiment that
    • soul bound to the Earth through man's feelings, sentient
    • experiences and instincts, there began the feeling for
    • must learn to feel ourselves independent of the super-earthly
    • significant products of human culture. And our feelings
    • — such was the feeling prevailing in those days. But there
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing are the necessary by-products
    • of the Mysteries. They had an instinctive feeling that
    • have to appeal to feeling, and feeling can be wisely directed
    • if one thing is kept clearly in mind. The feeling to which I
    • develop a feeling which will serve as a guiding principle in
    • deep-seated feelings underlying these nebulous concepts, for
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling of all men, even of those who have not the
    • instinctive feeling that a time would one day come when
    • first outgrew the instinctive feeling that the temptation of
    • depth of feelings and emotions which were once characteristic
    • feelings. And in the Mystery Schools which preserved the old
    • the other hand, were the feelings bf those who were drawn to
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • feel themselves transposed into the condition of
    • Gospels and we must seek to feel and experience it with all
    • moral law. We feel — and especially the Kantians, for
    • moral ideas which man feels to be an integral part of
    • or theory towards which one feels a moral obligation —
    • Try to feel
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • fact that their moral feelings were outraged. These
    • feels impelled to speak from a Christian standpoint and then
    • feel and experience that up to the sixth and seventh
    • already feel a growing desire to find the courage to
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • it remained an instinctive feeling, a presentiment rather,
    • feelings of men such as John the Baptist. It would have been
    • People feel a pressing need to present the Christ to the
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • radically different in thought and feeling from the Romans
    • make-up, people with different feelings and responses. Now
    • feelings Constantine harboured; and he also felt that even if
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • feeling which a large number of people associate with the
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • feel and experience his inner life more intensely than
    • owed their sense of form to an instinctive feeling for the
    • changed so much that one has the feeling that time has been
    • which proclaims: I now feel something within me that is
    • solitude. And when this feeling of solitude overwhelms us we
    • developed. In this feeling of solitude we come to realize
    • to experience the external world. Hence the feeling of
    • turn our attention once again to this feeling of total
    • second experience leads to the feeling that we share direct
    • must have been a time when this feeling did not exist. At
    • this moment man begins to feel that he shares responsibility
    • apply to our feeling and will, but only to our thoughts and
    • in his etheric body, not to his feeling and will.) Remember
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and willing. We shall then begin to feel that our
    • left with a feeling of disappointment because I realized that
    • State and its organization, but at no time does one feel that
    • pursuing their own egoistic thoughts, feelings and volitional
    • feeling for the indwelling spirit of man and nature was
    • still possessed all the feelings, shared all the sympathies
    • his feelings and impulses to the entire community in a spirit
    • devoutly to be wished that as many as possible should feel in
    • feel the mild and ominous breath of the thaw-wind. Within a
    • will himself feel what is expressed in those passages and
    • referring are for the most part those for whom I feel great
    • of all a person such as Hermann Bahr for whom I feel great
    • we none the less have the strange feeling that an outlook
    • vast number of people who feel and think in this way. A book
    • that he does not feel it necessary to raise his voice. It
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • Wagner. Otto Ludwig was not only a poet — some may feel
    • need to know and to understand, none the less feel
    • may none the less feel that the following way of thinking
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings we can feel highly independent of our
    • lawfulnesses, namely, that within which we feel included when
    • into the universe through knowing, feeling, and willing. By
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • egotism. It is known that man feels uncomfortable, feels
    • mood on the basis of which feelings today are called forth,
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • world of colors, by the world that we feel with every breath
    • delight that many people feel when they think of mysticism,
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • being, where we at first perceive our thinking, feeling, and
    • feeling no longer is. The world of feeling is connected
    • it is a question of thoughts colored by feeling, of thoughts
    • that have a nuance of feeling, then the surface of the liver
    • everything that is memorable more from the feeling or
    • feeling of hunger. One is driven to the event. It just so
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves from the objects, to develop feelings of love, for
    • yet “feeling across” (hinueberfuehlt). We are
    • image, judgment, conclusion, even of feeling and will.”
    • make a judgment, then you must feel, through the mediation of
    • on one side, the will with the feeling (Gemüt) on the
    • who was quite well known at that time; he had a fine feeling
    • feeling intermingles with the pictorial conceptions, with the
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the content so much but how the ideas and the feeling come
    • world, with which, I might say, he with his feelings is
    • feelings, you can find in him the driving, working forces and
    • more into his astral body. We must have a living feeling for
    • to actually feel a disgust for many things that are going on
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture II: Deeper Secrets of Man's Soul-Spiritual Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the physical world, he perceives his thinking, his feeling
    • experiences this thinking, feeling and willing as being
    • inwardly perceives this thinking, feeling and willing.
    • this “I” with this thinking, feeling and willing,
    • feeling and willing proceed in the astral body. However that
    • first place, so that we feel it as thinking; we feel the
    • feeling and willing in your astral body. You cannot be
    • feeling and willing can become conscious for us, it has to go
    • down into the ether body. Throughout our whole life we feel
    • and we will, we foster feelings about certain experiences.
    • I have formerly described it but a web of perception, feeling
    • which we have throughout our whole life as feeling and will
    • Hierarchy work, so there work in our feeling and our will
    • feel ourselves inserted into the spiritual world. On the one
    • Archangels, the Archai. In so far as we feel and will, we
    • way, man believes that his feelings and his will impulses
    • through our thoughts and we live through our feelings and
    • here in physical life. We will perceive the feeling out of
    • feeling but that of the other person, that which we have
    • existence in our feeling life and in our will life. Therefore
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture III: A Fragment from the Jewish Haggada, Blavatsky
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing. That which thinking, feeling
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IV: Secrets of Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • acquisition of the feeling for reverence for that which is
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture V: Comenius and the Temple of PanSophia
    Matching lines:
    • finally he learns to feel in himself what it means to say:
    • ‘Here I stand as a human being and I, as a man, feel
    • the 14th century certain sensitive people did feel that the
    • inner yearning to feel the spirit. There were a number of
    • century and this feeling died away.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VI: Death and Resurrection
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, the perception, the willing, the feeling of your
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Only through the fact that man
    • has, it can give people thoughts and feelings and perceptions
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VII: Man's Four Members
    Matching lines:
    • custom when a feeling, a perception is at least stimulated in
    • human being should develop certain feelings, certain
    • feeling, you say: This animal kingdom must be there in order
    • feel themselves down to the mineral kingdom out of which they
    • very earnest times and we must acquire a real feeling, a real
    • knowledge and cognition, but are connected with feelings
    • another is to help us in learning to acquire a feeling of
    • and which call the feelings out of human souls which are so
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VIII: Thomas More and His Utopia
    Matching lines:
    • when they ate, they ought to feel thankful that there was a
    • pleasant feeling united with the eating of the food. During
    • speak of this fundamental feeling which can permeate a person
    • such, but that which actually is a feeling of anxiety is more
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IX: Celtic Symbols and Cult, Jesuit State in Paraguay
    Matching lines:
    • develop these feelings of brotherhood at the side of the
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XI: Fragments from the Jewish Haggada
    Matching lines:
    • have a feeling of their immortality even during their life,
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XII: Luciferic Dangers from the East
    Matching lines:
    • by Gerhard Hauptmann. Surely Gerhard Hauptmann feels himself
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • with, for we are all aware of it and feel it deeply. The
    • impression, they will feel more or the less the way one does
    • may feel in your hearts that it will be a long time before
    • realities in this sphere, we must acquire a feeling for what
    • real feeling for what it means when a miserable individual of
    • is to get an idea, a feeling, an inner impulse for the need
    • feeling for all the terrible, hopelessly commonplace and
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • to change in the way people think, feel and use their will.
    • feeling develop. This is what our time demands. I think it
    • that, knowing this truth, we shall be compelled to feel
    • then speak about social life out of their feeling, out of
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • immediate future, people will feel more strongly than ever
    • evil-minded. One can understand people feeling this way. Yet
    • but hot air. In their innermost hearts, in their feelings and
    • feeling of responsibility, and above all they must relate not
    • interested in the content, but more in the feeling of
    • no longer feel inclined to take up the points that our
    • have more important things to do and never feel the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • more or less normal feelings, even today, will be shaken to
    • virtues. It is much more important to them to be able to feel
    • all kinds of authorities. To feel really good in the
    • that virtue. They want to feel they have the virtue rather
    • them. They are secrets which people instinctively feel they
    • who like to feel good in the way I have described. All kinds
    • an instinctive feeling that it is so. Hence her remarkable
    • Ricarda Huch does feel that people must get to know the devil
    • achieve it. People do not feel they need to develop, for they
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • to the world. It also created an intense feeling of being
    • The Greeks still had an inner feeling for the etheric in the
    • one does have the feeling that one is in a way writing
    • instinctive feeling for this in the twilight of the fourth,
    • the lines we feel the authors of these books are saying: Pity
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • And we also feel, for instance, that when we walk, stand or
    • reluctance they feel about concerning themselves with the
    • of course, is such nowadays that people often feel everything
    • you will sometimes feel that the
    • the destinies of the world would feel their stomachs turn.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • are not very many people who feel like this, though I have
    • feelings, and this meant that he did not really understand
    • of no concern to him, because his feelings were those of the
    • were to feel the burden of their weight as I looked around
    • these things, irrespective of what individual people may feel
    • profundity of feeling which would come if, in the field of
    • mood, such a feeling, is brought to the task, rather than
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • see the living reality in anything and lose all feeling for
    • how horrific this is, for they do not feel it on their own.
    • very superior way. Others simply feel embarrassed about
    • — effort of thought, effort of feeling, effort of will
    • feel that something is missing in what I have been saying. If
    • abstractionists today, and one feels like saying that if you
    • can feel perfectly comfortable on a chair which one has
    • where people say: Wasn't that nice! I feel really
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • continue?’ One has to feel the extent to which
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • occupy your thoughts and feelings with them — you will
    • kinds of feelings and inner responses of which you are
    • the ahrimanic powers would feel
    • into these things. But if you get a feeling of what lies behind
    • which people are so proud today; they will feel just as
    • into another person; you come to feel differently, to have
    • consuming fire. It feels good to the ahrimanic angels to
    • seriousness we can feel: filled with spiritual wisdom we go
    • those ideas and feelings enter into you! You will then be
    • rooted in falsehood, and their inner feelings would come from
    • feelings of which we have spoken today and let them see what
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • we think and inwardly feel. They are angelic Spirits, I said,
    • feel they must behave towards growing children and young
    • and help the children to develop a feeling for what human
    • still more than a mere upsurge of feeling. Divine and human
    • may become part of our inner feelings and will, and can set
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • but also into our inner feelings, our will impulses and even
    • on direct observation of reality. One always has the feeling
    • beings to develop independent ideas, feelings and impulses
    • rebellious feeling of independence in human beings at the
    • feeling for life on the upward and life on the downward
    • feeling of belonging to the spiritual world must develop in
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • been active in the feeling, will and mind impulses of human
    • With their feeling for those blood bonds people then also had
    • a feeling for missions which went a very long way back in the
    • of course, liable to make us feel ill at ease, for nowhere
    • yet before people will feel embarrassed at taking seriously
    • twentieth century without feeling embarrassed. A moment of
    • waking will only come when people begin to feel embarrassed
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • such a way that one could always feel the spiritual at work
    • way that the individual concerned gets a feeling for events
    • we can speak in a way for people to see, and feel, that a
    • ordinary life, too, a feeling must awaken for the real
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • experiences of feeling and of will circulate — remains rolled
    • only Ahriman to reckon with — Ahriman, who feels a certain
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the feelings and impulses of will which are connected with his
    • said, they may feel perturbed. But it need not be so if they will
    • get into a panic and say: ‘I must feel an awesome sense
    • should be held in abeyance until we can feel assured that the facts
    • what we feel and will on the one side, and what we think on the
    • more moral because man will feel a moral responsibility towards it.
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Lucifer in human emotions and in the passions and feelings of men. We
    • satisfying some feeling or passion — all these things are
    • conformity with objective fact, simply out of their feelings
  • Title: True Nature: Lecture I: The Event of Christ's Appearance in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • such questions — which are really questions of feeling, of the
    • reflect about and feel their import, value and meaning, but
    • di